-> .70 -7* »• .

1962

RESEARCH HIGHLIGHTS

O F T H E

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

mm?*

ANNUAL REPORT

3m

•oiV/^jJ'.-. >w-.\ 7> -
The major purpose of standards for measurement is to provide

a basis to assure the stability and compatibility of measurements

from time to time and from place to place. If the accuracies with

which measurement standards are known and utilized are less than

the corresponding accuracies required in laboratories and on pro- duction lines then problems ensue. Data cannot then be exchanged

with optimum confidence, and tests performed on the same materials or devices in different places may be incompatible or uncertain

in terms of predicted performance. It is therefore imperative that those responsible for developing, maintaining, and disseminating

the measurement standards keep ahead of the important needs of science and industry. Trying to meet this requirement is the dominant and never ending challenge to the National Bureau of Standards.

A. V. Astin, Director, NBS.
UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

Luther H. Hodges, Secretary

J. Herbert Hollomon, Assistant Secretary for Science and Technology

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

A. V. Astin, Director

1962

Research Highlights

of the

National Bureau of Standards

Annual Report, Fiscal Year 1962

December 1962

Miscellaneous Publication 246

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office Washington 25, D.C. - Price 70 cents
The National Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C., laboratories (top) and

Boulder, Colorado, laboratories (bottom).
Contents

Page

1. Genera] review 1 Standards and measurement methods 2 Matter and materials 4

Astrophysical and plasma physics research 7 Radio propagation studies 8 Automatic data processing 10 Building research study 11 Measurement services 11 National conference of standards laboratories 13 Cooperative activities 17

International activities 18 Administrative activities 19 Publications 21

2. Highlights of the research program 22

2.1. Physics, electronics, and measurement standards 22

2.1.1. Metrology 22 Photometric units internationally intercompared 23

Slant visibil-ty meter developed 24

Four-filter thermoelectric colorimeter 24

Refractive index measurements extended 24

Fiber optics 25 Luminance standards developed for photographic exposure meters 25

Absolute measurement of sphere diameters 25 Revised length calibration equipment and procedures 26

Glass bead standard samples 26 Gaseous laser for interferometry 26 Gear metrology laboratory established 27 Wave front shearing interferometer 27 Standards of mass and weighing techniques . . . 28

Surface roughness standards 29

2.1.2. Mechanics 30

Infrasonic waves in the atmosphere and in the earth 31

Elastic changes caused by static loads 31

Acoustical repulsion of birds at airports 32 Reverberation-chamber technique for calibration of standard- type noise sources 32

Field measurements of airborne and impact sound insulation . 33

Pressure measurement 33 Hydrodynamic effect of hydrophobic materials 34

Culvert hydraulics 34

High-temperature impact tests 35 Spectrum fatigue of aircraft structures 36

Strain gage evaluation 36 High-temperature tests of vibration pickups 36 Rheology 36 Hypersonic combustion 37

Fluid metering 37

High-temperature thermocouples 38

Stability tests of a new thermocouple 38

Catalytic effects of thermocouple materials 39

2.1.3. Electricity 39

Absolute measurements 39

Precision measurements at high voltages 40 Rapid calibration of resistance voltage dividers 41

Vicious cycle in storage batteries 41

Electrolytic conductance in porous media 41

Corrosion of single crystals of silver in molten salt 43 Microwave absorption in compressed nondipolar gases 43 Magnetism 43

III
2. Highlights of the research program—Continued

2.1. Physics, electronics, and measurement standards—Continued Page

2.1.4. Radio standards 44 Radio physics 45 United States frequency standard 45 Atomic time scale 45

Ft. Collins radio station 46 Fundamental constants 47 Speed of electromagnetic radiation 47

Fine structure measurements 48

Millimeter waves 48 Coherent light 49 Radio plasma studies 50 Bounded plasma calculations 50 Reaction rate coefficients 50 Plasma waves 51 Particle-plasma interaction 51 Radio and microwave materials 51 Applied mathematics 52 Microwave spectral tables 53

Theoretical physics 53

Circuit standards 54 Low-frequency activities 54 High-frequency activities 55 Microwave activities 57

2.1.5. Heat 59 Analog computer for plasma thermometry go

Fluorine combustion calorimetry 61 Gaseous heat transfer at low temperatures 62 Nuclear reactions with oriented nuclei 62 Low-temperature thermometry 62

Steady-state measurements of molecular lifetimes 63 Thermodynamic tables 63 Kinetic theory of dense gases 64

Pair-distribution function in dense gases 65

2.1.6. Atomic physics 65 Laboratory astrophysics 65 Atomic energy levels 65

Transition probabilities 67

Collision cross sections 67 Far ultraviolet radiation physics 68

Infrared spectroscopy of gases 69

Infrared reference standards 69

Electron scattering 69

Biological constant studied 69

Electron optics 69

Solid-state physics 69

Lasers. 71

2.1.7. Radiation physics 71 Radioactivity standards 71 Radiation theory 72 Cross sections 72 Penetration and diffusion 72

Shielding engineering for civil defense 72 Linear accelerator 73 High-energy radiation 74

Ionization dosimetry 74 Large ionization chamber 75 Cavity corrections 75

Scattering measurements 75 Photographic dosimetry 75

Solid-state dosimetry 77 Nucleonic instrumentation 77 Neutron physics 77 Radiation protection recommendations 78

International standards 79
2. Highlights of the research program—Continued Page

2.2. Chemistry and properties of materials 80

2.2.1. Analytical and inorganic chemistry 80 Plutonium standard issued 80 Atomic weight of chlorine 80 Trace level analysis 80 Uranium analysis standard 81 Water determination in commercial products 81 Determining transition probabUities using the gas-stabilized arc 81 X-ray analysis of noble metal alloys 82 Trace element standard samples 82 Test mixture for fractionating columns developed 82 Improvements in liquid-solid chromatography 83

Dielectric constant change 83 X-ray diffraction 84

Internal crystal study 84

Crystal growth 84

2.2.2. Physical chemistry 84

Precision calorimetry 85

Reactions of hydrogen atoms 85

Ionization processes at surfaces 85

Field emission microscopy 86

Conformational anaylsis 87

Isotope effects 87 Higher ketoses 87 Molecular isomerism 87 Low-temperature spectroscopy 88

Collision and ion-decomposition processes 88

Collisional energy transfer 88 Vacuum ultraviolet photochemistry 89

Radiolysis of simple hydrocarbons 90

Isotopic abundance ratio determined 90 Thermodynamic reviews 91

2.2.3. Inorganic solids 91 Y aporization of refractory substances 92 New microbalance required to study refractory substances .... 92

Studies of alumina 92 Plasma torch used in crystal growth 92 Rare gas crystals and vapor '"snakes" 93

Fibrous form found in silica 94 Polymorphic transition at high pressure 94

Properties of silver iodide studied 96 Symmetry of crystals under strain 96

2.2.4. Metallurgy 97 Method developed for slack-quenching steels 97 Metal fatigue phenomenon 97 Gage block stability 98

Stainless steel diagram completed 98

Tensile properties of nickel-aluminum alloy 98

Electronprobe microanalyzer completed 98 Computer produces quantitative metallographic data 99 Standards produced for gas content in metals 99

Corrosion reactions observed on metal surfaces 99

Stress corrosion cracking 99

Polarization measurements used to study corrosion rates 99

Alloying behavior of uranium 100 Ni-Cr alloy resists oil-ash attack 101 Nuclear magnetic resonance. . , 101

Soft X-ray spectroscopy utilized 101

Crystal diffusion equations modified 101 Metal crystallization process investigated 102

Physical behavior of metals studied 103 Low-temperature study of metals initiated 103 Electrochemical reactions 103 Hydrogen embrittlement studied 103 Tungsten deposition 103

V
2, Highlights of the research program—Continued

2.2 Chemistry and properties of materials—Continued Page

2.2.5. Polymers 104

Molecular weight distributions of polymers studied 104

Ellipsometry used to measure polymer adsorption 105 Rubber hardness testers compared 105 Apparatus measures thermal expansion of small specimens .... 106

Air drag on fibers under impact 106

Interlaboratory evaluations of test methods 106 Atomic radiation affects polystyrene aiid cellulose 107 Thermal decomposition of polystyrene * 107

Fluorescence of cellulosic polymers 107

Viscoelastic behavior of rubbers investigated 107

Color phenomena observed in polymer fracture 108 Ethylene-propylene copolymers studied 108 Polymer degradation 109 Wearing quality of U.S. currency determined 109

Fluoropolyiners synthesized 109 Nonrubber consilituenls of natural rubber identified 110 Free radicals in small molecules 110

Light-scattering phenomena studied in solutions 110

Configurational distributions in polymer chains Ill Conformational changes in peptide-containing polymers 112

Kinetics of collagen precipitation H2

Mercury-tin system investigated 112

2.3. Special technical service programs 113

2.3.1. Applied mathematics 113 Asymptotic expansions 113 Matrix and determinant theory 114 Numerical experimentation 114 Machine translation 114 Mathematical tables 114

Digital computation 115

Statistical engineering 116

Probability and mathematical statistics 116 Experiment design and consultation 116 Mathematical physics 117 Plasma research 117 Theory of satellite orbits 117 Operations research 118

2.3.2. Data processing systems 118 Research facilities: SEAC, ANALOG, PILOT 119 Research information center 119 Components and techniques 120 Automatic data retrieval 120

Technical assistance for data processing 121 Development of information-retrieval systems 122

Special-purpose computer systems 122

Pictorial data processing 122 Engineering applications 123 Engineering application devices 123 Data processing applications 124 Mechanization of patent searching 125 Automatic mail-sorting developments 125

2.3.3. Instrumentation 126

Electronic equipment fault location 126 Second breakdown in transistors 127 Semiconductor contact studies and surface physics 128 FOSDIC 128

Electronic scanning microscope 128 Hygrometry 129 Telemetering pickups 130

2.3.4. Radio propagation 130

Ionosphere research and propagation 130 Second topside sounder rocket test 130

Solar flares and their radio effects 131 Theory of the forma tion of the ionosphere 132

Low-latitude propagation effects 133 Operations research 133

VI
2. Highlights of the research program—Continued

2.3 Special technical service programs—Continued

2.3.4. Radio propagation—Continued Page

Tropospheric propagation and radio noise 133 Reports to the C.C.I.R 134

Electromagnetic theory 135

Reflection coefficients 135 Propagation in irregular layers 135

Field intensity in waveguide 135

Reflection from changing strata 135

Field at localized obstruction 135

Reflection from a grid ground plane 135

Reflections at stratified plasma 136 Path impedance formulas 136

Point-point moon communication 136 VLF microwave models 136 Analog correlation computer 136

Statistical studies 137 Samples of atmospheric radio noise 137

Efficient television assignment 138 Over-water transmission loss measurements 138 Bandwidth of tropospheric scatter systems 138

Surface-satellite communication-interference 138 Air-ground UHF-TV measurements 139

Special refraction effects 140 Refraction effects in microwave tracking systems 140 Sky temperature theory 140 Radio systems 141 Frequency utilization 141 Applied electromagnetic theory 142 Experimental ionospheric propagation 143 Antenna research 145 Modulation research 145 Upper atmosphere and space physics 147

J icamarca radio observatory 147

Cylindrical shock waves from exploding wires 147 Study on radiation hazard in space completed 148

Studies conducted on gaseous electronic processes 148 Geophysical studies conducted at conjugate points 148 High-speed camera developed for plasma physics research . . 150

Satellite radio signals used to study structure of ionosphere. 150 New digital recorder speeds analysis of airglow observations . 150 Atmospheric spectroscopy 151 Cosmic noise study completed at USSR Mirnyy Base,

Antarctica 151

2.3.5. Cryogenic engineering 151

Properties of parahydrogen 152 Phase transformations in steels 152

Physical equilibria 152 Cold neutron moderator 153 Magnet research 154

Instrumentation and cryogenic equipment 154 Cryopumping 154 Heat transfer 155 Two-phase fluid phenomena and fluid flow 155

Refrigeration processes 156

Consultation and advisory services 156 Low-temperature seals 157 Cryogenic materials data handbook 158 Cryogenic engineering literature 158 Compilation of thermophysical property data 158

Liquefaction of gases 159

2.3.6. Building research 160 Shear strength of concrete beams studied 160

Effect of mortar properties on strength of masonry 161 Instrumentation for fire extinguishment studies 161

Fire studies of gypsum plasters 161

Electric energy usage in houses equipped with heat pumps. . 162 Environmental factors in an underground fallout shelter. . . . 162

VII
2. Highlights of the research program—Continued

2.3 Special technical service programs—Continued

2.3.6. Building research—Continued Page

New method for predicting roofing asphalt durability 163 Weathering resistance of plastics determined 163 Performance of roofings 164

Safety codes revised 164

Fluid dynamics of plumbing systems reviewed 164 Thermal conductivity measurements and reference samples. . . 165 Proceedings of Cement Symposium published 166 Standard samples now available for portland cement analysis. 166 Cement-aggregate bond in concrete studied 166

Resistance of exterior-finish porcelain enamels to weathering. . 166 New image-gloss test method developed 167

Standardization of thermal emittance measurements 168

2.3.7. Weights and measures 168

3. Appendixes 172

3.1. Organization 172

3.2. Summary of NBS staff 178

3.3. Financial data on NBS program 179

3.4. Advisory committees 179

3.5. Awards and honors 184

3.6. Education and training program 185

3.7. List of publications and patents 187

VIII
1. GENERAL REVIEW

Programs in measurement standards, materials research, and radio propagation continued, during the past year, to constitute the major effort of the National Bureau of Standards. Because these programs are in direct support

of science, technology, and industry, they contribute to that complex of

forces, events, and factors which determine the rate of the Nation's economic

growth. Science and technology are indeed prime factors in economic

growth, and the Bureau plays a unique and vital role in science and

technology.

As industrial technology becomes increasingly complex, urgent demands

arise for greater measurement precision, for assurance of closer consistency

among the countless individual measurements that are being made throughout

the Nation. A radio transmitter, a space vehicle, an automatized production

line—each requires hundreds and even thousands of individual parts and

components whose electrical, mechanical, and chemical characteristics must

be carefully controlled for successful operation. And as more complex sys- tems are developed, requiring even more parts to perform more sophisticated

functions, the acceptable production tolerances tor individual parts are continually being reduced. Thus, to an increasing extent, technological progress—particularly in such fields as automation, nuclear power, and the space

effort—has come to depend upon the ability to make measurements with

extremely high accuracy and reliability.

The central mission of the National Bureau of Standards is to make this measurement competence possible—to provide national leadership in the development and use of accurate, uniform techniques of physical measurement. It is the Bureau's responsibility to develop and maintain the national

standards upon which our measurements are based and to make these stand- aids available to American science and industrv through its measurement

services program of calibrations, reference materials, and measurement

assistance to other laboratories. Through an extensive program of research

in thepnysical sciences, the Bureau continually strives to meet the expanding

requirements of science and industry, to provide the standards and measure- ment methods that are required in new or rapidly-developing areas. A second important NBS responsibility is to develop and apply measure- ment techniques for determining the intrinsic properties of matter and materials. Here effort is focused on obtaining and publishing accurate measure- ment data that are of great importance to science and industry- Methods

of precise measurement are employed to make accurate determinations of natural constants such as atomic weights or the speed of light, and to measure

the fundamental properties of metals, ceramics, plastics, rubbers, and other

materials.

1
Other NBS responsibilities include the operation of central research and

technical service programs for the Federal Government. Such programs

are carried on by the Central Radio Propagation Laboratory, the Data

Processing Systems Laboratory, the Building Research Division, the National

Hydraulics Laboratory, and the Cryogenic Engineering Laboratory.

This report attempts to present the highlights of the Bureau's program

for the fiscal year 1962. In section 2, the body of the report, studies and

achievements from the various fields in which the Bureau is active have

been selected for brief presentation. However, the breadth of the program

and diversity of projects may make it difficult for the reader to obtain a coherent picture of the year's activity. The remainder of section 1 is there- fore devoted to a brief summary of the more important accomplishments and

activities of the year. STANDARDS AND MEASUREMENT METHODS

Advances were made in the precision measurement of high voltages.

Design of a highly stable, shielded 100-megohm resistor made it possible

to measure d-c voltages up to 100,000 volts to within 20 parts per million. For determining the voltage ratio and phase angle corrections of instru- ment voltage transformers, a 1-picofarad, 350,000-volt free-air capacitor was designed and constructed. With this device an accuracy of 3 parts per hundred thousand is obtained in calibrating instrument transformers

for use on 350,000-volt power lines. In other work on electrical standards, a rapid, convenient method was

devised for calibrating the standard-resistance voltage divider (volt box)

at its rated voltage. In recent years the volt box has become part of the

basic equipment of many standardizing laboratories. Although this type

of standard has usually been calibrated at NBS in the past, its growing

use made necessary the development of a method by which other qualified

standardizing laboratories may perform the task. The dielectric properties of materials often set operating limits for elec- trical equipment. Standard reference specimens of dielectric materials are thus needed to check techniques and equipment for measuring these properties. To aid in establishing the necessary standards, the Bureau designed

and constructed an improved three-terminal dielectric specimen holder

with which high-precision dielectric measurements can be made at room

temperature.

Progress was made in research on methods for measuring both very high

and very low temperatures. For temperature measurements up to 36,000 °F

by spectroscopic means, an inexpensive analog computing device was devel- oped which greatly improves the efficiency of spectroscopic studies of cylindrically symmetric temperature sources, such as high-current plasma arcs. Previously extensive calculations had been required in order to separate

the contributions of the different radial zones of the arc. With the analog

device, the true radial characteristics of the arc are available in the laboratory

as the data are obtained.
In the very low-temperature region from 1.5 to 20 °K (i.e., from 2.7 to 36

Fahrenheit degrees above absolute zero), the Bureau has been investigating an acoustical interferometer as means for precise temperature measurement. With this instrument, temperature is determined by measuring the velocity

of sound in helium gas. Preliminary results obtained during the year indi- cate that the acoustical interferometer is competitive with the gas thermometer for primary thermometry at low temperatures; in addition, the acoustical interferometer eliminates a number of the sources of error that are inherent

in conventional temperature-measurement methods.

In research directed toward the extremely accurate measurement of dis- tances up to a meter or more, a gaseous (helium-neon) laser was constructed

and put into operation. Experimental results already obtained indicate that

it is theoretically possible with this device to make measurements over a dis- tance of 100 kilometers with a precision of a part in a million. Plans have

been developed for using the laser to redetermine the speed of light with an

accuracy that will meet the expected requirements of space technology.

The accuracy requirements of modern mass production have made neces- sary the use of master spheres, whose sizes are known to a very high degree

of accuracy, for size control in manufacturing plants. During the last year methods were developed for measuring the diameters of master spheres up

to 3 inches in diameter with a certified accuracy of 2 millionths of an inch. An interferometer was also developed for measuring deviations from

sphericity of small spheres.

Modern technology is also imposing increasingly severe dimensional re- quirements on gear elements and gear teeth. Both research in precision gear metrology and the development of highly accurate master standards for industrial use are needed. To aid in this work, the Bureau established a gear metrology laboratory—believed to be the first of its kind in the country—in which equipment for measuring elements of both large and small gears is operated under closely controlled conditions of temperature and humidity.

As a first step in the gear metrology program, master gear involutes were measured and compared with the standards of commercial gear laboratories

scattered throughout the country; a need for precision-calibrated master

involutes at the various company inspection departments was indicated. Neutron sources are employed in a wide variety of scientific applications,

including the production of radioisotopes, the study of the structure of atoms

and nuclei, and the initiation of nuclear fission. In order that the emission

rate of these sources may be accurately known, the National Bureau of Standards maintains a national standard neutron source consisting of an

aluminum-covered beryllium sphere, inside of which is a platinum-iridium

capsule containing 1 gram of radium in the form of radium bromide. During 1962 this source was absolutely calibrated by a new method involving

the use of a manganese sulfate bath filled with heavy water. The uncertainty

of this measurement is about 1 percent, representing a considerable improve- ment over previous determinations.

3
For almost all experiments performed with X-rays, such as measuring the X-ray energy incident on a patient being treated for cancer, it is necessary

to know the total beam energy. To meet the need for a simple, accurate means of making such determinations, the Bureau developed an ionization chamber capable of determining the total amount of energy transported in a betatron or synchrotron X-ray beam to within 2 percent. For routine cali- brations this ionization chamber will replace the more time-consuming absolute techniques that have been used in the past. Two sets of transfer instruments were prepared and calibrated for use by

the International Bureau of Weights and Measures in indirect comparisons

of national standards for measurement of ionizing radiations. In October

1960 the General Conference of Weights and Measures approved the extension

of the work of the International Bureau into this area, and NBS has been

providing technical assistance in the program.

The United States Frequency Standard, which is derived from a natural frequency of the cesium atom, was improved to the point where its present accuracy is better than one second in 3,000 years. In addition, a complete

multiplier chain and servosystem was added to control the frequency of a quartz oscillator with the cesium resonance frequency. This modification

results in increased stability of the system, and greater precision than can be

obtained with a manual method. In related work, two approaches, mechanical and mathematical, are being explored for counting the number of cycles

| which occur during elapsed time of atomic frequency standards. This is necessary in order to use atomic clocks to actually measure time. MATTER AND MATERIALS

A new value for the atomic weight of chlorine was determined during

the year. The atomic weight of this element, together with that of silver, forms a basis for the determination of atomic weights of many of the other

elements. Natural chlorine consists of two isotopes of mass numbers 35

and 37 in relative abundance of about 3 to 1. The new atomic weight de- termination was based on a mass-spectrometric determination of the iso- topic abundance ratio of natural chlorine which was carried out by the Bureau with the cooperation of the Atomic Energy Commission.

In an effort to leam more about the basic properties of matter, the Bureau

has been studying the transformations and interactions that substances

undergo at high pressures. During 1962 direct visual observations were made of phase transitions and other changes occurring in transparent solids and liquids subjected to pressures of more than a million pounds per square

inch. The experiments were carried out with a tiny diamond pressure cell and a microscope which focuses through the diamond onto the specimen.

By passing infrared radiation and X-rays through the diamond pressure

cell or viewing the transformations through a microscope, the investigator can relate changes in crystal structure to changes in atomic bond energies, force constants, and vibration frequencies. An X-ray diffraction camera
A new technique developed at the Bureau makes possible for the first time direct

visual observations of phase transitions and other changes occurring in materials under extremely high pressures. The four photomicrographs above show a

crystal front growing through potassium nitrate as the pressure is raised. (See

P. 4.)

which incorporates the diamond cell was developed to obtain detailed infor- mation on the phases present at the various pressures. A preparative-scale chromatograph developed during the year makes possible fully automatic purification of liquids by gas-liquid chromatography.

Using automatic, timed sample injections and automatic collection based

on peak height on a recorder, the apparatus has produced materials of 99.95

percent purity. In purifying large quantities, it can be operated without

interruption for an indefinite period. It has been found especially suitable

for purifying the major component in a solution containing small amounts

of impurities.

The requirements for extremely high-purity materials in such fields as atomic energy and semiconductors have brought about a corresponding need

for samples of standard materials, certified for purity in the trace element

(parts per million] region, which can be used to calibrate analytical instru- ments. The Bureau has therefore been working to extend the certification

of present standard materials to include more trace elements, and to de- velop new standards for high-purity metals. As a beginning, two sets of

5
three samples each of zirconium and a zirconium alloy were prepared in cooperation with the Atomic Energy Commission and the Bureau of Mines.

Zirconium is used for structural members in atomic power units and the j presence of even trace amounts of neutron absorbers causes deleterious ef- ji

fects. These standards, when analysis is finally complete, will be certified for more than 25 chemical elements, at concentrations of a few parts per

million or less. As a step toward standards for ultra-pure metals, a refer- ence sample of selected platinum wire of highest purity has been prepared

with the cooperation of other interested laboratories. This sample will be

used in research for the extension and improvement of several methods of trace analysis.

By exposing substances to gamma radiation under high pressure, it was found possible to prepare polymers (long-chain molecules) from monomers,

such as carbon disulfide, which do not normally polymerize. With such a combination of conditions, solid polymers can be obtained from monomers ! which, at best, normally produce oils. This work, which may provide a basis for the production of new types of polymeric materials, was part of a pro- gram conducted for the Office of Army Research to increase knowledge of radiation and polymerization processes. An investigation of the fundamental chemistry of aromatic fluorocarbon i compounds was conducted for the Bureau of Naval Weapons to provide

basic data needed for the development of heat-resistant materials, especially elastomers. New methods for producing polyfluoroaromatic species from

presently available aliphatic fluorocarbons were discovered.

Problems in the design of space vehicles have brought about a greatly

increased demand for data on the heat radiation properties of materials. Although many new laboratories have been established to perform the required measurements, widely divergent values have been reported by differ- ent laboratories on supposedly identical materials. To help correct this condition, the Air Force requested the Bureau to establish standard equipment and procedures for measurement of normal spectral emittance, to 3 prepare and calibrate working standards of normal spectral emittance for 1 use in verifying equipment and procedures used by Air Force contractors, 5 and to provide technical information in this area to interested laboratories. 1 Equipment has now been developed for direct measurement of normal thermal

emittance, and working standards representing low, intermediate, and high

emittance have been prepared and calibrated for use by other laboratories. Fatigue failures in metal parts are progressive and consist of two phases

:

the first, crack initiation, extending from the start of the stress application 1 to the appearance of the first crack (which ultimately causes specimen

failure) ; the other, a period of crack propagation, which terminates with

abrupt fracture of the piece. In a study sponsored by the National Aeronautics and Space Administration, it was found that the rate of fatigue crack

propagation through a metal specimen is significantly reduced by the presence

of an organic liquid, such as dodecyl alcohol, on the test section. The

6
study indicates that the coating, by limiting the access of molecules of oxygen

or water to the metal surface, reduces the rate of detrimental surface reactions

that normally occur when specimens are stressed in air. A fast, dependable method has long been sought for measuring asphalt

degradation from weather exposure. The usual laboratory method in which

the specimens are exposed to accelerated weathering conditions until failure occurs, is very time-consuming. During 1962, a rapid, reproducible method

was developed for predicting the durability of roofing asphalts. In this method infrared spectroscopy is used to determine the oxidation rates of

thin film specimens ; these rates then provide an accurate measure of asphalt

durability. Thus, data that would require weeks to obtain by the usual

accelerated weathering techniques can now be secured in a few hours. The

rapid method should be of particular value in developing improved specifi- cations for asphalt roofing materials. ASTROPHYSICAL AND PLASMA PHYSICS

RESEARCH

The Bureau's program in this area is designed primarily to provide the measurement standards and basic atomic data that are needed to determine

the fundamental properties of plasmas (extremely hot gases occurring in thermonuclear devices and outer space) and to solve important problems

in modern astrophysics. The national space effort is now providing a great

deal of spectroscopic data on the sun and the stars from equipment carried on

rockets and satellites above the earth's atmosphere. The value of these data can be greatly enhanced if they can be accurately described in measure- ment units based on precise laboratory standards. The Bureau has long been making accurate measurements of atomic properties which provide a basis for quantitative interpretation of astronomical

observations. With the increased need for such information, the program

has been unified and strengthened. Significant advances have been made in the determination and cataloging of data on atomic transition probabilities

and in the detailed understanding of the more complex atoms through

exhaustive analysis of their spectra. More precise information on atomic

collision cross sections has also been obtained.

During the year, spectroscopic studies of hydrogen plasmas were carried

out in a wall-stabilized high-current arc chamber operating at temperatures

from 11,000 to 27,000 °F. Precision measurements of the line profiles of

the Balmer lines of hydrogen were found to be in very good agreement with

profiles predicted by line broadening theory; this result suggests that the

theoretical profiles should be applied to the diagnostics of dense plasmas.

Thermal plasmas in the temperature range from 36,000 to 180,000 °F,

which are needed for measuring the transition probabilities of ionic lines of excitation potentials, are conveniently produced behind energetic shocks. For studies of this kind, a magnetically driven shock tube was put into operation and temperatures of about 54,000 °F were obtained behind the

7
shock fronts. Measurements of relative transition probabilities for lines of singly ionized oxygen are now being carried out. Experimental and theoretical studies on the special properties of perturbed

spectral lines resulted in a new approach to the determination of the radiative and collisional lifetimes of molecules. Information of this sort, combined

with measured spectral intensity distributions of such luminous gaseous sys- tems as comets and the terrestrial upper atmosphere, should make it possible

to deduce the physical properties and conditions of excitation of these remote

systems. At present lifetime information on important cometary and upper

atmosphere molecules is fragmentary.

Publication of An Ultraviolet Multiplet Table, NBS Circular 488, was completed during the year. This five-section series of publications has been

prepared in conjunction with a program on atomic energy levels which has

been in progress at the Bureau for approximately 10 years. It will help to

j fill the need for multiplet data in the interpretation of rocket solar spectra. In April 1962, the National Bureau of Standards and the University of

J Colorado announced the collaborative establishment of the Joint Institute for Laboratory Astrophysics (JILA) on the campus of the University at Boulder, Colo. This unique organization will provide a center for both

research and advanced training in areas of physics and astrophysics vital to the space program. It will bring together scholars in many specialties for exchange of ideas and data; it will also train graduate and postdoctoral

students in atomic physics and astrophysics, fields in which there is now

an acute shortage of qualified workers. Through laboratory and theoretical

studies, it will endeavor to provide better understanding of the basic physical

phenomena and properties of gaseous matter, such as the atmospheres of

stars, which must be understood to interpret astronomical and geophysical

observations.

RADIO PROPAGATION STUDIES

The NBS Central Radio Propagation Laboratory (CRPL) has the central responsibility within the Federal Government for collecting and disseminating information on radio-wave propagation. Its technical program includes research on upper atmospheric and solar phenomena, studies of radio-wave

propagation, advance predictions of radio propagation conditions, and issu- ance of warnings of solar and ionospheric disturbances. Its findings are of value to radio and television broadcasters, the military services, space sci- entists, and operators of many types of communication systems.

An installation for ground-based explorations of upper atmosphere and

outer space was constructed by CRPL and the Instituto Geofisico de Huancayo

(Peru) at a site 17 miles east of Lima, Peru. Known as Jicamarca Observatory, this installation makes use of a scatter radar technique developed by

NBS in 1959. It employs a 6,000,000-watt pulse transmitter and a 22-acre antenna to transmit to great heights a very high frequency radio wave lasting

from 50 to 1500 millionths of a second. The antenna is also used to detect

8
the faint re-radiation of the pulsed radio wave by free electrons in the upper

atmosphere. With this equipment, electron densities 3000 miles above the

earth have already been measured. The installation will also be used in limited observations of radar echoes from the sun's corona and from solar gas clouds emitted by solar disturbances, in studies of small-scale irregularities in the earth's outer atmosphere, and in studies of the Z)-region of the ionosphere, particularly its turbulence and meteorology.

On October 13, 1961, a second suborbital rocket-borne sounding of the ionosphere was made at an altitude of about 600 miles. Data collected during

this and an earlier rocket firing in June 1961 confirm that the proposed Topside Sounder satellite should be a valuable source of new information con- cerning the ionosphere. These experimental rocket launchings thus pave the way for placing in orbit the S^8 Topside Sounder satellite equipped to probe the ionosphere from above. The instrumentation to be contained in the S^18 satellite is expected to remain operational for 6 to 12 months. During this period studies will be made of such ionospheric properties as top- side electron densities, ionization diffusion, vertical movements of the ionosphere, tidal fluctuations, and the mechanisms that produce ionospheric

storms. Both rockets were launched from the National Aeronautics and Space Administration's Wallops Island (Va.) facility. NBS responsibilities in the program include overall planning, design and performance of the experiment,

and analysis of the resulting data. Airborne Instruments Laboratory (CutlerHammer, Inc.) is responsible for design and construction of the satellite as well as the rocket payloads. The project is under the technical management

and sponsorship of the NASA Goddard Space Flight Center and is part of an

international cooperative program for space research. When man lands on the moon, one of his first needs will be for reliable means of communication between points on the moon's surface. Under the sponsorship of the Jet Propulsion Laboratory, an analysis was made of the

factors affecting point-to-point radio communication on the moon. In order

to specify suitable radio frequencies for use, assumptions were made regarding lunar conditions that affect propagation but are not yet precisely known.

The data obtained were used to determine the power required for sample

transmission distances and bandwidths.

By treating very short radio waves as light waves, the Bureau developed a cavity resonator technique for probing "millimeter waves"—a largely in- accessible region of the radio spectrum—and determining their lengths with

great accuracy. These waves, which form a band of frequencies between

microwaves and the infrared region of the spectrum, offer a promising tool for studying the properties of materials, such as superconductors, and for investigating the electron density of heavily ionized gases. However, because

of their extremely short wavelengths, there has been no efficient way either

to generate or to resonate them.

662336 O—62 2 9
AUTOMATIC DATA PROCESSING

The Bureau continued to serve the Government as a central research and

development agency in automatic data processing and as a readily available information center for the solution of specific problems in this field. During

1962 services to other Federal agencies included assistance to the Weather

Bureau in connection with the processing of data from the NIMBUS satellite series, a study for the National Aeronautics and Space Administration of automatic data processing requirements for satellite control calculations, assistance to the Bureau of Naval Weapons on problems relating to missile control and test range instrumentation, and studies of the feasibility of ap- plying automatic data processing techniques to the operations of the Office of Technical Services, the Food and Drug Administration, and the Interstate Commerce Commission.

The Bureau contributed both computational techniques and facilities in a cooperative program of the Office of Civil Defense to assess the usefulness of large buildings throughout the Nation as fallout shelters. Purpose of the nationwide survey was to identify not only those buildings that can

serve as fallout shelters as they stand but also those which can be modified

for this purpose, and to help identify geographic areas in which there is need for more shelter. NBS involvement in the program was twofold.

First, it developed the mathematical procedures and theoretical data neces- sary for estimating the protection factors of a wide variety of buildings.

It then used these procedures to convert the field data on several hundred

thousand actual structures throughout the country to protection factors through the use of high-speed electronic data processing. Other govern- ment agencies assisting in the survey were the Census Bureau, the Army

Corps of Engineers, and the Navy Bureau of Yards and Docks.

A number of computer programs were developed for specific purposes. One of these instructs the computer by means of simple English sentences

to carry out mathematical calculations or to perform a wide variety of numerical and statistical analyses of tabulated data. It thus makes the highspeed computer as accessible to the laboratory scientist as his desk

calculator. Another computer program developed during the year made possible

automatic composition of the extensive tables of atomic transition probabilities. This program causes the computer to produce a magnetic tape

written in the proper form to operate a photocomposition machine. The

machine produces film positives from which printing plates can be made.

In recent years the direct numerical print-outs of automatic computers sometimes have been published to avoid the possible introduction of errors when

these outputs are handset in type. However, the direct print-outs are not comparable in appearance with hand-set material. The final published

material obtained using the Bureau's method is of a quality comparable

with that of hand-set material, and the probability of error is substantially reduced. In addition the time required for preparation of data for printing is decreased by approximately 50 percent, resulting in appreciably

lower cost. 10
BUILDING RESEARCH STUDY

A special study of the role of the National Bureau of Standards in build- ing research was completed during the year. The study was made by a committee of the National Academy of Sciences at the Bureau's request in

I accordance with a recommendation of the Academy's 1960 report to the Secretary of Commerce on the role of the Department in science and tech- nology. The committee reviewed national needs for building research and

identified subjects of research now being neglected. In its report (released

in July 1962) it recommended a Federally coordinated, comprehensive

attack on the many complex problems of the building industry. The report

suggests the establishment of a National Institute of Building Research under

the National Bureau of Standards as the mechanism for solving these problems. It recommends that the Bureau incorporate its long-standing building

research activities into a program to stimulate and sustain a continuing

effort in building research. MEASUREMENT SERVICES

The demands made upon the Bureau for measurement services increased

during the year, in terms both of additional services and refinements of exist- ing services. This situation is to be expected, of course, in a dynamic and

expanding science and technology. Fortunately, the importance of the measurement sciences as a foundation for technology is more widely recog- nized now than was the case several years ago. A supplemental appropriation of $1.5 million was made available to the Bureau in Fiscal Year 1962

to provide for a substantial effort on some of the problems pinpointed earlier by the survey of the Aerospace Industries Association. Major emphasis was

given to problems in radio standards, temperature measurements, and atomic

constants.

Statistical work has continued on the determination of the accuracies at- tainable in various measurement areas at NBS, and on the development of generalized techniques and procedures for intercomparisons of standards

or measurement results to confirm continued accuracy of measurement

standards. A special effort has been made to prepare charts showing the ranges and

corresponding accuracies of measurement and calibration capabilities of NBS.

Such charts also provide a useful format for showing the measurement capabilities of other laboratories, or needs for extended ranges or accuracies in relation to Bureau services. Several of these charts are now being prepared

for publication.

The year's calibration and testing activities are summarized in tables 1 and

2. A total of 138,712 calibrations and tests were performed for Government

and industry; fees collected for these services totalled $3,378,820.

The Bureau's activities in standard materials compliment the program of precision calibration. Over 500 different standard materials are available for use in controlling chemical processes and maintaining the accuracy of ap- paratus and equipment. The primary purpose of the program is to help pro11
EU NBS CAPABILITY AND PROGRAM

INDUSTRIAL AND SCIENTIFIC DEMANDS

6 -

t 5

"

< 2

REFRIGERATION 8

CRYOGENIC

INDUSTRIES

__, Frozen Products, SOLID STATE Rocket Liquid PHYSICS Fuels RESEARCH

Super Conductors, NUCLEAR Guidonce PHYSICS Syste RESEARCH

CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES

Plostics Metallurgical 8

Petroleum Products

POWER GENERATION

HIGH TEMPERATURE

MATERIALS

Rocket Solid Fuels Nose Cones PLASMA

RESEARCH

THERMONUCLEAR

FUSION RESEARCH

0°K IO"2 ABSOLUTE ZERO -460°F

n n

-300°F

LIQUID OXYGEN

10 32°F WATER

FREEZES

10"

I0,800°F SURFACE SUNSOLAR FLARES

l,800,000°F

IO H °K

I80,000',000°F

ONE PART

<

01O

o

< in

-

NBS CAPABILITY IN REPRODUCING TEMPERATURE SCALES

ACCURACIES BASED UPON LIMITS OF ERROR ASSIGNED TO CALIBRATION RESULTS

DEGREES CELSIUS (CENTIGRADE)

- 262 -183 0 630 1063 4000 |« NBS 1955 An IPTS —Li^m I

PLATINUM RESISTANCE THERMOMETER

STANDARD PLATINUM THERMCOUPLE

i / r PLATINUM METAL THERMOCOUPLES

LIQUID - IN - GLASS *

J -\ /STANDARD OPTICAL PYROMETER THERMOMETERS ^4- ^\ ^N^/

BASE METAL THERMOCOUPLES I BASE - J METAL THERMOCOUPLES

1 I I I I 1

1

OPTICAL PYROMETERS

LLLLLl I

I I I I Ml

I 10 100 1000 10,000 TEMPERATURE, DEGREES KELVIN (INT 1948)

100,000

Top : Qualitative graph showing NBS capability in various regions of the temperature scale, compared with the most immediate accuracy demands of science and industry. Bottom: accuracies achieved in NBS calibration of specific

temperature-measuring instruments.

vide a central basis for uniformity and accuracy of measurement. Emphasis

is given to providing NBS Standard Materials (a) where attainment of needed accuracy of analysis or accuracy of measurement of characteristics

is not economically or technically feasible elsewhere, and where such ac12
curacy is important to users widely, (b) where industrywide standards

for commerce are needed from a disinterested supplier who is not otherwise

available, and (c) where continuing availability of material from a common

source is important to science or industry.

During the year, 66,048 samples were distributed to other laboratories

(table 3). New standards issued during the year include: plutonium of ex- tremely high purity—99.97 percent—developed in cooperation with the Atomic Energy Commission ; cobalt 57, sodium 22, and zinc 65 radioactivity standards; a standard paper for increasing the accuracy of measuring the

internal tearing strength of paper ; and a zirconium alloy for calibrating the spectrochemical analysis of zirconium and zirconium-base alloys.

To meet the need for further information concerning thermal conductivity

of building materials, a chromium-nickel alloy and a macrocrystalline glass

have been adopted as reproducible standards of thermal conductivity. It is hoped that work with these materials will allow accurate measurements to be

made to as high as 1,000 °C. Other new standard samples made available

during the year include metal samples with known gas content; specifically, of oxygen in titanium and titanium alloys.

The Bureau continued, insofar as possible, to restrict its calibration work

to master standards and high-precision instruments, leaving the calibration of lower-echelon standards to other standards laboratories. Thus the Bureau no longer accepts for calibration, except under special circumstances,

unsaturated standard cells. Certification of haemocytometer cover glasses

and testing of reference fuel gas standards have been discontinued.

National Conference of Standards Laboratories. The Bureau has

worked in close cooperation with the National Conference of Standards

Laboratories since its inception in September 1961. This Conference and its continuing committees bring together representatives from military, commercial, and university standards laboratories, to promote cooperative action on common problems of management and operation of measurement stand- ards and calibration laboratories. Several standards laboratory management workshops have been held by the Conference on Bureau grounds;

the first national meeting of the NCSL was to be held at NBS Boulder in August 1962; and several Bureau staff members hold memberships on the general or special committees of the Conference.

A number of publications dealing with standards and calibrations were

issued during the year. Among these were Miscellaneous Publication 241,

which contains a descriptive listing of all NBS standard materials; Monograph 39. which describes calibration procedures for direct-current re- sistance apparatus; and Technical Note 121, Precision Calibration of RF

Vacuum Tube Voltmeters, Handbook 77, Precision Measurement and Cali- bration, a 3-volume publication containing reprints of Bureau papers

pertinent to the measurement field, underwent a second printing to meet

a continuing demand for this information. A Standards and Calibration

column was established in the Technical News Bulletin to keep readers aware

of developments, both in and out of the Bureau, in these fields.

13

15
© Tt r- CM rf © CO O Ov© CO CM © © t- COin o CM t- O © © NTfuIN ONHinooMaMat^irtu en co^uia^oo^^oiOM f-i so cm >o - OCOOr-OOMnOWMNCOt^ t— i^OvCO^NtOr-^C^h-CO m tJ< © CM i-H ©©O t-HNM

r-* MNN

0

:-

3 g

oeor-moHt-N^Tfor-c in incoGr-cO"—i*?cmfh©\o i—i r^^oo'^ en o © m x

COHOOr-^t-OOirtCMflfC © --CfJC-Ct-NvO^ X © CO in © © ^O mncoh <—I i-h NiHNh r-i m CM ON CO o ui <# © -Oi^O c-i i—i CO ©

© fH © © © © © 1/5 Tj- © 1/5 r-H © ©

CM I—I CM r- CO r-4 CO ©On

VO O in ON X O C X 0\ c « o

© © © —< in r- cm © en HCOHHTfr-fOMH

oo en ># 00 © Irt CO F^ i-H

a

3 S

cm en © in in m x cm en cm «H i—i ON CM CM CO en m CM m mm t-

© en in cm m © x © co © © © co cm © © r- in \o © © © © >—i onohn © © © in cm © © in inc0r-<©m©cM©x<-<r-©t- en t-eomx©CMcMent-inx m t-NHO ^ en x cm © © r~- \q co © en r- cm © m no cm cm © i-t r- en x ©*#<* cm r- x © ©©<-*r*4 coooin t-.—icMen en Mi-- ^o'm'rH t£ en en © h^' cm' on cm* no*

m m \© i-t -# © co cm r— in © en ^ cm no co m cm © tj« cm © © © f-i © t- no co m © co © hHec#c«inoc«ONN © ©FHFH-^©cM^socn© cm x -h in cocovo cm cm cc co

en cm i-h cm i—i fh cm cm co Tf- cm no in cn t- © o -«# © hco t- 11

pq

a * 2 .§ -si-Si

2 * b S- s «

• » ass's «»•

— v a x a o a— w> « a OKUCUcnUPSOOtcKSS

•TJ £

! 5 S

q c o ©

.0-3

o-o —

to D

«

s

« 2 - "S '5 «

'S. S

i A C B W J

"3 0-5 c

-?

3 fl 2 o

— a

.2 « a) © c « ~ fc- _Q S* =3 « ^ g^S g B „ B 2 v 3 J3 C 0! «

M P c lis Z © tL

V C3 S _ s a

3 «

16
COOPERATIVE ACTIVITIES

In order to bring the results of Bureau research and technical programs

to bear on current problems of science and technology. NBS cooperates extensively with Federal. State, and local governments, national professional

scientific societies and standardization groups, and many international

bodies. Cooperation with other Federal agencies ranges from the supplying

of technical information upon request to long-range projects undertaken

through various scientific and technical committees. An important example

of interagency cooperation is the development of government purchase specifications and test methods at the request of the General Services Administration. Cooperation with State and municipal governments is principally

in the field of weights and measures. Although the Bureau itself does not have regulatory powers, it offers technical advice and consultation to local regulatory bodies and it calibrates and adjusts State standards of weights

and measures. Through the participation of Bureau staff members in the work of national

professional societies and standardizing bodies, the Bureau plays an active

role in the development of test methods and criteria, in the application of

scientific discoveries, and in fundamental research programs of national

scope. During the past year Bureau staff members held 1,250 committee

memberships in 150 national groups such as the American Society for Testing and Materials, the American Standards Association, American Society of Mechanical Engineers, American Chemical Society, Institute of Radio Engineers, and Instrument Society of America. In many of these groups NBS staff members work with industry to provide codes and specifications, standard test methods, and standard data on the properties of engineering materials. Other means of Bureau-industry cooperation include the Research Associate Plan and the donor program. Under the Research Associate Plan, technical, industrial, and commercial organizations can support work at the Bureau that is of special interest to them, yet of sufficient general interest to

justify use of government facilities. The work is done by research associates who are paid by the sponsor but otherwise function as members of the Bureau staff. At the present time, the following groups are supporting

research associates at the Bureau

Sponsor

American Dental Association American Electroplaters' Society

American Society for Testing and Materials American Standards Association Asphalt Roofing Industry Bureau

Bone Char Research Project, Inc. NBS-Joint Committee on Chemical Analysis by Powder Diffraction Methods: ASTM, American Crystallographic

Assoc., Institute of Physics (British)

,

National Assoc. of Corrosion Engineers 17

Field of Activity Dental research Galvanic effects associated with coating

failure Cement reference laboratory Codes, specifications, and standards Asphalt roofing research Studies of adsorption and adsorbents Standard X-ray diffraction powder patterns
Sponsor Field of Activity National Science Foundation-National Re- Atomic physics

search Council

Porcelain Enamel Institute Studies of metallic coatings

The donor program was authorized in 1950 by Public Law 619 under

which the Bureau may accept funds for the purpose of furthering its work.

This arrangement permits individuals as well as technical, industrial, and

commercial organizations to support work at the Bureau when the results are expected to be of value to the general public. During the past year, the following projects were supported by gifts: Donor Field of Activity

American Iron and Steel Institute Durability of steel pilings American Iron and Steel Institute Standard samples program

Corrosion Research Council of the Engi- Reactions at metal surfaces and stress cor- neering Foundation rosion Edward Orton, Jr., Ceramic Foundation Research in clays Expanded Shale, Clay and Slate Institute Shale aggregate International Activities. On an international basis, the Bureau rep- resents the interest of the Government and American science in matters

dealing with the establishment and maintenance of standards and estab- lishment of values for physical constants. Most of this work is done through

participation in a large number of international groups such as the Inter- national Bureau of Weights and Measures, the International Union of Pure

and Applied Chemistry, International Scientific Radio Union, International

Commission on Illumination, and International Organization for Standardization. Staff members attend a large number of international meetings

during the year, and the Bureau frequently plays a major role in organizing

international committees.

An important aspect of the Bureau's international activities is the contribution to the establishment or development of foreign standards laboratories. This is particularly important for newly developed countries where

the experience of the Bureau and its personnel can be usefully applied toward

a new activity. This type of aid takes two forms: the loan of Bureau experts

to the countries interested in establishing new laboratories, and foreign

specialists coming for training to the Bureau. During the past year, 187

trainees and guest workers from 48 countries came to NBS. In addition,

590 foreign scientists visited the Bureau from 54 countries. There are NBS field stations located in several countries of the world,

as part of the Bureau's radio propagation program. One of the most sig- nificant is the Jicamarca Observatory in Peru, set up in cooperation with

the Instituto Geofisico de Huancayo for ground-based explorations of the upper atmosphere and outer space. For the first time this year, the Bureau engaged in a program of granting

funds to scientific institutions in certain foreign countries, in order to support

scientific research supplementing the Bureau's own in-house research pro- gram. These grants are financed from local-currency funds accruing to the United States from the sale of surplus farm products; they are therefore

18
limited to countries where an excess balance of such funds has accumulated.

The program has thus far operated in India, Israel, and Pakistan. Eleven

grants were conferred during the first year, about 20 more were initiated and are being processed, and an additional 30 requests for support are under

consideration. Grants already in effect cover such topics as calculation of atomic properties of rare earth elements from their optical spectra, lifetime and line shape

measurements of spectra of rare earth ions in crystals, study of molecular

interactions by means of infrared spectroscopy and of the effects of adsorption on infrared spectra, theoretical and experimental investigations of the Moessbauer effect, studies of the excluded volume in multi-component polyelectrolyte systems and other investigations in statistical mechanics, X-ray

crystallographic research in solid-state polymerization, separation of optical

isomers by gas-liquid partition chromatography, and solution of boundary

value problems on a digital computer.

In addition to the scientific results of these activities, the program has

resulted in an increased interest among foreign scientists in the kinds of problems relevant to the Bureau's mission, in greater awareness among

Bureau staff members of the scientific potential in other countries, and in

intensified communications and exchanges of visits. ADMINISTRATIVE ACTIVITIES

Several organizational changes were made during 1962 to strengthen

various program areas and to accommodate changes in program orientation. As part of the Bureau's intensive efforts to improve its standards and

measurement capabilities in the field of electronics, a Radio Standards

Laboratory was established at Boulder. The new Laboratory, which replaces

the former Radio Standards Division, includes two divisions, Radio Physics

and Circuit Standards (see appendix 3.1) . This will provide for subdivision

of this rapidly expanding program while preserving unified direction. More appropriate titles were selected for two divisions. Organic and

Fibrous Materials was changed to Polymers Division, and a new section structure was established to reflect that division's increasing concern with

the physical and chemical properties of polymers. Mineral Products be- came the Inorganic Solids Division, since this title is more descriptive of the division's current program. In addition, the section organization of

the Metallurgy Division was realined to provide increased emphasis on the

interpretation of properties of materials in terms of their structure. A new position, Assistant to the Director for Weights and Measures

Administration, was established with responsibility for administrative

advisory services to officials of the States on weights and measures matters. Technical services to the States and business and industry in this area

of measurement remains with the office of Weights and Measures, which has

become a technical division of the Bureau.

In a significant effort to meet urgent demands for basic atomic data

in support of space sciences, and to offset the growing shortage of scientists

19
Architect's rendering of the administration building now under construction at the new NBS laboratories in Gaithersburg, Maryland. (See p. 20.)

trained in atomic physics and astrophysics, the Bureau joined with the University of Colorado to establish the Joint Institute for Laboratory Astro- physics on the University campus at Boulder, Colo. (See p. 8.) The

joint institute arrangement is an innovation in Government-university rela- tionships, providing for the collaboration of university and government

scientists in an institute which will undertake the training of scientists and

students as well as providing a unique center for research in this highly

specialized field. During fiscal year 1962 funds obligated by the Bureau totaled $74,238,000.

This included $29,082,000 for construction and facilities. Of the $38,764,000

devoted to research and development activities, $23,759,000 came from

direct appropriations to the Bureau, and $15,005,000 from other govern- ment agencies and private sources. Calibration, testing, and other services amounted to an additional $6,392,000. A statement of financial data is contained in appendix 3.3. By the end of the year, the total staff of the Bureau was about 4,000 persons.

1 Approximately one-third of these employees were attached to the Boulder

Laboratories. Additional information concerning the staff may be found

in appendix 3.2. Good progress was made during the year toward completion of the Bureau's new facilities near Gaithersburg, Md. Construction of Phase I, which was started in 1961, has moved forward as planned and should be

completed during the next year. This includes the Boiler Plant, which

will provide heat and cooling for all buildings presently planned for the

site, and the Engineering Mechanics Laboratory, which will house the large

force-measuring machines, some of which are urgently needed for more

precise measurements of the very large forces involved in modern rocket development. Phase II of the construction was placed under contract in June 1962. It includes the Radiation Physics Laboratory, Administration

20
Building, Instrument Shops, Supply and Plant Building, and Service Building. During the year much effort was devoted to the detailed planning of

the seven General Purpose Laboratories which will comprise Phase III, the

heart of the Bureau's new facilities. In addition preparations for seeking

bids on the National Bureau of Standards Nuclear Reactor were nearly

completed.

PUBLICATIONS

Publications are a major end product of the Bureau's research effort. They are the principal means by which the results of NBS projects are made

available to science and technology. The publications of the Bureau are

: therefore suggestive of the scope and level of its technical program. During

I the year these totaled 989 formally published papers and documents. In

| addition some 367 classified and unclassified reports were issued to other government agencies.

Among the major publications of the year was Experimental Transition

Probabilities for Spectral Lines of Seventy Elements (NBS Mono. 53) . This

Monograph presents further data on the spectral lines tabulated in the two- volume Tables of Spectral Line Intensities (Mono. 32) published last year. For the present work, absolute transition probabilities for 25,000 lines were

calculated, and the results are tabulated by spectrum.

Another major publication, and two-volume work, was Chemistry of Cement (Mono. 43). It contains complete texts of all papers given at the Fourth International Symposium on the Chemistry of Cement, held in Washington, D.C., in October 1960. The Monograph is one of the most complete

reference works available on the subject, and presents the latest information in most of the fields of cement chemistry research. Also notable among the year's many publications was Weights and

Measures Administration (Handb. 82). This publication presents, in convenient handbook form, a comprehensive guide for the establishment and

conduct of an effective weights and measures program, whether at the State

level or for a smaller jurisdiction. Structure Shielding Against Fallout Radiation from Nuclear Weapons (Mono. 42), summarizes the results of a varied research program at NBS which developed engineering methods and

data for solution of fallout shielding problems.

Of the 989 formal publications issued during the year, 160 were published

in the Journal of Research, and 616 in the journals of professional and

scientific societies. Also, 122 summary articles were presented in the Bureau's monthly Technical News Bulletin. In the nonperiodical series of publications, 91 papers were published: 19 in the Monograph series, 5 in the Handbook series, 3 in the Circular series, 6 in the Miscellaneous Publication

series, 1 in the Applied Mathematics Series, and 57 in the Technical Note

series. Basic Radio Propagation Predictions, the Bureau's third periodical, which

is published for a 1-month period 3 months in advance, presented radio

propagation data needed for determining the best radiofrequencies to use in long-range radio communications.

21
A list of publications for the fiscal year, which includes several papers

published in the previous year but not reported, is given in the appendix,

section 3.7 (p. 187).

During the year, the Bureau participated in 29 scientific and technological

exhibitions, with exhibits depicting the Bureau's research programs. Typical

of the year's shows were: National Academy of Sciences, Washington,

D.C. ; Space Age Industries and Engineering Exposition, San Francisco,

Calif.; International Conference on Spectroscopy, College Park, Md.; and

American Standards Association, Houston, Tex. The Bureau's motion picture program included 3,148 showings of NBS

films to a total audience of 604,222, including educational television.

2. HIGHLIGHTS OF THE

RESEARCH PROGRAM

The Bureau's technical program is carried out through organizational units called divisions. These are shown in appendix 3.1 in numerical order. A

review of selected research and development programs is presented in this section under headings corresponding generally to these organization units but rearranged to bring together related types of activity.

2.1. PHYSICS, ELECTRONICS, AND

MEASUREMENT STANDARDS

2.1.1. METROLOGY

The metrology laboratories of the Bureau maintain, develop, and dissemi- nate standards for the commonly used physical quantities, including length, mass, volume, density, and angle, as well as light, color, radiation, refractive index, and other optical and photographic quantities. Although some

measurements are made of quantities measured by the ancients, scientific techniques now used provide a considerably higher accuracy than they were

able to obtain. For example, studies of the properties of a recently constructed gaseous laser indicate that the laser output is sufficiently coherent

to theoretically permit measurements to wavelength precision over dis- tances of 100 kilometers or more. Plans have been developed for using the

laser to redetermine the speed of light with an accuracy consistent with future space requirements.

Industrial needs accentuate the problem of length measurements when the shapes of objects, such as gears, ball bearings, or other moving parts, are

involved. To aid industry in meeting these needs, a gear metrology labora- tory has been established-—the first of its kind in the country—and master

involutes were measured and compared with the standards of commercial gear

laboratories. Methods were also developed for measuring diameters of master spheres up to 3 inches in diameter with a certified accuracy of two

millionths of an inch. The need for extremely accurate spherical components

22
of missile guidance systems is responsible for a considerable portion of the demand for precise measurements of spheres.

Other developments having important industrial implications for eco- nomic growth and progress include the measurement of standards for surface

finish by interferometric means, and the completion of an interferometer for measuring gage blocks to one ten-millionth of an inch. An example of contribution to national scientific needs is the completion,

in cooperation with investigators from outside of the Bureau, of a revision

of the values of physical constants, such as electronic charge and Avagadro's

number. This work is particularly timely because of the recent international adoption of a new scale for atomic masses based on the isotope

carbon 12. Photometric Units Internationally Intercompared. Lighting equipment (incandescent lamps, fluorescent lamps, and luminaires) made in this country is sold all over the world in competition with the products of other

Ultra-precise gage block interfermoter developed as part of a program to provide length calibrations to 1 part in 10 million. During operation, the alumi- num bell jar (left background) covers the optics and working area of the instrument, and all manipulations are performed from a control panel removed

far enough from the instrument to prevent the operator's body heat from

affecting the measurements. (Seep. 26.)

23
countries. To assure a fair competitive basis, the light output of this equipment must be evaluated in comparable terms. Hence, the various national

photometric units must be in close agreement. Periodically, these national I photometric units are intercompared at the International Bureau of Weights

and Measures by means of photometric standards (incandescent lamps) from

each nation. The latest international comparison showed only small deviations between the U.S. national standards and the average of the national

laboratories of Canada, England, France, Eastern Germany, Western Ger- many, Japan, and Russia.

Slant Visibility Meter Developed. Application of measurements made

by a slant visibility meter to airfield operations requires two assumptions:

(1) Transmission of the atmosphere is uniform horizontally but may vary

vertically; and (2) conditions are stable so that the visual range does not change significantly between the time an aircraft is cleared to land and ther time the landing is made. However, experience has shown that under fog

conditions the horizontal variations in transmission are as great as or greater tj ih than the vertical variations, and that conditions often change significantly

within a very few minutes. Thus the accuracy or usefulness of such a meter is limited by natural conditions, and a complex instrument will have

little more value than a much more simple instrument.

These factors were considered in the design of a simplified slant visibility meter for the Bureau of Naval Weapons. An instrument was developed that gives a clear indication of ceilings and the tops of fog layers which are below

700 feet for any visibility greater than 1/16 mile; gives a readily interpretable

indication of whether the fog increases, decreases, or does not change with

height; and, if the fog density changes with height, gives an indication of the

rate of change.

Four-Filter Thermoelectric Colorimeter. To utilize the superior

stability of the thermopile as a detector of heat, such a detector was substi- tuted for the less stable photocell in a colorimeter used at the Bureau for, calibration purposes. Four filters designed to convert the nonselective re sponse of the thermopile into responses proportional to the color-matching,

functions of the average normal human eye were designed and built. The

instrument provides a rapid means of measuring the color coordinates of

the light filters used in color measurements, and, unlike photoelectric color- imeters, it probably will not require frequent recalibration. Refractive Index Measurements Extended. Calibrated wavelength

standards are available from the Bureau for making high-precision meas- urements of refractive index at discrete values of wavelength. However, re- refractive index over a range of wavelengths is often needed by users of optical materials. To provide an accurate means for interpolating the Bureau's measured values to the desired range, refractive index data were fitted to the

classical Sellmeier formula relating wavelength to refractive index. A three- term Sellmeier equation containing six parameters was used. Three of the parameters enter the equation nonlinearly, precluding the use of a straightforward least-squares process. So an iterative least-squares procedure was

24
developed by means of a high-speed digital computer. A large number of

I refractive index measurements can now be fitted in only a few minutes with

a precision consistent with the accuracy of the original measurements. Fiber Optics. Although the principle of fiber optics has been studied

for many years, only recently has any serious work been done toward marketing items utilizing this principle. As a result, the refractometry laboratory

I of the Bureau is being called upon to evaluate the image-producing qualities

involved in fiber optics materials. Hence, methods are being developed to determine the resolution, numerical aperture, and transmittance of such

materials. Luminance Standards Developed for Photographic Exposure

Meters. To obtain a good photograph, the exposure must be adjusted to the speed of the photographic material. This adjustment is accomplished by

j a photocell which either automatically adjusts stop size and exposure time

I or else provides the operator with information enabling him to do so. At the request of the photographic exposure-meter industry, acting through the American Standards Association, the Bureau developed luminance stand- ards for the calibration of exposure meters. They take the form of an incan- descent lamp combined with a blue glass to duplicate average sunlight, and

a diffusing plate of white plastic. This combination of lamp, filter, and

diffusing plate provides a 5-inch square of uniform luminance.

Absolute Measurement of Sphere Diameters. Interchangeability

in industry requires the use of master spheres whose absolute sizes are known

to a very high degree of accuracy, and a few sets of these master spheres

having roundness deviations of less than 2 microinches and diameter toler- ances of 20 microinches, were recently manufactured. Consequently, special fixtures were designed and built by the Bureau so that a sphere could

be calibrated by placing it as a spacer between interferometer plates.

Fizeau interference fringes are produced when the plates are in the path

of a collimated beam of light from either a mercury 198 or a cadmium lamp.

The fringe fractions from selected visible radiations are read, and the plate

separation at the points of contact with the sphere is determined by the method of excess fractions. Corrections are made for elastic deformation,

for thermal expansion, for phase retardation of the light due to penetration

and reflection at the base interference plate, for wavelength due to the effect of air temperature and pressure and water vapor pressure, and for an ac- cessory block to give sphere diameter in its free state at 20 °C. Diameter

measurements to an accuracy of 2 microinches were obtained on spheres up

to 1% inch diameter. The apparatus has a capacity of 3 inches. An interferometer was also developed for measuring deviations from

sphericity of small spheres. It consists primarily of a Koesters double-image

prism having a portion of a sphere as its base, combined with a microscope

objective of short focus and large normal aperture. The center of the sphere

is placed at the point where the rays from the interferometer prism are focused by the objective. Straight-line interference fringes are observed over

a relatively large area of the sphere surface when it is truly spherical.

662336 O—62 3 25
Photomicrograph of interference pattern of a surface roughness standard used

for calibration of stylus-type roughness measuring instruments. The depth of

the grooves averages 20 microinches. (See p. 29.)

Revised Length Calibration Equipment and Procedures. The

intercomparison method of mechanical measurement for 0.01- to 0.09-inch

gage blocks was developed to replace the accurate but costly interferometric

method. For the first time gage blocks measured only by mechanical

methods were certified to an accuracy of ±2 microinches, equal to the accuracy of routine interferometric calibration. Plans are now under way to extend this service to the size range 0.1 to 1.0 inch. Construction and preliminary testing of an ultra-precise gage block inter- ferometer was completed during the year. This instrument provides absolute length measurements of gage blocks in terms of the wavelength of light.

To achieve the uniform and constant temperature condition necessary for

:

length measurements accurate to 1 part in 10 million, a polished aluminum

bell jar is used to cover the optics and working area of the instrument. ' Unique features include an optical compensating device that modifies the observed measurement patterns to facilitate optimum precision of measurement, and a temperature-measuring system that provides a representative

internal temperature measurement of the gage blocks under test. Glass Bead Standard Samples. New standard samples of glass beads were prepared to provide a distribution of beads having specified diameters. These beads are used by the scientific and industrial community for routine calibration of sieves. The new sample, No. 1019, together with the two samples previously available, may be used to grade diameters from

50 to 2600 microns.

Gaseous Laser for Interferometry. A helium-neon optical maser with

external confocal reflectors was constructed to study the mode patterns and

26
frequency distribution of laser output. Interference fringes of the 11,522.82-

Angstroms (A) spectral line were observed in Fabry-Perot interferometers up to one meter in length. Analysis of the fringes showed that maser action occurs at five different infrared frequencies spaced by about 75 megacycles

per second (Mc/s) (or 0.0033 A) within this spectral line. Radiofrequency

beat notes between these frequencies were also observed. The beat note spectrum exhibited a splitting that varied between 0 and 20 kilocycles per second (kc/s), probably due to a "hole burning" effect previously suggested

by others. Gear Metrology Laboratory Established. Research in precision gear

metrology, and the development and calibration of highly accurate dimensional masters for elements of gears and gear teeth, as well as master gears

of improved design, are needed for the improved performance of gear

trains. To fulfill these needs, a gear metrology laboratory was established,

having temperature controlled closely at 20 °C and a relative humidity of

less than 50 percent. Equipment for measuring certain elements of both

small and large gears was installed. As a first step in this program, highly

amplified charts of the involute form of a series of accurately made master

involutes were made by means of a recording involute-form rolling instru- ment having amplifications up to 8000 X . With one of these master involutes and accompanying charts for comparison purposes, a survey was made of

the performance of involute checking instruments used by industrial plants

throughout the country. Improvised high amplifications were applied to these instruments in place of the 500 to 1000 X amplifications usually available. Agreement within about 50 microinches (or 1.2 microns) was found,

but the comparisons pointed up the need for precision-calibrated master

involutes in the various inspection departments of the plants.

Wave Front Shearing Interferometer. A prism type of wave front shearing interferometer was developed. The instrument measures the absolute shape of wave fronts that are produced by any optical element or combination of elements (reflectors or refractors). The magnitude of the aberration in the interferometer is found to be insignificant for beams smaller than an //3.5 cone. If spherical entrance faces are used, this aberration can be reduced to zero for any size of beam.

In the construction of the device, a ray trace through the prism verified the observation that the two images of the wave front were rotated relative

to each other slightly when the shearing action was produced by rotating one prism relative to the other. However, other means of producing shear were found in which no rotation of wave fronts occurred. For extreme

accuracy this rotation is undesirable when testing large angle cones of light.

The fringes produced by the prism are nonlocalized, so the shape of the wave front at any position or distance from the lens is obtained by simply

focusing the camera or other receiver on the desired location. Thus, the change in the shape of a wave front, and consequently the change in phase

at the point of convergence, may be obtained by measuring the wave front shape before, during, and after it passes through the point or area of convergence. 27
It was recently found that the number of reference points that may be

used (previously believed to be limited to only a few) is unlimited. Thus,

a continuum of points may be approached and all details of the wave front obtained.

Standards of Mass and Weighing Techniques. An arresting mechanism was developed for knife-edge balances which requires only one moving

part and permits all knives and flats in the system to remain in contact during

the unloading and reloading process. The arrestment error associated with

this device is a few parts in one billion, at the one-kilogram level. No practical method has been available for hydrostatically weighing frac- tional-gram weights, due to uncertainties in the meniscus correction. However, the Cartesian diver, operating completely submerged, offered a possible

solution. Hence, a crude closed-body Pyrex diver was blown and allowed

to fall under constant pressure. It was loaded first with one, then with a second, 150-milligram weight, the two differing by about 15 micrograms in weight. The difference in fall rate, clearly visible to the naked eye, demonstrated the practicability of such a device for the hydrostatic weighing of small weights.

Experiments conducted in NBS shops showed that Hull's method of bur- nishing stainless steel to a high finish with a diamond tool was satisfactory for standard weights. The use of this process eliminates much of the time- consuming and costly polishing which weight manufacturers previously

performed in order that weights would meet acceptable standards. For a given material the surface-to-mass ratio of weights increases as their

size decreases. It is desirable to minimize this ratio; however, fractional gram weights are usually constructed from sheet metal or wire which tends

to increase this ratio. A method of melting fine wire and letting the surfac

tension of the liquid metal form a sphere—which has the most favorable

ratio—was developed, and several platinum weights were constructed. Recent experiments demonstrated that the passage of small amounts of a-c power through a knife-flat contact did not result in a measureable change

in balance performance. A condenser plate was therefore attached to the beam of the NBS one-kilogram balance and energized through the knife

edge. This device permitted mechanical manipulation of the beam by a small externally controlled variable electrostatic force, and eliminated most

of the uncertainties of operation associated with mechanical members being

brought into contact with the beam.

As a part of a continuing program for improving the precision of mass

measurements and mass standards, a 200-milligram torsion fiber balance was put into service for calibrating weights 200 milligrams and smaller. It is an equal-arm balance in which torsion fibers (instead of the conventional

fulcrum knife edge and plane) and suspension fibers (instead of the terminal knife edges and planes) are used. These fibers, made of fused silica, are fused to the beam, which is also made of fused-silica fibers fused to- gether to form a one-piece unit. The free end of one of the torsion fibers

is fixed to the case and the free end of the other torsion fiber is attached 28
to a rotatable graduated dial. The pans are suspended in wells from the

. suspension fibers. The position of the beam is indicated by a horizontal

fiber seen as two parallel horizontal lines in the eyepiece of an optical sys- tem similar to that of a comparison microscope. With this system the bal- ance is readable to 0.01 microgram.

I; ° To improve the usefulness of the torsion fiber balance as a calibration

, instrument, the illumination of the index fiber was improved and a loading

j platform was added at pan level. The platform can be moved in and out

of the pan well with the well door open. To further facilitate handling of small weights, a binocular microscope is focused on the balance pan. With

, this arrangement, a standard deviation of a few hundredths of a microgram is attainable. To fully utilize the precision inherent in this balance,

^ two sets of suitable national reference standards were made and carefully

calibrated. Surface Roughness Standards. Two types of surface roughness

. standards are used for the calibration of stylus-type roughness measuring

instruments. One, a 2 X 3 inch rhodium-plated placpae, has a 150-degree

triangular pattern, and the other, a similar plaque made of glass, has an

Diamond burnishing was shown to give the necessary high surface finish to standard weights. The process eliminates much of the time consuming and

costly polishing previously necessary in production. (See p. 28.)

29
etched trapezoidal pattern. Slight deviations from the basic waveforms 1

of these patterns recently caused difficulty in instrument calibration, so a reevaluation of the calibration techniques used was made.

The measuring force on the stylus was reduced to a point where no visible permanent deformation of the standard occurred, and the traversing velocity was reduced enough so that dynamic tracking effects were eliminated. Inter- ferometric measurements on gage steps permitted investigation of the instrument magnification, linearity, and hysteresis.

A simple method was devised for the measurement of radius of curvature

of the tracing stylus. Measurements of the average curvatures in the | "corners" of the samples were made by microinterferometry, providing

corrections for the differences between the locus of the stylus motion and

the true waveform of the sample. Measurements were also made of the uncertainty in using a planimeter for the evaluation of roughness, and one J of the triangular-wave-type standards was calibrated by the planimeter

method for use as a master for calibration by comparison.

A series of comparisons of measurements on surface roughness stand- ards was undertaken. A British manufacturer of surface roughness measuring equipment supplied samples, and measurements were compared with

those of an Atomic Energy Commission laboratory. Average deviations

from the mean values on four samples were very small, and further work

with other laboratories is contemplated.

2.1.2. MECHANICS

The Bureau's work in mechanics is primarily in the development and

improvement of methods of measurement of mechanical phenomena in solids,

liquids, and gases; the establishment of required standards in mechanics

and the relation of such standards to the prototype standards; the support

of these activities by theoretical and experimental researches into mechanical

phenomena; the determination of physical constants of particular importance

in mechanics; and provision of assistance to other laboratories in relating

their measurements to a common basis (or to established standards) by

transfer standards, calibration services, and other means. Measurement

areas include sound pressure and intensity, shock, vibration, force, strain, pressure, vacuum, viscosity, and rate of gas and liquid flow. These measurement areas are of vital importance in the missile and space programs, which require great accuracies over widely extended ranges under

extreme temperature environments. Special emphasis therefore is given

to research directed toward meeting these needs. Because of the increasing requirements for measuring mechanical quantities in defense industries and in government laboratories, and because of the requirements of missile and space projects, requests for calibration

services continued to increase. Considerable progress was made in the design of the special-purpose

equipment to be housed in the Engineering Mechanics Laboratory now under

30
construction at Gaithersburg, Md. Detailed data necessary for the planning

of the Sound Laboratory and the Fluid Mechanics Laboratory were developed

for use in preliminary work on the design of these buildings. The availability of these facilities will make it possible to provide more comprehensive services in several of the measurement areas in mechanics.

Infrasonic Waves in the Atmosphere and in the Earth. Infrasonic waves having fairly constant periods of about 6 seconds pass through the atmosphere of the Washington area. These waves—usually called microbaroms—come mainly from easterly directions and travel parallel to the ground. A mathematical analysis of the influence of ocean waves on the atmosphere shows that these might be the source of the infrasound. The

impact of waves on a beach produces the familiar audible sounds of surf, and, in addition, the periodic arrival of the waves can generate infrasound of

the same period in the atmosphere. Experiments are being planned to check

the validity of this hypothesis.

The infrasound generated by geomagnetic storms comes mainly from

northerly directions, possibly from the auroral zone in the Arctic. A new

infrasonics station is being installed at the Bureau's Boulder (Colo.) Laboratories to obtain data that will supplement data from the Washington station. The two stations will show a directional effect that may make possible a decision as to whether or not these waves originate in the auroral zone. The microbaroms in the atmosphere have their counterpart in the microseismic waves in the earth's crust, as these waves also have periods near 6

seconds. Three seismometers of a pattern developed at the Bureau are being

installed at sites spaced far enough apart to allow determination of the propagation speed and direction of the microseisms. It seems unlikely

either that the microbaroms cause microseisms, or vice versa. Whether or

not they have a common origin is one question to be studied with the combined infrasonics and seismics stations. Elastic Changes Caused by Static Loads. The nature—even the question of the existence—of the so-called Fitzgerald "resonances" in various

crystalline materials has engendered much discussion and controversy in recent years. According to Fitzgerald's theory, certain static stresses, either residual (built-in) or due to external load, cause severe changes to occur in the dynamic elastic constants of these materials. Characteristic of these changes are sharp resonances and high internal friction at various frequencies

in the range 100 to 5000 cycles per second (c/s) . There is also a general

loss of elastic stiffness over this range, particularly at the lower frequencies.

The implications of such effects in the fields of fatigue failure of machine

and structural elements, particularly those associated with aircraft, are

serious, as are also the fundamental solid-state problems raised. For this reason, the Bureau undertook measurements on quartz, fused silica, and

polycrystalline aluminum. The technique used was designed to allow easy

detection of these effects, provided that they actually are associated with

the theory proposed to explain them or with any similar theory. No trace

of the predicted effects on the elastic constants was found. This negative

31
Stress-strain characteristics of metals at high temperatures (up to 1,460 °F) were obtained by impacting cylindrical specimens in a furnace (barely seen at right) with projectiles impelled by an air gun (foreground). (See p. 35.)

result lends support to the conception that either the theoretical background

employed by Fitzgerald to explain his results is not relevant to them, or

that the observed resonances are artifactitious. Acoustical Repulsion of Birds at Airports. The Fish and Wildlife

Service is studying the use of acoustical stimuli to repel birds from airports.

At airports near the ocean, the presence of sea gulls on or about the runways

presents a great hazard to aircraft. In order that the acoustical signals

used in this program may be accurately controlled, NBS is working with

the Fish and Wildlife Service—giving technical advice on equipment and

on its operation and calibration. As part of this study, scientists from

these organizations made two field trips to a nearby area frequented by

these birds. The scientists played at various sound levels previously recorded

tape of the distress cries of sea gulls. At most of the sound levels, 10 seconds

of signal was enough to repel the gulls out of sight. Generally, within an hour or two gulls would again be feeding at the site. It is not known at this time whether the same gulls returned or a new group of gulls flew in. Reverberation-Chamber Technique for Calibration of StandardType Noise Sources. A new reverberation-chamber method of test was

developed for the measurement of sound power output of noise sources in both 1 and 1/3 octave bands covering the frequency range 40 to 10,000 c/s. The development of the method required specialized calibration of the rever- beration chamber and of all instrumentation over an extended frequency

range.

32
The test method was developed primarily for the calibration of standardtype noise sources, which, by means of a substitution technique, are used

in determining the acoustic power radiation of various types of noise sources

in field environments. The substitution technique may substantially increase

the accuracy of such measurements in field installations, where conditions

depart drastically from the closely controlled ones in laboratories. Field Measurements of Airborne and Impact Sound Insulation.

Many nations throughout the world have had rather stringent noise-control requirements embodied in their national building codes for the past two

decades. These requirements have served to restrain the growth of noise

levels and to suppress the tendency toward inferior sound insulation often produced by modern building technology with its emphasis on economy

and lightweight construction. In the United States, the building codes contain no noise-control require- ments. However, the FHA has recently taken positive action to incorporate

noise-control requirements in its building requirements, which are presently

undergoing revision. A considerable amount of work bearing on the development of such re- quirements, closely coordinated with the FHA's activity, was undertaken at the Bureau. The work dealt with the most pressing noise-control requirement, that of developing impact sound insulation criteria. Reviews and

analyses were made of numerous foreign publications and building codes

pertaining to sound insulation in dwellings and of field measurements. A

series of impact tests was conducted on more than 15 basic types of floor- ceiling structures for the collection of data essential to the establishment of

noise-control criteria in building codes. Pressure Measurement. Providing standards and measurement tech- niques over the range of pressures of current interest in science and industry

is a formidable task, for these range from about 10~15 millimeters of mercury

in the ultra-high vacuum range to about 2.5X109 millimeters of mercury

(about 50.000,000 pounds per square inch (psi) ) in shock-wave measurements. At present, standards and techniques are adequate for only a few

decades above and below atmospheric pressure (760 millimeters of mercury

i mm Hg) ) . Work is in progress on methods of generating and measuring

pressures to extend the range covered by adequate standards and techniques

to both higher and lower pressures. Production and measurement of pres- sures at the extremes of the 24-decade range of interest involve great diffi- culty because of limitations of material properties, etc. Advances were made at several levels of vacuum measurement, such as

in the evaluation of McLeod and ion gages by means of the volume expansion

technique. The first experimental model of one of the instruments being de- veloped for the vacuum range was put into operation. This apparatus,

which is known as an interferometer—oil-manometer, makes use of an inter- ferometer for measuring the difference in height between the two surfaces of

oil in a manometer. Preliminary results indicate that the sensitivity of the instrument is adequate to permit its use for measurement of pressures as low as 10"5 mm Hg.

33
In the range of high-pressure measurements, a new controlled-clearance

piston gage was put into operation at pressures up to 120,000 psi. The gage

is of an improved design with a piston 0.080 in. in diameter. Some idea of the performance of the instrument, which met all expectations, may be gained

from the fact that the oil leaking past the freely rotating, unpacked piston

would amount to only 1 cubic inch in 20 years at a pressure of 110,000 psi.

Readings were reproducible to ±1 psi at 100,000 psi. This piston gage is being used for a new determination of the freezing pressure of mercury at 0 °C and approximately 109,800 psi. These conditions are of considerable

importance as presenting a fixed point for the calibration of other pressure- measuring instruments.

Ultra-high pressure measurement work continued with the multiple anvil devices capable of generating pressures in excess of 1,000,000 psi. Exploratory work was done on additional types of apparatus in an effort to evaluate

transitions useful for fixed points at higher pressures. One of these is a "two-stage" modification of the tetrahedral device. This modification in- creased the pressure range of the apparatus while retaining its capability of generating high temperatures through internal heating.

Hydrodynamic Effect of Hydrophobic Materials. It is well known

that water will not cling to certain materials when their surfaces are clean and no wetting agent has been added to the water. Such materials are termed

hydrophobic or, since this is a surface effect, the surface may be called a hydrophobic surface. Questions have often arisen in regard to the hydrodynamic effect of this property, such as whether the friction between a fully

submerged surface of this kind and the water is less than it would be for a wetted surface. An investigation conducted a few years ago with Teflon as the hydrophobic material showed no effect on the friction to flow through a tube. In a recent investigation supported in part by the Office of Naval Research,

another situation was studied in which a difference was found between the behavior of hydrophobic materials and wettable, or hydrophilic, materials. In this situation, the material in the form of a plate was moved in and out through a water surface. The hydrophobic material came out "dry," while

the wettable material retained a film of water on its surface. An added

force opposing the motion was found to be associated with the peeling off of the water from the hydrophobic surface when the plate was moving out, and an equal and opposite force, again opposing the motion, was associated

with the replacement of water in contact with the surface when the plate was moving in. As soon as the plate started to move in or out, the force appeared and was independent of the rate of motion.

The forces that in this case—of the nonwettable property—affect the movement of a fluid are several times larger than those due to surface tension. While their action is of a different nature, the conditions under which they

become significant are similar. Culvert Hydraulics. For the past several years, the Bureau of Public

Roads has sponsored an experimental investigation of culvert hydraulics.

34
Recording data on the performance of resistance-type strain gages when subjected to varying thermal and mechanical loads. Modern structures, especially

missiles and space vehicles, must be designed to sustain high loads at high temperatures—environmental testing of such structures requires strain gages which

will perform reliably under the same conditions. (See p. 36.)

A major portion of the study has been concerned with the factors controlling

the hydraulic efficiency of pipe culvert inlets. However, since the design

problems of box culverts are also of importance, recent emphasis has been

directed toward the investigation of their flow characteristics. The box

culvert is a culvert of rectangular or square cross section, frequently used in situations where pipe culverts w

r ould not be economical.

The development of improved inlet structures for box culverts is the principal goal, as it was for the pipe culverts. It has been shown that culvert

inlets are sensitive to the ventilating effects of vortices over the inlet and

are significantly affected by approach channel conditions. Consequently, it

is difficult to define their performance with a single and unique discharge

relationship. The investigation has furnished adequate methods of bounding the region of performance to be expected in the field. General design

criteria for the utilization of susbtantially improved inlets, similar to those derived for pipe culverts, are under development.

High-Temperature Impact Tests. Techniques and equipment were

developed for impacting cylindrical specimens at temperatures up to 1,460 °F

with known instantaneous contact stresses up to 90,000 psi. In one method,

an air gun accelerates an elongated bullet to strike an anvil bar to which

strain gages are attached, which in turn enters a furnace and impacts a

heated specimen. As the strain sensors remain substantially at room tempera35
ture, wire strain gages can be used on the anvil to yield impact stresses with an accuracy of 5 percent or better. The gage output is recorded continuously on oscilloscopes. The technique has been used for determining hightemperature stress-strain characteristics of metals at rates of straining up

to 1,000 in./in./sec, and also for evaluating high-temperature instrumentation under impact conditions. Spectrum Fatigue of Aircraft Structures. Under sponsorship of the Bureau of Naval Weapons, programed variable-amplitude fatigue tests were

carried out on built-up aluminum alloy beam specimens using variations of an

aircraft loads spectrum. The fatigue properties of the beam specimens were

found to be similar, in several respects, to those of certain full-scale aircraft structures. The test results showed that none of the currently available theories of cumulative fatigue damage were adequate for the dual purpose

of predicting spectrum fatigue life and evaluating the relative effects of indi- vidual load levels in the spectrum. However, the spectrum fatigue behavior

of the specimens was consistent with the measured effects of preloading,

periodic overloading, and periodic underloading.

Strain Gage Evaluation. Modern structures, especially missiles and

space vehicles, must be designed to sustain high loads at elevated temperatures. Some of the more severe operating conditions involve transient loads applied simultaneously with intense heat. Strain gages capable of reliable operation under these conditions are needed to determine the capability of materials and structural configurations. In cooperation with the Bureau of Naval Weapons and Aeronautical Systems Division of the Air Force Systems

Command, the Bureau developed equipment for evaluating the performance

of various types of strain gages as they are subjected to rapid loading while

being heated at 40 °F per second to temperatures as high as 1,500 °F. High'Temperature Tests of Vibration Pickups. Modifications made

in a commercial vibration calibrator and special heat sources permit tests and calibrations of vibration pickups at frequencies from 10 to 2,000 c/s and

at temperatures up to 1,000 °F. A mounting table with a built-in heating

element is isolated thermally from the shaft and driving coil of the moving

element by a compact, circulating water, heat exchanger. This simulates the

situation of a pickup mounted on a hot body and surrounded by relatively cool gas. For the condition of uniform temperature, a furnace with radiant heat sources is placed around the pickup. Studies of effects of temperature on sensitivity factors and measurements of temperature coefficients were made

on selected devices for the Bureau of Naval Weapons.

Rheology. Three independent techniques for the absolute measurement

of viscosity are under development. Studies are being made of the inertial

effects of a hollow sphere full of test fluid, the loading on a cylindrical

crystal in torsional oscillation immersed in a test fluid, and an experimental

technique to eliminate end effects in capillary flow. These studies should

result in a check on present standards of viscosity, and possibly a convenient

way of eliminating the need for standard viscosity samples. Some unusual

methods for calculating nonlinear hydrodynamic effects are being developed.

36
These refer, in particular, to the nonlinear effects of inertia and of viscous

heating.

Stress relaxation measurements were made on certain ruhberlike polymers

in simple extension. Concurrently, a simple nonlinear theory of viscoelastic

solids was worked out. This theory, which is only second-order in a certain

sense, seems to explain stress relaxation data over a surprisingly large range

of deformation ratios and accounts for several phenomena previously attrib- uted to ad hoc molecular mechanisms. A more crucial test of the theory will be undertaken with experiments on biaxial stress relaxation. Hypersonic Combustion. Stabilization of combustion in hypersonic

streams of air and fuel is a prerequisite to application of combustion to hypersonic propulsion. Research on stabilization and properties of combustion by detonation continued by observation of a hypervelocity missile in a stationary combustible gas. A detonation is regarded as a shock wave fol- lowed by combustion. Ignition delays for various fuels were determined

from observed separation of shock and combustion waves at the front of the

missile. Wave shape and position are being used in calculations to derive

the structure and rate of heat release in the detonation wave. Fluid Metering. In an attempt to attain increased accuracy in the cali- bration and application of instrumentation, the Bureau of Naval Weapons

requested NBS to plan and conduct a Colloquium on Fluid Metering. Those

Final operational checkout for a velocity type vibration pickup prior to testing

it at elevated temperatures. The pickup (center) will be heated in the furnace

at left to determine the effects of high temperatures on its operating

characteristics. (See p. 36.)

37
attending were engineers and senior technicians from Naval Air Stations

and Naval laboratories. Speakers from industry, Naval laboratories, and

NBS presented selected topics which included the theory and application of turbine, variable-area, positive displacement, and differential pressure flow- meters with both compressible and incompressible fluids. Calibration tech- niques were discussed and laboratory demonstrations were arranged to

illustrate calibration procedures using liquids, LP gas, and air as the cali- bration fluids. Data work sessions were conducted to illustrate the appli- cation of existing codes, standards, and recommended procedures to specific

problems encountered in fluid metering.

Calibration of transfer reference flowmeters for the fuel flow rate stand- ardization program was continued. These meters are used by others in the aircraft industry to evaluate the accuracy of their calibration facilities. Other work included calibration of reference fuel control units for gas- turbine engines and a preliminary investigation into swirl or rotational flow and its influence on conventional flowmeters. High-Temperature Thermocouples. At least three iridium-rhodium

versus iridium thermocouples are in current use in various laboratories for measurement of high temperature. The alloy wires of these thermocouples

contain 40, 50, and 60 percent iridium, and 60, 50, and 40 percent rhodium,

respectively. Reference tables giving temperature-emf relationships up to 3,800 °F have been published for the 40 percent iridium-60 percent rhodium

versus iridium thermocouple.

Observations have been completed on the 60 percent iridium-40 percent

rhodium versus iridium thermocouple up to 3,900 °F, and reference tables for it are being compiled. Preliminary observations up to 3,900 °F have

been taken on the 50 percent iridium-50 percent rhodium versus iridium

thermocouple.

Stability Tests of a New Thermocouple. The Aeronautical Systems

Division of the Air Force Systems Command sponsored evaluation tests of

a new thermocouple known as Platinel II, which was developed by an industrial corporation for use in the temperature range somewhat above that of currently used base-rnetal thermocouples. Ten thermocouples from three

lots of wire were heated in oxidizing atmospheres at various temperatures

and for different lengths of time to determine the stability of their cali- brations. Some of the thermocouple wires were heated by passing an electric current through them; others were heated in a muffle furnace. With the exception of one sample, the thermocouple calibrations were fairly stable

after being heated for 1,500 hours up to 2,200 °F. After heating at 2,300 °F, the deviations from the original calibration were quite large.

Twenty-four commercial-type Platinel II thermocouple probes were

exposed to a thermal shock test. Most probes failed before completion

of the specified duration; however, the test conditions are probably more

severe than those encountered in most applications.

38
Catalytic Effects of Thermocouple Materials. Work to determine

the catalytic effects of several of the commonly used thermocouple materials on gaseous mixtures containing combustible gases and oxygen has

been completed. The work, sponsored by the Aeronautical Systems Division

of the Air Force Systems Command, included experiments in low-velocity gas streams of prepared mixtures of hydrogen, carbon monoxide, propane, and methane in air. Experiments were also made in the more realistic gas flows from the burning of hydrocarbons in air. The composition,

velocity, and temperature of these gases simulated those in gas exhausting

from a conventional turbojet burner. In all these experiments, gold, silver, Chromel, Alumel, and constantan were found to be noncatalytic. Platinum, palladium, iridium, and alloys

containing these metals were found to catalyze the combustion of the unburned products. The use of base-metal thermocouples is therefore recommended where appreciable amounts of combustible gases and oxygen

are present.

2.1.3. ELECTRICITY

The Bureau's work in electricity is primarily the development, improvement, and dissemination of the standards of measurement for electrical quantities; and the study of the electrical and magnetic properties of materials. Electrical standards must be established that are constant over long

periods of time, uniform throughout the Nation, and compatible with other standards used throughout the world. Measurements of electrical quantities directly in terms of length, mass, and time ("absolute measurements")

are extremely difficult and are made only in the realization and confirmation of electrical standards of resistance, capacitance, inductance, and volt- age; calibration work is done by comparison with these electrical standards. Absolute Measurements. A new evaluation, in terms of the prototype

standards of length and time, of the unit of resistance maintained at the National Bureau of Standards was completed. The evaluation was based on

a nominally 1-picofarad symmetrical cross capacitor having a value that could be computed to high accuracy from its mechanical dimensions. The

computable capacitor was used to establish the value of a 0.01-microfarad

capacitor which then, through the medium of a frequency-dependent bridge,

established the value of a 10,000-ohm resistor. A measurement of that

resistor in terms of the unit maintained by the group of 1-ohm standard

resistors currently used to maintain the National Bureau of Standards unit

of resistance agreed with the value of the unit with a precision of approximately two parts in ten million. It is expected that a comparable precision

will be attained in the repetition of these measurements. Such a result will greatly improve the Bureau's ability to check on maintenance of the unit of electrical resistance using a group of standard resistors. In addition, repetitions of determinations of the gyromagnetic ratio of the proton in a field at the center of a solenoid gave the same value within one part in a million. As the field in the solenoid was computed from its

39
Highly stable shielded 100-megohm resistor designed and constructed for use

in the very precise measurement of high voltages. (See p. 40.) Measure- ments can be made to within 20 parts per million.

dimensions and from a current determined with standard cells and stand- ard resistors, as had been done a year previously, it may be concluded that the NBS unit of current did not change during the year. Since the other experiment showed that the unit of resistance maintained with standards

did not change, this experiment shows that the NBS unit of electromotive

force was also maintained without a signficant change by means of a group

of saturated standard cells. Precision Measurements at High Voltages. Direct voltages up to 100 kilovolts can now be measured to within 20 parts per million by using

a highly stable, 100-megohm resistor of unusual design. The resistor is made up of 100 individually shielded 1-megohm resistors which are con- nected in series and arranged to form a vertical helix between a ground

plate and a high-voltage electrode. Brass shields completely enclose each

resistor and prevent formation of corona at the surface of the resistance coil, no matter how high the potential of the shield is above ground.

Standard instrument transformers for use at 350,000 volts can now be

calibrated with an accuracy of 2 to 3 parts in 100,000 by employing a ca- pacitance voltage-divider technique. This accuracy is significantly better than has been available previously even at lower voltages. A 1-picofarad, 3- terminal free-air capacitor is used. Its housing is an aluminum can 7 feet high and 7 feet in diameter. NBS measurement techniques and results have been compared with those of the National Research Council of Canada

40
through cooperative tests of a 350,000-volt transformer built for the Ontario

Hydroelectric Power Commission. Agreement of test results between the two national laboratories has been within about 2 parts in 100,000 on trans- former ratios ranging from 2,000/1 to 4,000/1, and over a voltage range

from 100 to 350 kilovolts. Rapid Calibration of Resistance Voltage Dividers. Because of scientific and technical advances in recent years, the standard resistance voltage

divider ('Volt box") with its self-calibrating feature has become part of the

basic equipment of many standardizing laboratories. In the past, users have generally depended on NBS for calibration of this type of standard. With more widespread use of volt boxes, however, it becomes necessary to equip other qualified laboratories to perform this task. To facilitate the gradual transfer of the calibration of standard volt boxes

and the evaluation of their performance to other standardizing laboratories,

the Bureau developed a method which permits the rapid calibration of standard volt boxes at their rated voltages. The technique employs a direct- reading ratio set and a group of standard resistors or their equivalent. All components are incorporated in a test console. The only external connections required are those to the d-c supply and standard volt box under test. Since most standardizing laboratories already have the necessary components, additional outlay for equipment is not required.

Vicious Cycle in Storage Batteries. Storage batteries may go into a "vicious cycle" during charging under constant potential maintained by a generator and suitable voltage regulator. Battery temperature invariably

rises during charging, causing internal resistance to decrease. If this de- crease is sufficient to more than offset the increasing counter-electromotive

force, the charging current rises. As the current rises, so does the temperature—leading to "vicious cycling." Under these conditions, battery temperature becomes excessive and deleterious effects result. A theoretical study showed that "vicious cycling" could be produced in any type of storage battery by limiting the heat transfer to the surroundings. It was found that the rate of increase in current is nearly linear,

whereas that for temperature is logarithmic. The mechanism controlling

the temperature-current relation is the activation overpotential for the over- charge reactions, namely, the electrolysis of water for which the overpotential

depends on electrode material and condition. The theoretical predictions were checked by charging lead-acid and nickel-cadmium batteries in Dewar

flasks at constant potential. Experimental and theoretical results agreed

except for long charging periods, when heat losses to the surroundings be- came significant.

Electrolytic Conductance in Porous Media. Close-packed beds of spheres provide an easily obtained reproducible medium for studying the

effect of capillary or pore size on electrolytic conductivity. For a rhombohedrally packed column of equally sized inert spheres, the fraction of space occupied by the spheres is 0.74. This value is independent of sphere

size. Thus, if the electrical conductance of an electrolytic solution is meas662336 0—62 1 41
ured in a particular cell in the presence of spheres (beads) and then in their absence, the ratio of the conductances would be 0.26 if the change in volume

were the only effect and the conductance of the beads themselves was

negligible relative to that of the medium. With increasing dilution of the

electrolytic solution, however, this ratio would be expected to increase be- cause of surface conductance, electro-osmosis, and the increased importance

of the conductance of the beads.

The Bureau checked these predictions using glass and plastic beads,

300 ±50 microns in diameter, in aqueous solutions of potassium chloride

and hydrochloric acid. For potassium chloride of concentrations 0.02 normal or greater, the conductance ratio was slightly less than 0.26, probably

because the unequal size of the beads permitted tighter packing. Below 0.02 normal, however, the ratio steadily increased, reaching 0.31 at 0.002 normal

after corrections were made for the conductance of the beads themselves

(determined in distilled water). Thus surface conductance and electro- osmosis produce a 20 percent increase in the electrolytic conductance in porous media. For hydrochloric acid and plastic beads over the same con- centration range, the conductance ratio is nearly constant at 0.24. This

result indicates either that surface conductance and electro-osmosis are inoperative or that specific interaction occurs between the beads and the acid medium.

As part of an international comparison of voltage measurements, a Canadian

350,000-volt instrument transformer (foreground) was calibrated to an ac- curacy of a few parts in a hundred thousand using a new capacitive-divider

technique. The 7-foot high, 1-picofarad capacitor to the left of the transformer was specially constructed for use in such calibrations. (See p. 40.)

42
Corrosion of Single Crystals of Silver in Molten Salt. In the presence of a temperature gradient, the corrosion rate of single crystals

of silver in molten sodium chloride is independent of the crystallographic

orientation of the silver, but extensive mass transfer of silver occurs. This

transfer, resulting from dissolution and deposition of silver, occurs from the

hot to the cold end of the crystal and results from a shift in the equilibrium

between ionic and atomic silver from the ionic to the atomic state. In the absence of a temperature gradient, some effects due to crystal orientation

occur, but no mass transfer of silver takes place. Spirals and square pits

form on the [100] surface at dislocations in the interior of sub-grains in concentrations somewhat less than 106 per square centimeter. Some spirals

and pits also form on [111] surfaces, but not [110] or [211] surfaces. Microwave Absorption in Compressed Nondipolar Gases. As part

of the systematic study of the dielectric behavior of compressed gases in the microwave region, measurements were made on a number of pure gases and

mixtures which do not have permanent dipole moments and therefore do not produce ordinary microwave spectra. Significant loss was found in carbon

dioxide, nitrogen, and ethylene. This loss is attributed to the existence of

transient dipoles induced by molecular force fields during collisions. The

losses observed have so far been confined to gases having permanent molecular electric quadrupole moments, for which the force field has a comparatively long range. These results are of interest in that they provide ,indirect

information on the magnitude of the quadrupole moments, for which direct methods of measurement are not presently available, and on the dynamics

of collisions. This mechanism of absorption can also have a very significant

effect on planetary heat balance and on the interpretation of observations of

the planets using radioastronomy. Venus is of particular interest in this respect because of its carbon dioxide atmosphere.

Magnetism. The nuclear magnetic resonance frequencies of various

cobalt- and nickel-rich alloys were determined so that these values could be

used in calculating the internal magnetic fields that exist at the cobalt and

nickel nuclei for the various alloys. These results will provide information

to be used in theoretical studies of the behavior of ferromagnetic alloys. For

the cobalt-rich alloys, isotopically enriched Ni61 was used. This enriched

nickel contained 99.9 percent of isotope 61 as compared with approximately

1.5 percent of isotope 61 found in ordinary nickel metal. The alloys were

prepared in powder form, in which the largest particle size was 10 microns,

and carefully annealed. A successful search was then made for the nuclear

magnetic resonances of Co59 and Ni61

. At the cobalt nucleus in the 99 percent and 1 percent Ni61 alloys, the same value of internal field was found as for the 100 percent cobalt metal

f -212,000 gauss) . The same value of magnetic field existed at the nickel nucleus for the pure nickel metal as for the 99 percent Ni-1 percent Co alloy

(- 57,000 gauss). The value of the magnetic field at the cobalt nucleus

in the 99 percent Ni-1 percent Co alloy was found to be -112,000 gauss,

43
and the magnetic field at the nickel nucleus in the 99 percent Co-1 percent

Ni alloy was found to be — 170,000 gauss. The calculated magnetic fields at the nickel nucleus are based on a value

of a nuclear moment of Ni of 0.9 nuclear magneton instead of on the usually

accepted value of 0.3. Several groups of investigators are presently at- tempting to remeasure this quantity.

A series of Os+4 complexes were prepared and measurements made of

their magnetic susceptibilities. The paramagnetism of the osmium (iv)

complexes was found to be independent of temperature and to increase as the osmium ions are separated. An equation was derived to describe the

results. The results were shown to be in agreement with the intermediate

coupling scheme, and values for the spin-orbit coupling constants and

coulomb interactions were calculated to a relatively high degree of accuracy. Absolute measurements of susceptibilities were made for more than a year on two compounds, [CoHg(CNS) 4 ] and (NH4 ) 2 OsCl6 , which are being

considered for standards of paramagnetic susceptibilities. These materials

are performing in a very satisfactory manner. It is hoped that such stand- ard materials will improve the accuracy with which equipment capable of making only relative measurements can be calibrated.

Deposition of silver on silver single crystal after exposure to molten sodium

chloride in a silver crucible for 15 hours. Such studies have shed much light on electrolytic processes. (Seep. 43.)

2.1.4. RADIO STANDARDS

The Bureau program in radio standards, centered at the Boulder Laborataries, plays an important part in the economy and defense of the country.

As the electronic industry continues to expand, the role of this program

becomes increasingly important. Its aim is to provide the central basis for the complete, consistent, uniform, and accurate measurement of physical

quantities relating to radio science, and to assure international coordination

in such measurements.
The results of this program include, for example, the determination of new theories which radio scientists can exploit, the invention and develop- ment of new instruments and measuring devices which the instruments

industry can produce, the provision of accurate data on the properties of

materials, the provision of calibration and broadcast services which furnish

yardsticks for radio measurments to hundreds of industrial and military

laboratories over the country, and consultation and instruction which assist

in the solution of industrial and government research, development, operation

and training problems.

With the continued rapid expansion of the electronics industry and the development of systems and space vehicles of increasing sophistication,

increasing demands have been made on the Bureau to increase the scope

of its radio standards and services. Since the requirements have increased more rapidly than standards could be supplied, some standards are necessarily lacking. This lack constitutes significant portion of what is referred

to as a "measurement gap."

As an initial step in closing this part of the "gap," the radio standards

program was expanded appreciably during the year, following the appropriation of supplemental funds. Based upon available information con- cerning measurement needs and apparent trends, a systematic plan is being

developed for defining the expansion of effort required to meet these needs

and as an aid in establishing the optimum program with available facilities. Efforts are also being intensified to find and use other effective ways to assist electronic laboratories in their use of the National standards. These ways

include publications, sponsoring of conferences, conducting of courses, and

participation in the National Conference of Standards Laboratories.

Radio Physics

In its program on radio physics, the Bureau conducts research concerning

the interaction of electromagnetic fields with matter. Such studies have

possible application to radio standards, frequency standards, time scales, atomic and aggregate properties of matter, and constants of nature. This

research leads to the development and international coordination of certain national standards of measurement. The dissemination of such standards

is accomplished by broadcast and calibration services, and results of the complete program are made known by publication and consultation. United States Frequency Standard. The United States Frequency

Standard, whose present accuracy is better than one second in 3,000 years, has been modified to provide a complete multiplier chain and servosystem

for controlling the frequency of a quartz oscillator with the cesium resonance

frequency. This improvement will reduce the quartz spectral line width

by a factor of one-half, thereby increasing the stability of the system. The

performance of the servo system has been evaluated by observing frequency

shifts as a function of many of the system parameters, such as gain, modulation frequency, bandwidth, phase shift and others. It was found by com45
parison with results of more direct manual methods of measurements that systematic errors were 0 ±3 X 10~12

. The servosystem approach to the problem of using cesium or thallium as a frequency standard permits the

realization of greater precision than can be obtained with a manual method. At the same time, more meaningful long term averages of the frequency of the working standard may be obtained less tediously. Further, equipment

to permit the simultaneous operation of two cesium beam machines in the servo mode has been constructed and initial performance tests haye been

made.

Atomic Time Scale. In order to use atomic frequency standards to measure time it is necessary to count the number of cycles which have

occurred during the elapsed time. During the past year an apparatus

which counts cycles directly has been built and is being improved. Another

method of obtaining time is by a mathematical analysis of data pertaining

to a number of continuously operating frequency standards. If the fre- quencies are measured at periodic intervals and plotted against the nominal

value of the time, the exact time can be shown to be proportional to the area under the curve: that is, the integral of the frequency with respect to the nominal time evaluated from the beginning to the end of the desired

interval. Considerable effort has been devoted to exploiting this method.

The procedure was applied to several quartz oscillators, including the one which controls WWV. Data going back to 1957 are being studied. The

purpose of this study was to test the consistency of various determinations

of atomic time—to see whether it could live up to its expectation as the ultimate standard of time suitable for such critical activities as aerospace

navigation, etc. Ft. Collins Radio Station. For many years the Bureau has operated

high-frequency standard frequency stations WWV at Greenbelt, Md., and

WWVH at Maui, Hawaii. However, the accuracy attainable from the use

of these high-frequency broadcasts is inadequate for many present-day

satellite and missile programs. Experimental low frequency broadcasts

from WWVL Sunset, Colo., at 20 kc/s and WWVB Boulder, Colo., at 60 kc/s have indicated that considerable improvement in accuracy can be

obtained at these frequencies. Since October 28, 1961, the carrier fre- quency of WWVL has been automatically phase locked to the United States frequency working standard located in the Boulder Laboratories by a radio

link. This arrangement has maintained the carrier stability as trans- mitted to about two parts in 1011

. The success of these experimental broadcasts provided technical justification for the construction of new facilities at Ft. Collins, Colo. The Ft. Collins site was selected because it most nearly met all of the required technical conditions including that of exceptional ground conductivity. The installation will cover a land area of approximately 379

acres and the antenna system will be supported by eight steel towers approximately 400 feet in height, weighing about 60,000 pounds each. Transmitters presently under construction are of greatly increased power (7-kw

46
In addition to improving frequency measurements by modifying the existing

cesium frequency standards, NBS has started construction of an entirely new cesium-beam device. This NBS III atomic frequency standard has an

oscillating field separation of approximately 3 meters. (See p. 45.)

radiated power on 60 kc/s and 1-kw on 20 kc/s) and range in order that a more favorable signal-to-noise ratio may be achieved and thus ' a more

reliable coverage during any given 24-hour period. The accuracy of the present system is analogous to a clock having the capability to maintain the time to within two seconds in 300 years. However, efforts are being

exerted continually to improve this accuracy. Fundamental Constants

Speed of Electromagnetic Radiation. The speed of electromagnetic

radiation is being redetermined using a Michelson interferometer at 6-milli- meter wavelength. Experimentally, this consists of a 2-foot square horn and

a 5-foot square plane mirror which can be moved through a known distance

of about one meter. The horn is excited by a klystron of very accurately

known frequency. The wavelength in room air is measured by counting the number of minima in the signal leaving the interferometer as the mirror is moved. Corrections must be made for both refraction in the air and diffrac- tion effects. The latter provide a serious difficulty and require extensive

mathematical analysis. The apparatus was placed in operation during the

past year, and a preliminary value agreeing with the accepted one within a few parts in a million has been obtained. It is expected that the experiment

will be completed during the next year.

47
A more novel method for the redetermination of the speed of electro- magnetic radiation employs gamma rays and the Mossbauer effect. This

experiment is unusual in that it involves radiation traveling only in one

direction over a path. A source and absorber are mounted on piezoelectric ! transducers which vibrate at a frequency of about 1000 Mc/s. The absorption goes through a maximum when the distance is such that the time neces- sary for the radiation to travel between the transducers is a whole number ol periods of vibration. The time is also equal to the distance divided by the speed of propagation. The assembly of the apparatus is approaching completion, and it is hoped that a preliminary experiment will take place shortly.

Ultimately, it is hoped that an accuracy of the order of one part in 107 can

be achieved.

Fine Structure Measurements. The fine structure constant a, for which

two previous measurements have given values containing significant differ- ences, is also being remeasured. This constant is related to the charge of the electron, e, the speed of light, c, and Planck's constant, h, by means of the equation a = 2ire2/hc. This direct connection with the other atomic

constants is an indication of its importance.

A program to redetermine this constant by a microwave measurement of the fine structure of singly ionized helium has been started in the past year. This new measurement is expected to resolve the discrepancy between the two previously obtained values of a. The measurement will also be a test of the validity of the theory of the fine structure of hydrogenlike atoms. When

the magnetic field is zero, the fine structure of singly ionized helium exhibits two resonances. The 14 Gc/s resonance, known as the "Lamb Shift," has

been previously measured to within ±4.5 Mc/s. The present experiment is intended to observe the other resonance at 161 Gc/s per second, which has not been observed by microwave methods.

Millimeter Waves. NBS, one of the first to construct and operate micro- wave Fabry-Perot interferometers with both flat and spherical mirrors, is vigorously exploring the operation of these devices in detail. It is expected

that the present theory will be substantiated to a large degree and modified

in some deails. Microwave engineering has been given a completely new

type of resonator by this recent result from physical optics.

Attention is being devoted to the application of these resonators as refrac- tometers and spectrometers. During the past year an absorption cell, using

a parallel plate interferometer for the observation of Stark effects in molecular spectra, has been constructed. The Stark effect concerns the splitting of

spectral lines by the application of electric fields, and provides an unexploited possibility of measuring d-c and low-frequency voltages to very high

precision. It is expected that in the next few months preliminary experiments on the use of the Stark effect as a method of measuring voltage will be completed.

A very efficient method for transmitting millimeter wave power has been

designed in which spherical mirrors are used as part of a periodically re- focused transmission line. Alternatively, the mirrors may be replaced by

48
lenses, in which case the Goubau transmission line results. These are promising new methods for handling millimeter wave power, which suffers such

prohibitive attenuation in conventional waveguide circuits. An experimental

evaluation of these various new transmission techniques will be undertaken as part of the millimeter wave research activity.

Coherent Light. The extension of the realm of coherent radiation

through the advent of the optical maser provides many opportunities for hew

' methods of communication and for measurement of fundamental constants. Therefore it is necessary for the Bureau to develop competence in this field. During the past year a pulsed ruby laser has been assembled at the Boulder

Laboratories. This laser, powered by powerful xenon flash lamps, has a coherent light output at a wavelength of 6943 A which can be focused by means of an ordinary lens to provide a high-energy density of optical radia1 tion, making feasible experiments that a few years ago were impossible.

• One such experiment now under investigation consists of irradiating certain organic crystals with the intense light of the ruby laser. These organic crys-

; tals have optical absorption bands at nearly twice the frequency of the ruby

laser. In order that the crystals absorb photons from the laser beam one must have what is known as a two-photon process. The organic crystal excited through photon absorption decays back to the ground state via a 5000 A

The Stark effect—splitting of spectral lines by the application of electric

fields—is being investigated as a means for measuring d-c and low-frequency

voltages to very high precision. This experiment employs millimeter wave

techniques which were developed at NBS. (See p. 48.)

49
fluorescent state. The detection of the two-photon process will be accomplished by observing the 5000 A emission line on spectrographs plates.

The experiment should provide a better correlation between experiment and

theory of two-photon processes. In addition to this experiment two helium-neon gas masers are under construction, and it is expected that they will be placed in operation during the next year. They will be studied with regard to communication possibilities

and with regard to use in new determinations of the velocity of light.

Radio Plasma Studies. A broad program designed to delve into the basic physics of plasmas, principally as related to the interaction of plasmas

with electromagnetic radiation, is currently under way. A laboratory pro- gram in this field can be expected to yield valuable information concerning

fundamental processes of the propagation of radio waves in the ionosphere

and exosphere and in the transmission of signals through the plasma sheath

surrounding a satellite. Moreover, such investigations are likely to lead to the development of new devices, such as mixers and harmonic generators,

useful in the millimeter and submillimeter region.

Bounded Plasma Calculations. An important result of the past year's

work has been the theoretical analysis of an experiment concerned with the propagation of a wave through an over-dense, highly magnetized bounded

plasma. Carried out in cooperation with the Atomic Energy Research Estab- lishment in Harwell, England, this work was predicated upon the so-called "whistler" plane wave mode derived in basic magneto-ionic theory. Complete analysis of the results, however, indicates frequency regions, both of propagation and of attenuation, that are not explained by the original

"whistler" mode theory for unbounded plasma. The detailed bounded

plasma solution not only predicts many "whistlerlike" modes, but also new

sets of modes that are relatively nondispersive.

Reaction Rate Coefficients. Much of the work carried on in the plasma

area is of particular interest to the upper atmospheric physicist. One task

is concerned with determining atomic and molecular reaction rate coeffi- cients, especially of gases associated with ionospheric phenomena. The

present state-of-the-art is such that the known data constitutes only a small

part of that which is required, and even that small fraction is subject to large

uncertainities. Present work is concerned with refinement of microwave

and optical plasma diagnostic tools, and with development of new techniques.

Two such new techniques, which are particularly suited to investigating a

far afterglow of a nitrogen discharge, are a microwave surface wave device

using a helical structure, and an audio frequency technique involving the Hall effect. Optical and infrared spectroscopic techniques are being used on both carbon and nitrogen atoms and on such molecules as G>, C3 , CH, CH2 , H2 , CN, and NO. The carbon processes are characteristic of comet tails and the others are evolved in upper atmospheric mechanisms. The partic- ular aim of this work is to evaluate the probabilities of some of the transi- tions from the excited states of these species. In addition, the energy ex- change processes involving these species are being investigated.

50
Plasma Waves. Plasma waves, or oscillations, are a function of such

properties as electron density and temperature and consequently offer a

c possible key to determination of these parameters. Further, various in- stabilities that are preventing successfully controlled thermonuclear re- actions are intimately related to these plasma waves. An experiment is currently under way in an attempt to generate such oscillations in the form

! of a longitudinal electro-acoustic wave and to compare the propagation

constant and other properties of this wave with those predicted by theory.

: Most of the previous and present work is based upon various linear or

: at least linearized theories. While the most pressing need is for completion

of these tasks, other future work involves the extension into the domain of

• non-linear phenomena. This includes the generation and detailed investigation of plasma "striations" and the use of an arc discharge as a means of

• harmonic generation in the millimeter wave region.

Particle-Plasma Interaction. Some exospheric and solor phenomena

result from the interaction of beams of charged particles with plasma, particularly the generation of electromagnetic waves in space. During the past year a laboratory experiment has been set up to produce some of these

effects—particularly to study the effect of the finite temperature on the evolving of "pass" and "stop" bands where none are predicted for zero temperature.

Radio and Microwave Materials. Investigations of the interaction of electromagnetic waves with materials are primarily directed toward advancing

the present understanding of solid state phenomena as well as toward improving and developing standards and measuring techniques for determining

material properties.

Studies of magnetic resonance phenomena using a recently completed spin resonance spectrometer resulted in the observation of interesting electron paramagnetic resonance spectra in amethyst, topaz, and aragonite crystals.

Attention was concentrated on the amethyst spectrum and a serious attempt is being made to characterize the spectrum completely and to correlate it, if

possible, with other known physical phenomena which take place in amethyst.

The synthesis of selected specimens for magnetic spin resonance work also received considerable emphasis during the year. In particular, a process was developed for growing single crystals of anhydrous sulfates such as copper or cobalt sulfate, which are of interest in studies of antiferromagnetic

properties. Preliminary experiments also indicate the possibility of growing

sizable single crystals of zinc sulfate, dense with paramagnetic ions. This

work is in accord with the recommendation of the Aerospace Industry Association which emphasized the desirability for a concentrated effort on the study of materials of known composition and purity. Several contributions were made in the continuing effort to obtain better measuring techniques for evaluating the properties of radio and microwave

materials. For example, more accurate measurements of very small dielectric

losses of material at microwave frequencies were made possible through

51
r A new technique utilizing the interaction of a surface wave with a plasma is being used to investigate the ambipolar diffusion process, a fundamental loss mechanism in the plasma. Knowledge of the details of such processes is vital to a more complete understanding of plasma physics, and to its application

to communication and energy generation. (See p. 50.)

the development of improved TE0 n mode cavity employing a concentrated

dielectric post. Research is also continuing in the development of better variable length re-entrant cavities for complex dielectric constant measure- ment in the region of a few hundred megacycles per second. Four-terminal

techniques for making measurements in the kilocycle region were completed

during the year. Improved techniques were developed for measuring the reversible complex

permeability spectra of ferrites with d-c fields applied parallel to the RF

fields, including the development of variable length cavities for measurements

of this type. This represents considerable improvement over previously

used slotted lines. Facilities for paramagnetic resonance measurements on

ferrite spheres at several frequencies ranging from L band through K band

were completed, and work continues in evaluating the merit of tensor permeability data versus ordinary ferromagnetic resonance data at various

microwave frequencies.

The effort in the area of conductivity phenomena was directed primarily

toward a theoretical study of the electric current density produced by the

action of an electromagnetic field in electron gas. This work included the I case where a static magnetic field is applied to the electron gas, and although

as yet the work is preliminary in nature initial efforts indicate promising

results. Applied Mathematics. Much of the effort in this field was devoted to analysis and computation as related to the diffraction correction for the determination of the velocity of light with a microwave Michelson inter- ferometer. Neglecting the multiple reflections and assuming the mirror to be infinite, the correction is obtained from a two-dimensional integral over

the weighted product of the complex vector, radiation, and receiving pat52
terns, which are given by two-dimensional Fourier transforms of the (complex vector) field in an aperture plane. Analysis and programing have been

carried out for the fitting—with tests of statistical significance—and plotting

of residuals of the rapidly varying aperture field, using a linear combination

of products of generalizations of the Fresnel integral functions (each arising

from an infinite slit with the illumination expressed by a term of a Fourier

series I . Exact expressions have been obtained for the Fourier transform

of the basic functions, and approximate expressions for the needed diffrac- tion correction integrals have been obtained and programed. The analysis

and computations relating to the velocity of light measurements, including

studies of minor effects such as mirror tilt, finite mirror, multiple reflections, variation of reflection with angle of incidence, aperture probe pattern, evanescent waves, and transverse aperture field component perpendicular

to the nominal direction, will be published within the foreseeable future. Microwave Spectral Tables. The primary aim of this project is the publication of a comprehensive set of tables of observed microwave line spectra, their intensities, and molecular constants derived therefrom. Present

literature on microwave spectroscopy has grown to such an extent that the

existing compilation contains only a small fraction of the available data,

and some proposed work involving unstable molecules is impractical until and up-to-date catalog of information is available. Present activity involves

the compilation of three volumes as follows: Volume 1

Line Strengths of Asymmetric Rotors, Volume 2

Diatomic Molecules, and Volume 3

Hindered Rotors. Volume 1 contains a computation of the subject transition possibilities for 7=0 to 7=30. Volume 2 will contain tables of Casimir's function and of

the hyperfine intensity splitting factor computed to / and /, for / and / half- integral as well as integral. Volume 3 will contain the microwave spectra

of molecules undergoing internal rotation. Two additional volumes are scheduled for publication during the next year. They are: Volume 4

Symmetric and Asymmetric Rotors, and Volume 5

Serial Frequency List- ings (of Lines of all Atoms and Molecules)

Theoretical Physics. Studies in theoretical physics are conducted which

contribute to basic aspects of the radio standards program. In addition

to being end products in themselves, these studies occasionally provide key

theoretical developments on which further work may be based, and form a

basis for consultative services in both mathematics and physics.

Perturbation formulas, along with some of the underlying theory, were

refined and applied to more problems. Specifically, finite conductivity cal- culations were made for half-round inductive obstacles in a rectangular waveguide. In the same vein, the general concepts of perturbation theory were

restudied and some difficult points clarified. A particular point of interest was the realization that in many problems to which perturbation theory is applied the required power series expansions in the perturbation parameter

may not be valid.

53
A good deal of work was performed in proposing expository notes on

the advanced theory of waveguide junctions. Many known properties were

formulated more clearly and some new results obtained.

A major work which was accomplished during the past year involved cal- culating the bound state energies of an exponentially-shielded Coulomb

potential, which is identified with the Debye-Huckel potential in ionized gases. The perturbation treatment of this problem appears to give the most useful

results obtained to date. Circuit Standards

The Bureau's program in radio circuit standards includes basic research on physical principles and fundamental engineering techniques having appli- cations in the field of precision electromagnetic measurements. This research

leads to the establishment, maintenance, continued improvement, and inter- national coordination of a comprehensive set of national standards and pre- cision measurement techniques for fundamental electromagnetic qualities

in radio circuits. Dissemination of measurement accuracy is accomplished

in large part through calibration services, and information on precision

electromagnetic measurements is disseminated widely through publication,

consultation, conference papers, invited talks, committee work with the technical societies, individual visits to other laboratories, the NBS-Air Force Working Group visits to Air Force contractors, and through a Low Frequency

Workshop for members of Department of Defense standards laboratories. Low-Frequency Activities. The design has been substantially completed for new instrumentation for the rapid calibration of volt boxes. This

Measuring the impedence of a high-frequency resistance standard. The resistor

is one of a new set, ranging from 1 ohm to 2 megohms, for use in the lower

rf region. (Seep. 55.)

54
equipment will incorporate a digitally programed analog computer. The

3 elimination of hand computations and data handling will facilitate operation

of the equipment and preparation of calibration results, and should eliminate

several potential sources of error. Investigation of inductive voltage dividers has led to the construction

of a number of single-decade dividers having extremely small ratio errors

' (a few parts in a hundred million of input) . Methods are being developed

for using this type of divider to establish a ratio in a simple manner.

Repeated measurements on a group of six saturated standard cells at both

XBS Boulder and NBS Washington indicate that calibrations of electromotive

force of cells at the two laboratories agreed within 0.4 microvolt.

Comparisons of three Thomas-type 1-ohm resistors at both Boulder and

Washington revealed a maximum change of only 0.1 microhm. Measure- ment agreement between the two sites also has been to this order of accuracy.

This is better than the best certified calibration accuracy, so that resistance

calibrations made at Boulder and at Washington have been nearly identical. High-Frequency Activities. A significant addition to the NBS meas- urement capability was made in the field of pulse radiofrequency power, where no measurement capability has existed previously. In this new method

the power level of a selected portion of the pulse is compared with a known

amount of cw power at approximately the safe frequency. The measure- ment range extends from 0.25 watt to 10 kilowatts, with a limit of error

of 3 percent. The pulse width may be as small as 0.5 microsecond, the minimum duty cycle is 0.0005, and the frequency range is 30 kc/s to 1000

Mc/s. This work will form the basis for a new calibration service. On a project sponsored by the Naval Bureau of Ships, a special set of

filter units covering the frequency range from 14 kc/s to 1000 Mc/s was

developed and constructed for use in the measurement of spurious outputs

of radio transmitters. These filters allow the measurements to be made

with the transmitters operating into standard 50-ohm dummy loads, thus

avoiding the interference that would be created if antennas were used

during the measurements. Techniques were employed which made the

characteristics of the filters independent of transmitter power level. The

design achieved optimum bandwidths while providing less than 10-decibel fdb) attenuation outside of the rejection band in the frequency range from 14

kc/s to 1000 Mc/s. The high sensitivity of the units permits the measure- ment of spurious signals as much as 145 decibels below the carrier level. An experimental attenuator operating in the TMni mode using cylindrical

waveguide was constructed for investigation. A special two-stage input

impedance matching unit, necessary to prevent the burnout of some of the

capacitors due to high currents, was incorporated into the attenuator. The

unit worked well and, for the minimum launching and pickup probe separation which could be used while maintaining a linearity of 0.001 db, pro- duced a maximum output of 1.5 volts into a 50-ohm load. Preliminary measurements over the maximum range (120 db) of the experimental

attenuator showed no evidence of the presence of the TEn mode. The

55
Comparison of a 1 -picofarad incremental capacitor with an accurate section of

coaxial line. The accuracy of the high-frequency corrections to the 1-picofarad

incremental derived standard has been improved. (See p. 56.)

measurement accuracy at the upper end of this range has not yet been

determined.

This investigation was made necessary by the fact that the conductivity of the waveguide wall of waveguide-below-cutoff attenuators operating in TEn

mode is a limiting factor in the operation of this type of attenuator. Since

this effective conductivity is difficult to measure accurately, it may not be

possible to use this form of the attenuator as an accurate measurement stand- ard for frequencies below 1 Mc/s. This effect is less serious in attenuators operating in TM01 mode (capacitive type). For successful use of this latter mode in a standard attenuator, the less rapidly attenuated TElt mode must

be adequately suppressed.

Several improvements were made in high frequency resistance standards. A new set of standards, ranging from 1 ohm to 2 megohms, was completed

for use at the lower radiofrequencies. This set has metal film and solid wire

cylindrical center conductors with linearly tapered outer conductors. A

new type of resistor was developed which can be used at high frequency

with 0.02 percent nominal accuracy and ±10 parts per million per degree

temperature coefficient. The use of photoconductors for adjustable resistance standards has proved successful in calibrating the residual reactance of

resistance standards. Improvements have been made in high-frequency capacitance standards

by further analysis of losses through utilizing capacitors with different rela- tionships between loss and capacitance, by use of mercury contacts rather than solid metal sliding contacts, and by analysis of losses from capacity

56
coupling through the bearings supporting the rotors of variable capacitors.

! The accuracy of the high-frequency corrections to the 1 picofarad (pf) increI mental derived standard was improved by use of a new 1-pf fixed capacitor.

; Coaxial line techniques were advanced by the development of a three- terminal method of evaluating discontinuities experimentally and by improvements in the mathematical analysis. A bead was developed for use in the NBS-Woods connector which makes possible the construction of trans- mission line standards. Radiofrequency voltage calibration services were expanded to include 500,

700, and 1000 Mc/s. This was accomplished by using thermal voltage converters compensated so that their frequency response is uniform to within

1 percent over a 2 percent frequency range at each of the operating fre- quencies. The accuracy of RF voltage calibrations was improved by reduction of distortion in the sinusoidal voltage sources and by improving the long-time stability of the micropotentiometers to better than 0.1 percent.

The high-frequency impedance calibration service was considerably im- proved by the procurement and evaluation of two three-terminal bridges and

associated standards. This service was further improved by additions of

tapers and adapters to various connector types, by improvements in the system for calibrating the working standards against the standard 1-pf

i capacitor, and by addition of a six-terminal mount to connect as many as

five impedance standards in parallel.

The calibration accuracy supplied for attenuators in field strength meters

i was improved from ±0.8 db to ±0.2 db over the frequency range 400 to 1,000 Mc/s. By comparing balanced voltages with the unbalanced voltage

standards, dipole antenna measurement accuracy was improved to ±5 per- cent (formerly ±15%) over the 30 to 300 Mc/s range. Attenuation calibration services at spot frequencies from 1 to 300 Mc/s were improved to give an accuracy of ±0.005 db. The range of attenuation measurement was increased by 10 db to a total of 150 db by addition of a new detection system.

Microwave Activities. When microwave instruments having rectangular

waveguide inputs are calibrated, they are connected to NBS calibration equipment having rectangular waveguide outputs. The NBS waveguide is usually

made to closer tolerances than commercially available waveguide, and in particular, the rectangular cross section of the waveguide has sharp, rather than rounded, corners. When the calibrated microwave instruments are used in various applications, they often may be connected to apparatus having output waveguide

with rounded corners. This difference between the measurement conditions

during calibration and during use, while usually a small one, may produce

significant errors which cannot be evaluated without a knowledge of the magnitude of the reflection at the junction of a waveguide having rounded

corners with one having sharp corners. During the past year this problem was investigated both analytically

and experimentally, and data were obtained on the magnitude of the reflec662336 O—62 5 57
tion from such a junction as a function of the radius of the corner. A simple

formula also was obtained which closely fitted the measured data. Since 1958 NBS has had a regular calibration service for microwave bo- lometer mounts for only one of the many waveguide sizes, WR90 (8.2 to 12.4|

Gc/s) . This calibration service is based principally upon the microcalorimeter, in which the efficiencies of bolometer mounts can be determined to an accuracy of 0.2 percent. Additional microcalorimeters have been constructed for WR62 (12.4 to 18.0 Gc/s) and WR42 (18.0 to 26.5 Gc/s)

rectangular waveguide. The evaluation of errors in the microcalorimeter

for WR62 waveguide and the design, construction, and evaluation of barretter mounts have been completed to form the basis of a calibration service

in the WR62 rectangular waveguide.

The development of a microwave standard phase shifter for WR90 waveguide has been continued. A satisfactory sliding short-circuit has been

produced. When the sliding short-circuit is used with a tuned single direc- tional coupler, a signal is produced from the side arm of the coupler which

has a nearly constant amplitude and a variable phase. The phase of the signal tracks the position of the sliding short-circuit and can be used to calibrate phase shifters. A preliminary error evaluation indicates that the phase of the signal in the side arm can be determined to an accuracy of

better than 0.1 degree.

The pulse technique for horn gain calibrations has been developed to the extent that it gives results comparable with those obtained by unmodulated

techniques. The pulse measurements are performed under regular labora- tory conditions, while the unmodulated measurements were made in the small microwave enclosure currently available at the Boulder Laboratories.

The pulse equipment is capable of resolving a 0.02-db change in a 2-nano- second pulse while rejecting a 2-nanosecond pulse of comparable amplitude

arriving at the detector only 4 nanoseconds later. A calibration service for noise sources in WR90 (8.2 to 12.4 Gc/s) waveguide was initiated. This service represents the culmination of experimental

and theoretical work in the past several years at NBS, and provides a useful

service to the electronic industry. Measurements of excess noise ratio can be made to an accuracy of ±0.1 db (±250 °C effective noise temperature)

.

The basis of the service was verified experimentally with the use of two

different hot-body standards, one consisting of a gold waveguide section with

silicon carbide as the load material, and the other consisting of a platinumrhodium waveguide section with zinc titanate as the load material. The

agreement between the average of measurements made with the two standard

noise sources was 0.007 db. The oven developed for use with the standard

maintains the temperature to within ±0.3 °C at 1,000 °C, and the modified

radiometer developed for the measurement is capable of 0.005 db resolution. The calibration of a special cavity wavemeter in WR90 waveguide was

performed with an accuracy of ±0.0001 percent. This is more than ten times the calibration accuracy required for the usual device of this type and

the full capabilities of the present calibration system were required for the

58
Significant advances were made in NBS measurement capabilities in the highfrequency power area. Here, a new self-balancing bolometer bridge is used

for calibrating high-frequency power standards. (See p. 55.)

first time. An analysis of the rotary-vane attenuator has revealed that attenuators of this type are potentially capable of better resolution than the usual

dial mechanisms provided; a rotary-vane attenuator was modified to demonstrate this. An improved procedure for the initial setting of the vane has

been developed which provided a substantial increase in the overall accuracy

of the dial readings. Also, improved models of fixed waveguide attenuators have resulted in greater stability and reduced reflection at the terminals.

2.1.5. HEAT

Heat measurements, standards, and related research play a most important

role in modern science and technology. The Bureau discharges important

responsibilities in these areas through the maintenance of the National

standards for such heat measurements as thermal diffusivity, heat capacity,

and heat of combustion. Internationally agreed upon temperature standards

are maintained to assure a common scale upon which all temperature meas- urements are based. A strong research program aims to keep these standards

adequate for the expanding scientific needs. In addition, supporting research on the physical properties of solids and gases at both low and high temperatures includes studies in low-temperature physics, statistical thermodynamics,

high-temperature processes, high-pressure thermodynamics, and in various

aspects of plasma physics.

59
Substantial advances have been made recently in thermometry at both

high and low temperatures. An inexpensive analog computing device has

been devised for the spectroscopic investigation of high current density

arcs, and the acoustic resonator has been developed to the point of direct competition with the gas thermometer for primary thermometry at low temperatures. Combustion calorimetry employing fluorine as the oxidizing

agent is leading to improved accuracy in the determination of the heat of formation of technologically important compounds. Noteworthy theoretical advances were made in the statistical mechanics of time-dependent

phenomena. Nuclear cross sections are being determined using oriented nuclear targets at very low temperatures. Experimental and theoretical work on the special properties of perturbed spectral lines has resulted in a new approach to the determination of molecular lifetimes. A new program

in molecular spectroscopy has as its aim the precise determination of the spectroscopic properties of simple radicals and molecules. Analog Computer for Plasma Thermometry. An inexpensive analog computing device has been developed which greatly improves the effi- ciency of spectroscopic investigations of cylindrically symmetric sources. The immediate application of this instrument will be the determination of

spectral line widths and intensities in high current density arcs. Such

information can often be used for determining electron densities and

temperatures. It is expected that the principles of this computer also will find application in other fields where "side-on" measurements must be

made of inhomogeneous objects possessing cylindrical symmetry.

In the determination of temperatures and other physical parameters

in cylindrically symmetric arcs, spectroscopic observations are usually

carried out on a small cross section of the arc midway between the electrodes and in a direction perpendicular to the axis of the arc. Such "side-on"

measurements include contributions from the outer, cooler regions of the discharge as well as from the hot core. In order to separate the contributions of the different radial zones and to obtain the true radial characteristics of the arc, rather extensive data handling and calculations are required.

High-speed digital computers have been employed for this analysis, but a significant time delay (days) persists between the recording of the "side-on"

observations and the availability of the true radial characteristics. By

using the recently developed analog device, this conversion is performed,

with an estimated accuracy of within 5 percent, in the laboratory as the data are obtained.

The operating principle of the new instrument involves scanning repeatedly an image of the arc cross section across the entrance slit of the spectrometer

by means of a rapidly rotating prism. The waveform of the resulting train of photomultiplier current pulses is then Fourier analyzed and the Fourier

coefficients reassembled by the computer to give the desired recorder signal. In conjunction with a spectrometer scanning in wavelength, it is possible

to record directly the spectrum appropriate to whatever radial distance has

been dialed into the computer, just as if the arc were a homogeneous unit

60
volume of gas with the properties prevailing at that particular radial

distance. Fluorine Combustion Calorimetry. The thermodynamic quantity

called heat of formation is used to predict chemical equilibria and to estimate

heats in such chemical reactions as the oxidation of rocket fuels. Values of

heats of formation are usually obtained from combustion experiments in calorimeters, using oxygen as an oxidizer. Since in many cases it is impossible to obtain complete combustion using oxygen, calorimeters have been

developed which use fluorine instead of oxygen. The principal advantage

of fluorine is that the fluorides resulting from combusion are more volatile than the oxides, allowing better contact of the fluorine with the sample for more complete combusion. Using the special sample preparation technique

of mixing aluminum powder with finely divided Teflon, it was found possible

to obtain combustion of better than 99 percent of the aluminum. The heat

of formation of aluminum fluoride has been determined to be —357.1 kilo- calories per mole, and the same technique is now being employed to determine

the heats of formation of other metal fluorides and borides. In view of the increasing importance of fluorine compounds in both national defense and in industry, a compilation was made of the heats of for- mation of inorganic fluorine compounds, and of organic fluorine compounds

containing one carbon atom per molecule. This survey, covering the litera- ture from 1949 to 1961, lists heats of formation obtained from 625 references.

Spectroscopic measurement of extremely high temperatures is a useful but very complex technique. This inexpensive analog computing device was developed

to improve the efficiency of NBS investigations of high-temperature arcs. (See

p. 60.)

61
Gaseous Heat Transfer at Low Temperatures. Experimenters in the low-temperature field frequently encounter a very large undesired gaseous

heat transfer associated with tubes leading to the low-temperature region.

This heat transfer, which may be as large as 100 to 1,000 times normal heat

;

conduction, is apparently caused by a gas vibration which can be simul- taneously detected in the tube. The transfer, for which no completely ac- ceptable mechanism is known, has often been reduced by empirical change i of the mechanical configuration in the apparatus. i

It has been found possible to eliminate essentially all of this vibrational heat transfer in one apparatus with a simple device used as an appendage to! each tube where the tube is accessible at room temperature. The device con- I

sists of a tubular constriction leading to a chamber whose minimum size is partially determined by the size of the constriction. While the device has

proved extremely useful, the data obtained in the present investigation indif

cate that additional systematic experiments are needed to understand this > phenomenon better. Nuclear Reactions with Oriented Nuclei. Experiments were initiated j|

i- on the measurement of nuclear cross sections using oriented nuclear targets. I This interdisciplinary program (see p. 74) was aimed initially at meas- :

! uring the (y,n) cross section for the nucleus Ho165 in the region of the giant i resonance. A cryostat incorporating a He3 refrigerator was built for attain- j) ing temperatures just below 0.3 °K, where the nuclear alinement, /2 , is about 0.27. The cryostat was of special construction so that the incoming photon beam would need to traverse only thin aluminum windows before

reaching the target. The target consisted of a single crystal of holmium a ethyl sulfate, or in some occasions a single crystal of holmium metal, weighing about 7 grams. The design was such that operation could continue with ; the nuclei oriented for many hours, and provision was also made for both

rotating the specimen and lifting it up out of the photon beam. The cryostat !| was made portable so that after it had been built and tested it could be moved

easily to the betatron. This work could possibly be extended to other types | of nuclear reactions, e.g., photo-pion production, elastic and inelastic neutron ; scattering, etc. Low-Temperature Thermometry. Primary thermometry experimen- i tation in the region of 1.5 to 20 °K has led to the development of an acousti-

| cal interferometer for measuring the velocity of sound in helium gas. Meas- .] urements thus far completed indicate that the acoustically determined values

of temperature are within 0.003 and 0.010 °K respectively of the temperatures

associated with the liquid helium (at 2 °K) and hydrogen (at 20 °K)

vapor pressure scales, and the reproducibilities appear to be ±0.002 and

±0.007 °K, respectively.

The acoustical thermometry offers the advantage of eliminating some of I the more serious concerns that are inherent in conventional thermometry,

i.e., dead space corrections, gas absorption, and required accuracies of pres- sure and volume determinations. While these results should be considered

as preliminary in a precise thermometry program, they do indicate that primary thermometry based on the velocity of sound in helium gas is com62
: jetitive with primary isotherm and gas thermometry in the region below

)J :20 °K.

Steady-State Measurements of Molecular Lifetimes. Several probi flems of current astrophysical interest require for their solution knowledge of

i jthe radiative and collisional lifetimes of certain simple molecules and

molecular ions in their excited states. Information of this sort, combined

with measured spectral intensity distributions of such luminous gaseous

•systems as comets and the terrestrial upper atmophere, would permit deduction of the physical properties and conditions of excitation of these remote

systems.

Laboratory measurements of molecular lifetimes are ordinarily performed

*by timing the fluorescent decay of a pulse-excited gaseous sample. An alter- native approach now being investigated, capable of achieving much better

• sensitivity and spectral resolution, employs a continuous but selective excita- tion technique. The molecular lifetimes are determined from an analysis

of the spectral intensity distribution of the fluorescent light. The analysis

depends on the special properties of perturbed spectral lines, and so is appli- cable only to molecular spectra which exhibit these perturbations. Examples,

however, include the spectra of such important cometary and upper atmosphere molecules as CN, N,+

, and CO, for which lifetime information is at present fragmentary.

Recently a complete intensity analysis has been made on the CN fluores- cence spectrum emitted by the active nitrogen flame—the luminous chemical

reaction between active nitrogen and a carbonaceous vapor. The chemical

excitation process in this emission source has the selective nature required

for lifetime determinations, and the intensity analysis has yielded valuable new information on radiative and collisional lifetimes of the CN molecule. Similar measurements on N2+ and CO+ require the development of appropriate emission sources. Thermodynamic Tables. The mechanized computation of thermodynamic and related tables of physical data has progressed significantly

during the year. Calculations have been completed for two monographs,

one being a detailed presentation of Tables of Einstein Functions (NBS

Monograph 49). These functions are useful to research workers in such

fields as spectroscopy and molecular structure, low-temperature calorimetry,

and the measurement of electrical and thermodynamic properties of crystals.

The other work, Ideal Gas Thermodynamic Functions for Atoms and Atomic

Ions, presents tables from 100 to 10,000 °K for 73 elements and their unipositive ions. These tables have important application in a wide variety of

fields ranging from the chemical industry, aerodynamic, jet and rocket propulsion, to research in high-temperature phenomena, plasmas, nuclear

energy, and space. Publication of this work is planned for late in 1962. Mechanization of thermodynamic calculations has produced general-pur- pose computer programs which have application outside the thermodynamics

field. A second generation general-purpose computer program, OMNITAB,

was developed for the Bureau's electronic digital computer which makes the

63
Complex of equipment used to measure nuclear cross-sections with oriented nuclear targets. The plywood box houses a neutron detector and the sample

;

the plumbing is part of a He3 refrigerator which maintains the sample at 0.3 °K. (See p. 62.)

high-speed computer as accessible to the laboratory scientist as his desk

calculator. The program instructs the computer, via simple English sentences, to carry out calculations involving elementary, transcendental, and

algebraic functions, or to perform a wide variety of numerical and statistical analyses of tabulated data. Although the program was designed largely for

relatively small calculations of a nonrepetitive type, the language, logic, and

operating feature are such as to make it highly efficient for more extensive

calculations such as tabulations for two or more arguments, and the numerical evaluation of complicated integrals.

Kinetic Theory of Dense Gases. An analysis of the assumption, which

is universally understood to underlie the kinetic theory of gases, that the

/V-particle distribution functions are in some sense functionals of the single

particle distribution function, has been made. This analysis gives, on the one

hand, an explicit expression for all orders of density and, on the other hand,

a series of correction terms depending on initial circumstances, as well as
the single particle distribution function, which show in some detail how a system of distribution functions obeying a functional assumption develops

from an arbitrary system of distribution functions. This work clarifies the theory of time-dependent phenomena in gases and has future applications in the theory of chemical reactions in gases and in quantum transport

phenomena.

A study was also made of the structure of the H02 radical by the LCAOMO-SCF (Linear Combination of Atomic Orbitals—Molecular Orbital

Self-Consistent Field) methods. Based on computations using the 7090 computer and an analysis of correlations of molecular states with those of the combined and separated atoms, the work has developed a new idea of the

structure of the HO-. radical. Instead of the linear shape customarily as- sumed, the work showed an isosceles triangle configuration is most likely.

This new idea of the structure may yield information by which this elusive radical so well known in chemical kinetics will be finally observed by physical means. Pair-Distribution Function in Dense Gases. A two-year investigation of the equation of state of simple gases and liquids, using the newly

developed diagram summation methods in equilibrium statistical mechanics,

has been completed. A complicated nonlinear integral equation for the pair distribution function also has been completed. The results these computations gave are in very good qualitative and good quantitative agreement

with experimental results on liquid and gaseous argon. In particular, the

critical constants are given by the theory to within 10 percent. The inves- tigation shows that this method is a good first approximation and that successive terms of the formal development can be used to give more and more

accurate computation of the equation of state of simple fluids. The equation was solved also for the theoretically interesting case of the hard sphere gas and shows no evidence of a phase transfer to a solid state.

2.1.6. ATOMIC PHYSICS

The emphasis in atomic physics research has continued to be on the ac- curate determination of atomic constants and the detailed properties of atoms. Valuable contributions are being made to the national effort in space and plasma research and to the national materials program. Significant progress has been made in determining and cataloging data on atomic

transition probabilities and in gaining a better detailed understanding of

the more complex atoms through exhaustive analyses of their spectra. More

precise information on atomic collision cross sections has also been obtained.

The continuing effort expended in studying these fundamental atomic properties is yielding the data necessary for a detailed understanding of stellar atmospheres and hot plasmas.

Laboratory Astrophysics.

Atomic Energy Levels. Information concerning the various discrete energy levels within an atom can be obtained from the study of spectrograms

65
on which spectra of atoms in different states of ionization can be separated.

Such spectrograms are especially needed for the interpretation of the complex spectra of rare-earth elements of the lanthanide group. For this rea- son, emphasis centered on the development of sources that will produce such

spectrograms. One such source is a pulsed-arc type of discharge which

produces self-reversed lines in selected first and second spectra of rare-earth elements. These lines represent transitions to the ground or nearby states of the atom. Interpretation of these spectra led to the determination of the ground states of terbium I and uranium II. Cerium spectra from 3300 to 4400 Angstroms (A) were observed using

various sources, and some 300 lines of cerium in between 840 and 2000 A

were measured. A general description of praeseodymium I and n spectra

is nearing completion. An intensive study of the energy levels and atomic

structure of these atoms is under way. Theoretical prediction of the posi- tions of unknown energy levels of praeseodymium m has aided in the classi- fication of about 1,600 lines and the derivation of the ionization potential.

Investigation of tantalum n was completed. A new description of thulium

spectra is being determined. The analysis of ytterbium II was essentially

completed, and a similar study of ytterbium I is in progress. Conclusion of

the analysis of the spectrum of bromine I leaves this element with one of

Pulsed arc light source which produces numerous self-reversed lines in the

spectra of rare-earth elements. Self-reversal greatly simplifies the interpretation of these complex spectra. (See p. 65.)

66
the best known atomic spectra descriptions. The energy levels were deter- mined from observations from 1060 to 23,750 A and the ionization potential was established. Theoretical research paralleled the laboratory investigations. A Fortran

code was written which instructs the 7090 computer to calculate two-electron

interaction integrals from orbitals given in analytic form. With the aid

of this code, second-order perturbations can be evaluated with minimum

' effort. An Ultraviolet Multiplet Table, NBS Circular 488, was published. Section 3 parallels Volume III of Atomic Energy Levels, including selected spectra of the elements molybdenum through lanthanum and hafnium

through radium. Finding lists of sections 1 through 3 constitute sections 4 and 5. Transition Probabilities. Experimental transition probabilities on an

approximately absolute scale have been derived for the 25,000 classified lines

listed in NBS Monograph 32. In this Monograph, the relative intensities of 39,000 lines of wavelengths between 2000 and 9000 A of 70 elements are presented on a calibrated scale of radiant power. In the conversion of the

intensity values to transition probabilities, /-values were obtained. A critical analysis of the chromium I /-values yielded a normalization factor for the reduction to absolute values that agrees well with those factors derived inde- pendently for 20 elements. These data will be used to derive solar curves

of growth and to make abundance determinations for additional elements. More precise transition probabilities for some neutral oxygen lines in the visible region of the spectrum were determined in a wall-stabilized arc. In another arc experiment, the profiles of Balmer lines were studied and compared with those obtained using line-broadening theory. The agreement is excellent and makes possible the application of line broadening to the diagnostics of dense plasmas.

A magnetically driven shock tube was put into operation, and temperatures of about 30,000 °K were obtained behind the shock fronts. Measure- ments of relative transition probabilities for lines of singly ionized oxygen

are presently being made. Calculations of transition probabilities of lines of neutral helium and the lithium I sequence are in progress. This work

is sponsored in part by the Office of Naval Research and the Advanced Research Projects Agency.

The Data Center on Atomic Transition Probabilities and Collision Cross

Sections, under the sponsorship of the Office of Naval Research and the Advanced Research Projects Agency, completed a general bibliography of

all known publications on atomic transition probabilities, published as NBS

Monograph 50. All the available data on the ten lightest elements were crit< ically analyzed and the "best" values are being tabulated. Collision Cross Sections. Photodetachment of negative iodine ions has

been observed in a crossed-beam experiment. The apparatus used was

essentially similar to that of previous photodetachment experiments. Good

"effective" resolution was obtained close to threshold, but an independent

6"
Measurement of the infrared absorption spectra of gases reveals details of molecular structure. This high-resolution grating spectrometer was developed es- pecially for these studies. (See p. 69.)

determination of the behavior of the cross section as a function of wavelength could not be made. A step-function cross section, shown by Berry

and coworkers to approximate closely the true cross-section behavior, was

used to provide an upper energy limit to the electron affinity shown to be

close to the actual value. A unique method for studying rates of certain types of ionic reactions important in gases at atmospheric pressures was developed in connection

with a study of mobilities of ions in gases in the presence of uniform electric

fields. The measured mobilities of ions are used to distinguish among species,

and the relative populations of various species are found to depend on the elapsed time following production of the ions in an electrical discharge.

Elaborate timing techniques permit measurements of the rates at which

ions are converted from one species to another. Far Ultraviolet Radiation Physics. A new group was created at NBS

in September 1961 with the support of the National Aeronautics and Space

Administration. This group is responsible for research activities in the area of far ultraviolet radiation physics—the absolute measurement of far

ultraviolet radiation and the use of this radiation for physical experiments.

A program investigating the usefulness of thermal detectors as absolute standards and another concerned with the physical mechanisms operative ! in flash discharge light sources are fully instrumented and under way. The group also calculated in detail the characteristics of the far ultraviolet radiation theoretically expected from the radially accelerated electrons in the NBS 180-Mev synchrotron. These calculations show that the highly

68
polarized continuum emitted by these electrons has a unique application in physical experiments. The radiation is also a potential primary standard

of radiant flux. Infrared Spectroscopy of Gases. Measurements of the absorption

spectra of several gases led to several important results. The high-resolution absorption spectrum of acetylene-c^ was studied in the 1,900 to 3,400 cm 1 region, and the ground state and equilibrium bond distances of the

acetylene molecule were calculated. The combination band v2 + v6 of ethane was reexamined in order to resolve a discrepancy in the ground-state rotational constants obtained in

earlier infrared and Raman studies. Infrared Reference Standards. A report was issued on the calibration

of spectrometers from 16 to 65 microns. A number of the rotational lines of water vapor were measured for the calibration in this region, but the

final values are based on the measurements of the rotational structure as found in the near infrared as well as the measurements in the far infrared

region. Work is now in progress to continue the measurements to 200

microns. Also, the rotational lines of HC1 were observed in the region from

30 to 150 microns and found to be useful for reference standards. Electron Scattering. Most substances that absorb energy from electrons do so mainly by interaction with the atomic electrons or with those free electrons in metals which take part in electrical conduction. An exception

to this behavior that is of considerable interest has been discovered in the

loss spectrum of polystyrene. A prominent feature in this spectrum is a

loss due to a resonance in the benzene ring. This loss is an unusual case

of a collective interaction of limited extent. Biological Constant Studied. An important constant in biological radiation physics is the average energy loss per inelastic event, which in electron

sterilization is closely related to the dosage necessary for complete bacterial

kills. This constant is also related to radiation damage in biological tissue. In collaboration with the Biophysics Department of Yale University, a study of electron interaction with tissue-equivalent materials was completed.

The results of this study, besides illuminating the overall nature of electron

scattering, showed that the value of this biological constant hcd been greatly

overestimated.

Electron Optics. Being a young branch of science, electron optics has

proceeded in a nonrigorous manner and many much-used devices are only

partially understood. As part of a continuing effort to improve the situation, the Bureau for the first time undertook a systematic treatment of energy

analyzers of the retarding type and of the effects of space charge in deflection analyzers. Systematic procedures were developed for designing electron guns for low-energy beams. These developments open the way for greatly

improved experiments of physical interest. Solid-State Physics. Increased emphasis was placed on the capabilities for growing single crystals of oxide semiconductors and insulators used in

solid-state studies at NBS. Single crystals grown by the flame fusion

69
Inside of an electron optical bench which is used for testing electron optical

components. It was set up at NBS to test a retarding field analyzer. (See

p. 69.)

technique at high temperatures <~1800 °C (Ti02 , ruby, sapphire), from the ) melt at rather low temperatures ~200 °C (ammonium sulfate), and from i solutions (silver iodide, lithium trihydrogen selenite) are now available for the many and varied investigations of the solid state. The defect structure

j and mechanisms of bonding for most of these materials were investigated

by electron spin resonance, nuclear magnetic resonance, and pure quadruple resonance techniques.

Through studies of the electronic transport properties of rutile, understanding of the energy levels and conduction mechanisms was appreciably

advanced. The possible role of polarons and limitations of conventional

polaron theory were pointed out. This has stimulated theorists to explore

this difficult field further. Improved methods of preparing homogeneous

samples of reduced rutile permitted the Hall coefficient to be measured at lower temperatures (~2 °K) than had previously been possible. New

phenomena were revealed in this material which were interpreted as impurity

level conduction. Analysis of data near room temperature also suggests

that the energy-band structure of reduced rutile may be more complicated

than previously considered.

Optical absorption studies on rutile doped with most of the transition metals were carried out over the range 0.1 to 3.0 electron volts at room j temperature, and in a few cases at liquid helium temperatures. The data

obtained give new evidence for absorption by the excitation and ionization of the added impurities (doping material). A theoretical calculation of , the energy-level system for the case of vanadium-doped rutile showed that

70
a reasonable explanation of the observed spectrum requires considerable

electronic bonding between the vanadium and the surrounding oxygen ions. Theoretical investigations of the equation of state indicate that Gruneisen's

equation is more general than usually believed and applies when the heat

capacity is a function of T/6, where T is the absolute temperature and

0 is a function of the volume. When this condition applies to the liquid

phase, only a minor additional assumption is necessary to derive the Simon

melting equation. Lasers. The advent of the laser has made possible for the first time an

experiment to check on the frequency ratio of the fundamental and second

harmonic generation in piezoelectric crystals in the optical range. The 6°43

A output of a ruby laser was used as the light source. The accuracy of the experiments was determined by the resolution of the grating spectrograph,

j the line width of the laser radiation, and the imperfection of the piezoelectric

crystals, which in the best case was ±3 parts per million. Within this

i accuracy, the second harmonic generated in the piezoelectric crystals was

J found to be exactly twice the fundamental radiation. Early predictions based upon the power level of the ruby laser and the coupling constant for the production of the second harmonic suggested an accompanying d-c polarization effect in the piezoelectric crystal of the order

of 0.1 millivolt across the crystal. After unsuccessful attempts to measure

this effect, the coupling constant was investigated and measured to be some

' two orders of magnitude smaller than was predicted. New attempts to measure the d-c polarization will be made with more powerful lasers.

2.1.7. RADIATION PHYSICS

The increasing application of atomic and nuclear technology to industrial,

medical, and defense activities has resulted in an expansion of the demands

placed upon radiation research. Industrial uses of radiation have brought

about a growing need for improved standards and dosimetry at high dose

levels and high energies. Medical users increasingly turn to higher energies

and call for improved determination of both source output and absorbed

dose. Research workers interested in the effects of radiation on various

materials have need for more information in their field. The Bureau has

attempted to meet these increasing demands with its radiation research

program.

The research of the Bureau is directed toward obtaining basic experimental

and theoretical data concerning the interactions of radiation with nuclei,

atoms, and molecules, as well as with bulk matter; the investigation, de- velopment, and improvement of radiation sources and standards; and the development of improved techniques and instruments for the detection and

measurement of these radiations. Radioactivity Standards. The growing use of radioactive materials for

industrial and medical applications, in addition to their utility in scientific research, has created an ever-increasing demand for a greater variety of standards and greater accuracy in existing standards. Effort to meet this

71
demand resulted in completion of the following projects during the past ! year: (1) Development of chlorine 36 and calcium 45 beta-ray solution standards; (2) development of a cobalt 57 radioactivity standard; (3)

development of an yttrium 88 point-source gamma-ray standard to supplement the existing gamma-ray "kit"; (4) restandardization of the hydrogen ; 3 beta-ray solution standard by gas counting; and (5) participation in five international intercomparisons involving four different radionuclides.

Radiation Theory. The broad long-term program in radiation theory

continued, emphasizing the following areas: The evaluation and systematic

tabulation of elementary cross sections for the interaction of high-energy •, radiation (gamma-rays, neutrons, and charged particles) with matter; the penetration and diffusion of radiation in extended media due to multiple

interactions; and the application of radiation transport theory to shielding

problems such as those arising in the context of Civil Defense. Cross Sections. An exact quantitative theory has been developed which

allows the evaluation of gamma-ray polarization from measured angular dis- i tributions of eleotron-positron pairs. Work is also in progress on the eval- uation of the pair production and bremsstrahlung cross sections in the sec- ond Born approximation, and on the large-angle inelastic scattering of elec- i trons from nuclei, taking into account nuclear transitions. This research has been supported in part by the Office of Naval Research.

Penetration and Diffusion. The deep penetration of electrons has been

studied in an approximation assuming that all scattering angles are small and neglecting fluctuations in energy loss. A computer program for deter- mining the electron flux without making these approximations is in an

advanced state of development. The transport of electrons and positrons

in bounded media has been investigated by a technique combining analytical

and random sampling methods, and results have been obtained for the re- flection and transmission by foils, and for energy dissipation in semi-infinite media. The slowing-down spectrum of neutrons has been studied by a numerical method which allows one to take into account all the available information about neutron cross sections, in spite of their irregular and

highly complicated nature. Shielding Engineering for Civil Defense. This program is sponsored

by the Office of Civil Defense (DOD) and by the Defense Atomic Support

Agency, and proceeds on various levels. The foundations and basic input

data for radiation shielding engineering, derived from the theory of gammaray penetration and diffusion, have been published in NBS Monograph 42. Using these results, a practical shielding manual was prepared, in collaboration with staff members of the Office of Civil Defense, for engineers and

architects concerned with protection against radiation from fallout. A

simple survey guide to evaluate quickly the protective characteristics of various types of buildings was also prepared. This survey guide has been

programed for the NBS electronic computer, and the program is being used on a large scale in the National Shelter Survey currently undertaken by

the Office of Civil Defense. (See p. 115.)

72
Linear Accelerator. Progress continues in the design and construction

of the NBS linear accelerator. Tests of the first prototype accelerator sec- tion have been valuable in fixing the final production phases of the new

machine. Completion of the accelerator is expected in the fall of 1963

ij and installation in the new laboratory at Gaithersburg in the spring of 1964. Research with the accelerator will meet the increasing need for basic data

and physical measurement technique developments in the uses of intense,

high-energy electron beams in radiography, radiology, nuclear physics re- search, and radiation processing of materials. Two investigations initiated during the past year will allow definition

! of the ultimate performance of the NBS linear accelerator facility as well

as other comparable facilities around the country.

(1) The theory of heavily beam-loaded linear accelerators has been poorly

understood. The traveling-wave linear accelerator waveguide is essentially a band pass filter with a pass band of only a few megacycles per second. The

consequences of this fact are usually ignored in calculations of the behavior

of linear electron accelerators. During the past year, the theory of linear

electron accelerator operation has been extended to include these dispersive

effects. (2) The second investigation related to the development and handling

of an accurately-defined high-intensity electron beam is the production of a

well-collimated beam of krypton ions. This ion beam will have a magnetic

A viewing port has been installed in the NBS 100-Mev synchrotron to study the

visible and ultraviolet light radiated by high-energy electrons moving in a cir- cular orbit. The port can just be seen through the opening in the lead shielding

wall at the left of the picture. The mirror located to the right gives a front view of the port and the visible synchrotron light. (See p. 74.)

662336 0—62 6 73
rigidity of 250 Mev/c (where c is the speed of light) per elementary charge

and will simulate the momentum of 250-Mev electron beam. Thus, the

optical properties of a magnetic beam deflection system or of experimental

magnetic spectrometers can be measured in a small laboratory without re- quiring the use of the large accelerator facility to produce the test beam of

electrons. The ion beam is accelerated by a 400-kilovolt Van de Graaff ac- celerator. Preliminary measurements show that the position of the center of the ion beam can be determined with an accuracy of better than ±0.05 mm. An investigation has been also made of the properties desired in a spec- trometer for elastic and inelastic electron scattering. Calculations show that the resolutions obtained with the double-focusing (n = Yo) 180° deflection magnets often used can be substantially improved by reducing the deflection

to the "magic angle" of 169.8°. High-Energy Radiation. In order to extend the general utility of the 180-Mev electron synchrotron for radiation-physics research as well as atomic spectroscopy, a new accelerator tube was designed, built, and in- stalled during the past year. This tube permits the study and application

of the ultraviolet and visible light (100 to 500 A wavelength) radiated by

high-energy electrons in a circular orbit. This experimental arrangement is unique in that the light produced is available in a vacuum, is intense, has a reasonably well-known spectrum, and is polarized.

During the last five years, the Bureau has actively investigated the inter- action of high-energy photons with nuclei known to have large deformations

(i.e., nuclei with large quadrupole moments). Studies were made of both

the scattering and the absorption of photons by these nuclei. The analysis of

these data indicated that such nuclei probably had a large intrinsic tensor

polarizability. During the last year this facet of the polarizability of the holmium nucleus was confirmed directly in an experiment that showed that the nuclear absorption cross section in the giant resonance energy region de- pended upon the orientation of the nucleus with respect to a beam of photons.

This represented the first direct experimental verification of the theoretical prediction that nuclei with large deformations should have large intrinsic tensor polarizabilities. Nuclear alinement was produced by cooling single

crystals of either holmium metal or holmium ethylsulfate to 0.3 °K by means of a He3 refrigerator. (See p. 62.) The refrigerator and a neutron

detector were designed such that the yield of photoneutrons produced by an X-ray beam from the NBS 50 Mev betatron coulld be measured as a function

of the orientation of the holmium nuclei with respect to the X-ray beam axis. This experiment represented the first successful attempt to study a nuclear

reaction using a target of orientated nuclei in the beam from an accelerator. The use of such targets offers new possibilities for studies of nuclear

structure. Ionization Dosimetry. Radiation effects on materials are most closely correlated with the radiation absorbed in the material. One of the factors needed to determine this absorbed energy from ionization measurements is the average energy required to produce an ion pair in gas (W) . For alpha

74
particle radiation, two different methods of determining W have been used

over the past few decades. One of these methods depends upon the fast collection, and the other upon the slow collection of the ionization produced

in the gas. Different laboratories in the past have obtained differences of as much as 5 or 6 percent between the two methods. An investigation and in- tercomparison of the two methods has been undertaken at NBS. It was

found that when the electronic instrumentation was carefully calibrated and

the effects of the chamber geometry were taken into account, the agreement was within the experimental error of a few tenths of a percent.

Large Ionization Chamber. The development of a large ionization chamber for the rapid and accurate determination of the total energy trans- ported by a high-energy X-ray beam was completed during the past year. Two experimental methods have been used to calibrate this chamber with an

accuracy to within 2 percent in X-ray beams with peak photon energies

between 6 and 170 Mev and energy fluxes of 4 milliwatts. A description of

the chamber, its calibration, construction, drawings, plus additional infor- mation about the variation of this calibration with changing experimental

conditions, has been published in NBS Monograph 48. The calibration has

been experimentally transferred to betatron laboratories in France, Germany,

Switzerland, and Yugoslavia.

Cavity Corrections. Collimated-beam gamma-ray ranges are calibrated

at NBS using a cavity ionization chamber whose characteristics have been

carefully investigated. The use of a cavity chamber for measurement in terms of roentgens requires corrections for various physical factors, most

of which must be obtained experimentally. Recent investigations have indi- cated that the end walls of cylindrical chambers, under some circumstances,

do not contribute uniformly to the electron flux in the cavity. Tests to deter- mine the magnitude of the effect have been carried out with cylindrical

chambers of various dimensions as well as with spherical chambers. Results indicate that the effect of orientation of cylindrical chambers may be

as large as 2 percent.

Scattering Measurements. Measurements have been made to deter- mine the intensity and energy of scattered radiation from large cesium 137

sources such as are used for instrument calibration and radiation treatment. Though the investigation was based on a source and geometry that approximate that of the 2,000-curie installation at the Bureau, it goes beyond this

in determining the effect of both thicker and thinner sources, of the source

capsule, and of the head and collimator. The measurements indicate the influence of source size and collimator

geometry on the beam spectra. These data are of value in the design of source assemblies for instrument calibration. In addition, the information

provided on the energy spectra of the radiation from cesium teletherapy

units is useful in correlating physical data from different sources. Photographic Dosimetry. The main emphasis of the Bureau's work

in photographic dosimetry has been on the extension and refinement of knowledge basic to the photographic process and of concern in the photo75
New control console increases efficiency in precise international comparison of primary X-ray standards and routine calibration of laboratory and clinical instruments. (See p. 77.)

graphic measurement of radiation. Current effort involves the extension of

the useful range of photographic dosimetry to exposures of 1 milliroentgen or

less of cobalt 60 gamma-rays, without introducing rate dependence. Post- exposure to infrared radiation, treatment of the films with thallium and silver nitrate or thallium sulfate before and after exposure, as well as addition of

salicylic acid, sodium hydroxide, or sodium thiosulfate to the conventional

X-ray developer, showed promise. Work was continued on extending the photographic process to dosimetry of X- and gamma-ray exposures in the range from 1000 to 10,000 roentgens. Sugar and 6-nitrobenzimidazole were used as development retarders. Also, various silver solvents were in- vestigated in their action of removing the image from grain surfaces, thus

freeing the internal image for development. The methods were tried on

three widely used dosimeter films. Internal development with X-ray de- veloper, to which a small quantity of buffered potassium thiosulfate (hypo) was added, proved most effective. With this method, a 5,000-r cobalt 60

gamma-ray exposure could be determined with a precision to within 5 per- cent with two types of film and an exposure of 10,000 r with comparable

accuracy with a third type of film. A disadvantage in the method is that a certain amount of rate dependence is introduced. However, internal de- velopment with hypo reduces the film's energy dependence in the 15- to 50-kev region.

76
A detailed study was performed of the energy dependence of the response

of X-ray film in the region of medical diagnostic X-rays and of means for influencing it by the use of absorbers and electron emitters. Above the silver X-absorption edge, tinfoil in contact with the film surfaces was found useful. In order to investigate the influence of rubidium below this edge, the

feasibility of pressing rubidium sulfate powder into thin plaques as electron

emitters is being investigated.

Solid-State Dosimetry. An investigation was made of the response to X-rays of silicon radiation detector cells of the diffused p-n junction type

which are now widely used for charged particle energy spectroscopy. It was

expected that such cells should be more sensitive to X-rays than silicon solar

cells, previously investigated, because of their larger charge collecting volume

and higher resistance. The investigation has shown that it is possible to use silicon radiation

detector cells as photodiodes for X-rays, especially for relative measure- ments of high dose rates when large voltage signals are required. For

small dose rates of the order of a few roentgens per minute, these cells are preferably to be used as photovoltaic cells, thus eliminating the dark

current which at higher voltages becomes unstable and at small dose rates reaches values larger than the photocurrent.

The photovoltaic current measured with low-energy X-rays was found to be proportional to exposure dose rate of values up to approximately 5000

r/min, and linear response could be preserved with load resistances much

larger than those which could be used with silicon solar cells. The photovoltaic current per unit surface area was approximately three times, and the photo-emf approximately a hundred times, larger than measured values of

silicon solar cells. The energy dependence of the photo-response to X-rays

measured under conditions approaching electronic equilibrium was found

to be similar to that measured on silicon solar cells Nucleonic Instrumentation. A new control console has been designed

and constructed for use in precise international comparison of primary X-ray

standards and routine calibration of laboratory and clinical instruments.

This console, which makes possible high accuracy with minimum effort, includes equipment for automatic regulation of the X-ray tube voltage and

current to maintain constant X-ray output. Instruments are also included

for the accurate measurement of minute ionization currents by determining

the time required to accumulate a known charge on a standard capacitor.

Auxiliary equipment supplies stable voltages to the ionization chambers,

provides temperature measurements, and permits control of the X-ray

shutter. Neutron Physics. Standard radioactive neutron sources are widely used

to produce known thermal and fast neutron fluxes, for neutron instrument

calibration, and for calibration of film badges and neutron survey meters used in neutron radiation protection. The national standard radium-beryllium (y,n) source has been absolutely calibrated by a new method involv- ing the use of a manganese sulfate bath filled with heavy water. Most

77
Detector used in measuring scattered radiation from cesium 137 sources such as are used for instrument calibration and radiation treatment. The detector assembly is mounted behind the 12-inch-thick lead colimator in the foreground.

(See p. 75.)

absolute measurements of neutron source strength have been made in baths

of light water with either calibrated thermal neutron detectors or manganous

sulfate in solution as the detector. In a light water bath many of the neutrons

are captured by the hydrogen in the bath and, as a result, a large correction

must be made for these neutrons which escape detection. In the present

experiment, hydrogen (mass 1) is largely eliminated and nearly all of the neutrons are captured in the manganese 55. When a neutron is captured

by the manganese, radioactive manganese 56 is produced and this is absolutely counted by beta-gamma coincidence counting. The water of the bath was about 94 percent heavy and 6 percent light water, and a correction was made for the neutrons captured by the small amount of light water

present. The uncertainty of the new value is about 1 percent, a considerable

improvement over previous measurements. Radiation Protection Recommendations. Research on the fundamental properties of radiation and on radiation standards has placed the Bureau in a unique position to translate the latest information in these

78
fields into practical recommendations for radiation protection, quantities, and

units. The Bureau has assisted in the dissemination of this information by

publishing as NBS Handbooks the recommendations of the National Committee on Radiation Protection and Measurements (NCRP) and the Inter- national Commission on Radiological Units and Measurements (ICRU).

During the last year, three new handbooks have been published. These in- clude: NBS Handbook 79. Stopping Powers for Use with Cavity Chambers

NBS Handbook 80, A Manual of Radioactivity Procedures; and NCRP

Report No. 29, Exposure to Radiation in an Emergency (University of Chicago Press) . A number of handbooks are presently in preparation,

including a series which will comprise the 1962 report of the International

Commission on Radiological Units and Measurements. Staff members participate actively in this work, as well as in the work of the International

Commission on Radiological Protection and the Federal Radiation Council.

The recommendations of these groups represent the latest scientific thinking

in the broad area of radiation protection, measurement, quantities, and

units. International Standards. In October 1960 the General Conference of Weights and Measures approved the extension of the work of the International Bureau into the area of ionizing radiation. A working group was

set up to make recommendations on immediate and long-range programs

for this area, a laboratory design for this work, laboratory equipment, and

staffing. Members of the Bureau staff involved in neutron measurements,

radioactivity measurements, and X- and gamma-ray measurements were

invited to participate in this effort. During a meeting held early in 1961,

this group considered the entire program and made recommendations.

The staff of the International Bureau of Weights and Measures is now in the process of implementing these recommendations.

During the past year, two sets of X-ray transfer instruments were pre- pared and calibrated. These will be placed on loan to the International

Bureau of Weights and Measures for an indefinite period. The cavity chambers, the diaphragm, and the capacitors of these transfer instruments may be

calibrated at a national laboratory by comparison with the standards of

that laboratory. The ratio of the calibrations obtained at different laboratories is then a measure of the relative values obtained by the national

standards. Such an indirect intercomparison has just been completed between the National Research Council, Canada, and the NBS. The ratios obtained

for the cavity chamber at the two laboratories may be compared with the

results of a direct intercomparison of the national standards themselves. The two sets of intercomparisons differed by a maximum of 0.5 percent with

a mean deviation of about 0.3 percent. Thus, it appears that transfer in- struments can be used for international intercomparisons instead of the

direct comparison of national standards. There is considerable advantage

in the use of such transfer instruments as they weigh only a few pounds even

in their shipping container, whereas the national standards themselves weigh

many hundreds of pounds.

79
2.2. CHEMISTRY AND PROPERTIES OF

MATERIALS

2.2.1. ANALYTICAL AND INORGANIC CHEMISTRY

In response to the general demand for more detailed knowledge on the properties of materials, the Bureau carries out an extensive program of re- search in the areas of preparation, purification, and characterization. Under

this program, new and improved methods of measuring chemical properties,

composition, and behavior of substances are developed; standard reference

materials of known composition or properties are prepared; fundamental

investigations of chemical phenomena on which the behavior of chemical

systems is based are carried out; and technical and advisory services in specialized areas of modern chemistry are provided.

Special investigations carried out during the year include studies of the preparation and stability of inorganic compounds, new and improved methods of purification and separation of chemical substances, and the development of criteria for measuring purity and chemical constants of pure

materials. New programs were initiated in X-ray diffraction, atomic ab- sorption, electron-spin resonance, and high-temperature purification

processes. Plutonium Standard Issued. High-purity plutonium for use as a standard reference material has been prepared and analyzed in cooperation

with the U.S. Atomic Energy Commission. Considerable expansion of atomic energy use has underlined the need for standard materials on which

to base measurements of high precision and accuracy. The plutonium chemical standard can be utilized as a comparison standard for all plutonium

chemical analyses. It is issued as NBS Standard Sample 949, and is available

to persons licensed to possess special nuclear materials. Atomic Weight of Chlorine. The atomic weight of chlorine has been

redetermined by coulometric analysis to be 35.45273 [—0 0009?}' ^ee

p. 90.) This electrochemical method employs the precise relationship that

exists between the amount of electricity used in an electrolysis and the amount

of chemical reaction produced. Modification of the electrolyte cell developed

in previous coulometric work, and improved techniques in sample handling

and end-point determination, have resulted in analyses having a standard

deviation of five parts in 100,000.

Trace Level Analysis. Methods for determining trace level impurities

in copper-, iron-, and zirconium-base alloys were developed. Adaption and

extension of existing methods as well as the development of new procedures,

such as the ion-exchange spectrographic approach for hafnium in zirconiumbase alloys (parts per million) , were employed.

The anion-exchange process developed for zirconium in hafnium metal was expanded to cover zirconium up to 80 percent in oxide or metal. This

procedure should be useful in following the fractionation of hafnium from

80
zirconium to prepare nuclear-grade hafnium as well as in inspecting the

final product.

Uranium Analysis Standard. Single-crystal uranyl nitrate hexahydrate

is being studied as a primary analytical standard for uranium analysis. Contrary to expectations, the crystals have been found to exhibit weight changes

at relative humidities at which they should have been stable; no region of moisture stability has been found. The reason for this unexpected behavior

. is still under investigation.

Water Determination in Commercial Products. Investigation of methods for determining water content in various materials, including agri- cultural products, has been initiated recently. The Office of Weights and

Measures is particularly interested in this program for the possibility of developing and calibrating a device for determining moisture content in grains. The States are looking to the Bureau for such a device, as they do

for the development and calibration of other measuring equipment. A gas- chromatographic method appears especially promising and is being studied

intensively.

Determining Transition Probabilities Using the Gas-Stabilized Arc.

Transition probabilities are of basic importance to studies of excitation of

spectra in analytical and basic spectroscopic research and in astrophysics.

A gas-stabilized arc giving accurate intensity and temperature measurements

has provided particularly uniform conditions for the excitation of elements

Experimental observations of spectral line intensities made with this spectrograph formed the basis for a catalog of 39,000 spectral lines for 70 elements. (See p. 67.)

81
introduced in solution form. The arc was demonstrated to be an especially useful tool in the accurate measurement of spectral line intensities for the spectrum of iron. The ease with which mixed solutions may be introduced

into the arc permits the measurement of transition probabilities for two or more elements on the same scale. Knowing the absolute transition probability

of one of these elements allows the possibility of placing all measurements

on the aboslute scale. X-Ray Analysis of Noble Metal Alloys. The application of X-ray

spectrometry to the analysis of gold alloys was investigated to establish the value of the method as a substitute for tedious chemical or assay methods.

Procedures were established to determine the alloying elements in the gold

alloy—gold, platinum, palladium, silver, copper, and zinc. Precisions were

found to lie between 1 and 2 percent of the amounts present. The spec- trometric procedure with a single-channel X-ray spectrometer required 5 man-hours as compared to 3 man-weeks for chemical analysis. A similar procedure is under investigation for the analysis of silver-base alloys.

Trace Element Standard Samples. Attention is being given to means

for extending the certification on present standard samples to include more

trace elements (parts per million), and to develop new standards for highpurity metals. These standards will provide certified values for more than

25 chemical elements, many at concentrations of a few parts per million or

less.As a beginning on trace element standards, two sets of three samples each

of zirconium and zirconium alloy (98 Zr-2 Sn) have been prepared in cooperation with the Atomic Energy Commission and the Bureau of Mines.

Zirconium is used for structural members in atomic power units and the presence of even trace amounts of neutron absorbers causes deleterious

effects. Three of the standards have been issued by the Bureau with tentative concentration values for the more common impurities; the standards

issued are two for the analysis of zirconium metal and one for Zircalloy.

A reference sample of selected platinum wire of highest purity has been

prepared with the cooperation of interested outside laboratories. This sample and another containing added impurities in the range 1 to 10 parts per million will serve in research for extending and improving several methods of trace analysis.

Test Mixture for Fractionating Columns Developed. A test mixture has been developed for use in evaluating high-efficiency fractionating

columns. The test material consists of two isomers of heptane; 2,3- dimethylpentane, and 2-methylhexane. Because this mixture has a low rela- tive volatility and each of its components can be easily identified, improved

calibration and evaluation of high-efficiency fractionating columns will be

possible. The difference between the boiling points of 2,3-dimethylpentane

and 2-methylhexane is 0.268 °C, providing narrow limits within which the

test column may separate substances by fractional distillation. The refractive index difference between the two components is nearly twice that of test mixtures used in evaluating columns of medium efficiency. This property

82
permits the use of a differential refractometer for identifying the separation

point of each of the heptane isomers.

Improvements in Liquid-Solid Chromatography. Closer control of variables in liquid-solid chromatography has resulted in an improved and more efficient system. For example, by recording the temperature of a

thermistor placed in a selected position of a column of adsorbant, the progress of the effluent front may be followed, since the thermistor senses a function of the heat of adsorption. The temperature generated bears a rela- tionship to the adsorbability of each of a series of compounds. This may al- low a reasonable prediction of their separability in an infinitely long column.

Relatively constant pressure throughout the column is desirable in order

to avoid certain unwanted results, such as vaporization of the liquid. Better results are also obtained by pumping the starting material through the column, rather than using gas pressure. Dielectric Constant Change. The dielectric constant of a liquid

changes with temperature, primarily due to a change in density. As the material begins to freeze there is a very large change in dielectric constant

until the sample is frozen. An investigation of this property as a funcSingle crystals are often used to investigate the fundamental properties of

materials. This set of ammonium dihydrogen phosphate crystals, grown from

solutions containing chromic ion, represents various stages of growth from the seed (left) to the final crystal. The tapered prism faces of the crystals are contaminated with chromium. (See p. 84.)

83
tion of time and temperature is being conducted and may offer a convenient means for determination of purity.

X-Ray Diffraction. Crystalline ozone and two forms of solid ammonia

have been used to derive simple and direct information on the molecular

geometry of crystals. The radial distribution functory, which can be de- rived for any phase from the powder X-ray diffraction intensities, has been

tested. Rather serious errors tend to accumulate, which indicates that only

the best obtainable data are likely to yield useful results. This study in- dicates care should be taken when using the radial distribution method for amorphous solids for which other conventional crystallographic methods

are not available. Internal Crystal Study. Large single crystals can be examined by

conventional X—ray diffraction procedures only at their surface or by de- structive sectioning. A new method for studying the perfection of large

single crystals has been shown to be feasible. It employs high-voltage (up

to 250 kilovolts) X-rays collimated and scattered coherently by the crystals.

The technique is analogous to the Laue method of X-ray crystallographic

photography in which the interior crystal structure is examined.

Crystal Growth. To provide means for measuring and controlling the supersaturation of aqueous solutions of inorganic salts during the growth

of large single crystals, a method based on the electrolytic conductivity of solutions in the saturation region was developed. The conductance, measured by means of a cell immersed in the growth bath, has been found to be most sensitive to small changes in temperature and concentration near

saturation. By using precise measurements and curve-fitting procedures,

empirical formulas have been developed for the specific conductance of ammonium dihydrogen phosphate solutions.

2.2.2. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY

The Bureau's program of basic research in physical chemistry covers a broad spectrum of theoretical and experimental activities. The primary

objective of this program is to develop an understanding of the molecular

basis of bulk properties and macroscopic processes. Particular emphasis

is placed on precise determinations of structural parameters of stable and

transient molecular species and descriptions of elementary molecular processes in well-characterized systems. Considerable effort is directed to the design and development of special techniques and instrumentation and to the evaluation of theoretical models of molecular structure and processes. The following examples of research conducted during the year illustrate the scope of the physical chemistry program : Studies on synthesis of labeled carbohydrates, isotope effects, and conformations of sugars; spectroscopic

determinations of structural constants of free radicals and simple organic

molecules; analysis of elementary processes in flames; investigations of

radiolysis and vacuum ultraviolet photolysis of organic molecules; precise

measurements of heats of reaction and formation; studies of chemical reac84
tions and ionization processes at crystal surfaces; determinations of atomic

weights; and measurements of nuclear spin-spin interactions. Significant progress was made in the following areas: Development of

special mass spectrometric instrumentation required for studies of the kinetics

of ion decompositions and of photoionization processes, the construction

of a microwave spectrometer for operation at high temperatures, and the design and construction of a calorimeter for precise measurements of heats

of solution. Precision Calorimetry. Recent calorimetric investigations have in- volved measurements of the heats of solution and liquid-phase reactions of beryllium compounds. The solution calorimeter currently in use consists of

a 500-milliliter vacuum-jacketed glass vessel fitted with a 100-ohm glass- enclosed heating coil, stirrer, and an assembly used to introduce the sample into the calorimeter fluid. Temperature changes in the calo- rimeter are measured by a platinum resistance thermometer. Uniform

stirring is achieved by a glass screw-type impeller driven by a synchronous

motor. Measurements have recently been completed for the Advanced

Research Projects Agency on the heats of solution of metallic beryllium

and beryllium hydride in dilute hydrochloric acid. Additional measure- ments on the heat of solution of anhydrous beryllium chloride are currently

in progress. Measurements have also been made on the heat of solution of sulfur dioxide in water. These data have been combined with measurements made

at the University of Lund, Sweden, on the heat of reaction of sulfurous

acid with bromine to yield a value for the heat of formation of aqueous

hydrobromic acid. Other measurements have been completed recently on the heats of formation of lithium, ammonium, and sodium perchlorates. These values are based on the heats of reaction of the salts with potassium chloride solutions,

and the heat of formation of potassium borohydride.

Reactions of Hydrogen Atoms. Hydrogen atoms react with unsat- urated hydrocarbons down to liquid nitrogen temperatures. In a technique

developed at the Bureau to study these reactions, hydrogen atoms are gen- erated in the gas phase and react with a condensed film of the unsaturate

( olefin ) diluted in an inert matrix. The matrix in which the olefins are

deposited has a marked effect on the rate of the reaction. This was shown

to be the result of a diffusion-limiting process. The reaction occurs on the surface and is maintained by a flow of olefin molecules from the interior of

the film. If the matrix does not permit ready diffusion of the olefin molecules, reaction does not occur after the surface molecules have been exhausted. These researches may be expected to shed some light on the question of the

possibility of reactions occurring in interstellar space between hydrogen

atoms and cometary particles.

Ionization Processes at Surfaces. The importance of surface ionizing processes for ion-propulsion systems has been recognized. A basic study

of some of these processes has been undertaken to determine the mean life85
Solution calorimeter used in precise measurements of heats of solution and

liquid phase reactions. Recent studies have concentrated on beryllium compounds. (See p. 85.)

time of ions on refractory metal surfaces. This was done by directing a molecular beam of cesium against a heated tungsten ribbon. Cesium ions re- sulting from the process were collected. The variation in the temporal intensity of the collected ion beam was analyzed in terms of the adsorbed life- time of the cesium atoms on the surface. The results have shown that binding force between the cesium and tungsten is essentially electrostatic in nature. Gases adsorbed on the tungsten surface reduce the mean lifetime of the cesium ion and decrease the desorption energy. Field Emission Microscopy. Field electron emission studies of molecules adsorbed on tantalum surfaces have been made. The technique

permits observation of surface phenomena on an almost molecular scale. Studies of carbon monoxide on tantalum showed that carbon monoxide is dissociated. Both carbon and oxygen on tantalum were separately investigated. It was demonstrated that oxygen is held to the surface by very

strong bonds, while work with carbon on tantalum confirmed that tantalum

carbide is extremely stable. The carbide phase forms precipitates which are

86
deposited around the cube face planes and, at somewhat elevated temperatures, cluster preferentially along certain zones of the tantalum crystal.

Conformational Analysis. Study of the shape or conformation of molecules of cyclic organic compounds has become a subject of paramount

importance for correlating chemical and physical properties. The first at- tempt to correlate reaction rates with ring conformation was made 25 years ago at the Bureau. Recent work has established that differences in rates of oxidation of aldoses with bromine, studied earlier, can be ascribed to differences in the conformational stability of the pyranose ring. The rate

of oxidation for an aldose depends largely on the energy required to change

the conformation of the ring, in the ground state, to that of a transition

state wherein the ring oxygen and carbon atoms 1, 2, and 5 lie in a plane.

Work was begun on the determination of free-energy differences between

the various conformations for each of several aldoses, and also of free- energy differences between the various aldoses in a given conformation.

Correlations of structure with infrared absorption spectra were made for

a series of sugars and glycosides.

Isotope Effects. Isotope effects (differences in the behavior of isotopically labeled and nonlabeled molecules) frequently lead to serious errors in chemical and biological research in which the isotopes are used as tracers. On the other hand, isotope effects ( particularly of tritium and carbon 14)

provide an extremely important tool for determining how organic chemical

reactions take place. Methods previously devised at the Bureau for measuring isotope effects have been used for studying a variety of reactions of aldoses labeled with carbon 14 and tritium. These include: (1) oxidation

reactions; (2) rearrangement (isomerication) reactions; (3) formation (as well as recrystallization ) of phenylhydrazones.

The isotope effect, k*/k, for the oxidation of aldoses- 1-^ to lactones was

found to range from 0.12 to 0.69 and to depend on whether the oxidation

takes place directly, or whether it is preceded by a rate-determining

isomerization. Higher Ketoses. In the past few years there has been a growing realiza- tion of the fact that higher ketoses (seven-carbon or more) play important

roles in biological systems; presumably, these materials are formed by con- densation of smaller units. It has recently been found at the Bureau that

a variety of higher sugars can be formed, in vitro, by aldol condensations.

In the synthesis, the carbon chain of the aldose is extended by three carbons

with the production of new asymmetric centers at carbons 3 and 4. Thus,

condensation of 2,4-ethylidene-D-erythrose with dihydroxyacetone gave four

heptuloses. Three of the heptuloses were separated in pure condition and

their structures were determined; the fourth was identified chromatographically. The procedure provides a means for preparing higher ketoses of bi- ological interest. Molecular Isomerism. A number of molecules which exhibit rotational isomerism have been studied by the techniques of microwave spectroscopy.

87
These molecules are capable of existing in two or more distinct geometric

forms which interconvert so rapidly that they cannot be separated. The

high resolution obtainable in the microwave spectral region permits detailed study of the individual isomers in the mixture. Useful information has been obtained in this way on //-propyl chloride and on several butadiene derivatives. In particular, the frequency of the torsional oscilla- tion about the carbon-carbon single bond in butadiene-type compounds has

been accurately measured for the first time. Low-Temperature Spectroscopy. Recent research has provided the

first definite evidence that hydrogen halide molecules trapped in solid rare-gas matrices do in fact rotate almost freely. The evidence is based on

the observation of the fundamental rotation-vibration bands of a hydrogen

halide, e.g., hydrogen chloride, with grating dispersion as a function of temperature over the range 4 to 20 °K. Other spectral features that were

detected have been tentatively attributed to rotationless vibrational transi- tions and are being studied with the expectation that they may provide a novel and important approach to the measurement of intermolecular forces

in molecular crystals.

Collision and Ion-Decomposition Processes. A retarding-potential

technique has been developed for use with time-of-flight (TOF) mass spec- trometers. Many ionic processes which were formerly difficult to study can

be easily observed with the new method. In a linear, pulsed TOF mass

spectrometer, ions of a particular mass travel down a field-free drift tube

in a focused bunch, and give a sharp-pulse electrical signal when they strike a detector at the end of the tube. If events occur in flight (grazing collisions with residual gas molecules in the tube, or spontaneous ion dissociation, for example), the products (neutral species and small fragment ions) generally travel along with the group of ions and arrive at the detector at about

the same time. Thus a single pulse, or mass peak, may actually be composite. By application of a retarding field near the end of the drift tube,

the mass peak can be separated into its components: Neutral species are not affected by the field and their arrival time does not change; unaltered

ions are retarded but still focused as pulses arriving after the neutrals; fragment ions, being lighter, are retarded still more and can be separated

as a third component. This technique provides a way of detecting charge

exchange, collision-induced dissociation, and spontaneous ion dissociation during the time of flight. It is expected to be particularly useful in making

surveys of polyatomic ion decomposition and in measuring kinetic energies

of charged and neutral fragments.

Collisional Energy Transfer. Collision processes involving transfer

of energy play an important role in determining the structure and properties

of shock waves encountered in supersonic flight and missile reentry; also in determining the efficiency of rocket combustion. A knowledge of rates of exchange of energy in molecular collisions is particularly important in inter- preting temperature measurements on hot, nonequilibrium gases such as rocket exhausts.

88
A prime objective is to carry out the experimental isolation of selected energy-transfer processes for spectroscopic study, as free as possible from

extraneous environmental complications. Following this mode of attack,

probabilities for exchange of known quanta of energy in single molecular

collisions have been obtained for the OH radical, an important reactant in flames, and for nitric oxide, a gas important in atmospheric phenomena.

Statistical treatment developed for interpreting the laboratory data can be extended to the fluorescence of diatomic molecules in comet heads. This

fluorescence is responsible for most of the observed luminosity of comets,

from which comet "temperatures" have been estimated in the past. The new

treatment takes account of the random nature of successive absorption and

emission of light (in the region of the comet nucleus) by the molecules undei

solor illumination. It shows that comet "temperature" deduced in some

cases may have no physical significance at all, and provides for the first time

a statistical interpretation of the fluorescence observed. Vacuum Ultraviolet Photochemistry. In order to understand the nature of the chemical events attending the absorption of light by hydrocarbon molecules, the Bureau is engaged in studying the photochemistry of hvdrocarbons in the vacuum ultraviolet region of the electromagnetic spec- trum. During the past year it has been discovered that when propane absorbs

a quantum of energy at 1470 Angstroms, the most probable result is that a molecule of hydrogen is expelled, both atoms having been attached originally

Chromatographic purification of materials to be used in vacuum ultraviolet photochemistry. The Bureau is systematically charting the many chemical re- actions triggered by absorption of light by hydrocarbon molecules. (See p. 89.)

662336 O—62 7 ^9
to the central carbon atom. Another highly probable process is the molecular elimination of methane. Photolysis of cyclopropane and isobutane have

also been studied. The techniques employed involve labeling the hydrocarbons with deuterium in specific positions.

New techniques in vacuum ultraviolet photochemistry currently being used j are high-temperature photochemistry and photochemistry in the ionizing 1 region (argon resonance line). The former is being used to explore theH

chemistry of carbenes formed in the primary photochemical process, while I the investigations involving the argon resonance lamp permit studies to bell made in the overlap region between photochemistry and radiation chemistry, i j

Radiolysis of Simple Hydrocarbons. Deuterium-labeled compounds I are used to determine the nature of the chemical processes occurring as a j result of the absorption of ionizing radiation by simple hydrocarbons. Proc- 1| esses in which hydrogen and methane are eliminated as molecules from thetj

parent hydrocarbon have been observed. Work on the radiolysis of propane

and isobutane has been completed and studies on n-butane and neopentane ijl will be made. Complicating factors, such as free-radical and ion-molecule e| reactions, are controlled by irradiating specifically deuterium-labeled hydro

carbons in the presence of scavengers. Using this technique, the isomeriza- j n tion of alkyl ions has been demonstrated and the kinetics of the transfer of v

j k hydride ions to the ethyl ion are being studied. New methods of investigating ion-molecule reactions include radiolysis

in an applied electric field. It is possible by this means to sweep out the i ions and electrons formed by the ionizing radiation and to alter the product

distribution substantially. This work is partly sponsored by the Atomic

Energy Commission.

Isotopic Abundance Ratio Determined. Natural chlorine consists of two isotopes of mass numbers 35 and 37 in relative abundance of about three

to one. The atomic weight of this element together with that of silver forms

a basis for the determination of atomic weights of many of the elements,

j The isotopic abundance ratio of chlorine was determined by the Bureau with jj the cooperation of the Atomic Energy Commission, using 60° surface emission mass spectrometers with a 12-inch radius of curvature. The instruments were calibrated with synthetic mixtures made from separated chlorine iso- topes (see p. 80) leading to an absolute value for the natural chlorine

f. 4-0 0079 ] * abundance ratio of C135 /C137 = 3.1272 { n

' nnnn \ This value, combined

0.0082

with accurately known atomic masses led to a new atomic weight value of

[ + 0.00092 1 * 35.45273

j _ nnfl07 t . Using the chemically determined combining weight -0.00097.

ratios for chlorine and silver, the present atomic weight supports the physical

determination of the silver atomic weight which was done earlier at the Bureau.

*The quantities in brackets are estimated limits to the uncertainties in the reported value arising from known sources of error, both random and systematic.

90
The high resolution and sensitivity of the microwave spectrometer reveals many

fine details of molecular structure. Recent studies have been made of molecules which exhibit rotational isomerism. (See p. 87.)

Thermodynamic Reviews. The program on compilation and critical evaluation of data on the chemical thermodynamic properties of chemical

substances has continued under partial AEC support. A review of all of the

available data on the heat capacities and heats of solution and dilution of univalent electrolytes in aqueous solution has been completed and the data

assembled in tabular form. A review of the entropies of a number of aqueous ions has also been completed. These reviews have been carried

out in order to establish some of the basic thermodynamic values needed for a

systematic self-consistent tabulation of the heats and free energies of formation of chemical substances.

2.2.3. INORGANIC SOLIDS

The importance of obtaining a better understanding of the physical properties of inorganic nonmetallic materials has been accentuated by the rapid

development of space technology. Materials are now required which must

meet extreme environmental conditions such as high temperatures in corrosive atmospheres or very low temperatures under constant irradiation. One

of the promising classes of materials for use under these extreme conditions

is the metallic oxides. Thus, as part of the research on inorganic solids, the Bureau is seeking to develop new techniques of preparing and measuring

fundamental parameters of well-characterized specimens of these materials.

In addition, research is continuing on other materials of specific interest to industry and the scientific community. Such research includes working on

crystal growth, determining crystal structures and imperfections in solids,

91
studying high-temperature reaction kinetics at solid-gas interfaces, and in- vestigating the properties of glass.

Vaporization of Refractory Substances. Investigations continued on

vapor pressures, rates of vaporization, and associated thermodynamic and I kinetic properties of refractory elements and compounds. In this program,

the vapor pressure of ruthenium was measured and its heat of vaporization

determined. Similar measurements were started on osmium. At the request

of the Defense Department, the application of a mass spectrometer to study

the high-temperature vaporization of selected light-element compounds was

continued ; modifying the apparatus has increased its reliability and accuracy. Major emphasis was placed on the study of the beryllium-oxygen-fluorine

(Be-O-F) system in the temperature range 900 to 2,000 °C. The thermodynamic goal of this work is to measure all of the gaseous and solid-gas

equilibria at different temperatures. Results so far show several vapor

species of beryllium fluoride (BeF2 ), some of them resulting from the pres- ence of water in the condensed material. The existence of these species is also, however, of interest. The study of this system is complicated by the widely different volatilities of BeO and BeF2

. A new double-oven experiment, designed to investigate the system, is currently being evaluated. New Microbalance Required to Study Refractory Substances. The

rate of vaporization of refractory substances is of interest to the National

Aeronautics and Space Administration, which requires such data to select suitable substances for the development of thermionic heat engines. The

necessity of making measurements under much higher vacuum conditions

than are usually employed has required construction of a new microbalance

apparatus which can obtain a vacuum of 1 X 10~9 torr without bakeout.

This apparatus will be used initially to measure the rates of vaporization of

the nitride and borides of tantalum, and of selected faces of ultra-high purity

tungsten single crystals.

Studies of Alumina. An arc-image furnace was used to study the hightemperature vaporization of solid and liquid alumina in vacuum and in the presence of other gases. Such studies indicate that liquid alumina dissolves water vapor and that the water vapor (or an alumina-water reaction product)

,

being less soluble in solid alumina than in liquid alumina, vigorously boils out of solutions when the molten substance solidifies. When liquid alumina

evaporates in vacuum, it deposits as a transparent, amorphous film of alu- minum oxide. The characteristics of this film and the crystallographic course of its thermal transformation to alpha-alumina were investigated.

The rate of sublimation of alumina in vacuum was also measured by a microbalance technique and a novel method of heating by radiofrequency induction. These measurements indicated that the rate of free evaporation of alumina is not significantly less than the rate at which it is transported in an

equilibrium vapor. Plasma Torch Used in Crystal Growth. An adaptation of the Verneuil process for growing crystals, utilizing the inductively-coupled radio- frequency plasma torch was successfully applied in recent studies of stabilized

92
zirconium, chromium, aluminum, and titanium oxides. The process has

three distinct advantages over related techniques: ( 1 ) the maximum temperature obtainable is sufficient to melt materials having melting points up to approximately 3,300 °C; (2) the ambient atmosphere can be controlled to a

greater degree than in an oxyhydrogen torch; and (3) no contamination

problem is encountered from electrode erosion of the type found in direct current plasma torch arrangements.

Research is continuing to improve certain aspects of plasma torch operation, such as thermal gradient control and feed delivery, and to solve the problem of containing plasmas having an extremely high heat content. Major efforts are being directed toward evaluating the chemical and crystalline perfection of plasma-grown crystals, and toward producing hydrogenfree rutile. Also efforts are being made to grow other high-melting-point

oxide crystals using the plasma torch technique.

Rare Gas Crystals and Vapor "Sreafces." Studies of crystal growth

were carried out using the rare gases argon and krypton. As atoms of

Fibrous silica grown in a study of the structural relationship of the amorphous

forms of silica to each other and to the crystalline forms. The exact nature

of this form of silica is now being investigated. (See p. 94.)

93
these gases exert only very weak forces, theoretical analyses of their crystalline states are relatively easy to determine. Idealized assumptions which

loosely apply in the case of metals and more complicated polar molecules, I often closely approximate the rare gas-solid situation. Extensive work

has been done on applying crystal growth theory to rare gases, but so far there has been a dearth of experimental data because large single crystals are difficult to prepare. Since temperatures at which the rare gases melt are much lower than

are those of most other substances whose crystals have been studied, and

since the properties of rare gases are so unusual, other techniques were ; recently adapted which produced striking results. For example, cooling

the melt under certain conditions resulted in the formation of a long,

snakelike cylinder of vapor with a solid sheath wall. The cylinder travels through the melt and bends as it hits a solid of any kind, hence the name,

vapor "snake." These studies proved useful in examining such phenomena

as plastic crystals, and dendritic growth and grain boundaries. Other work

is now under way on the connection of vapor snakes to supercooling and

to crystal growth rate. Fibrous Form Found in Silica. Three-fourths of the existing solid matter of the earth consists of silica, the combination of silicon and oxygen. Pure silica is found in many different crystalline modifications and as an amorphous substance in a variety of forms such as gel and glass. However, precise structural information on silica, especially regarding its amor- phous forms, is very incomplete. In studying the structural relation of amorphous forms of silica to each other and to the crystalline forms, silica formations were grown by directing a preheated mixture of nitrogen, silicon tetrafluoride, and water vapor against an electrically heated platinum target. Experimental conditions could be produced under which the deposition

of silica on the target occurred in the form of round fibers or whiskers.

The silica thus produced has certain attributes of silica glass, such as low

refractive index and optical isotropy, yet its shape suggests a higher degree

of molecular order than is generally assumed for glass or other amorphous

formations.

Polymorphic Transition at High Pressure. The arrangement of ' atoms or molecules in crystalline solids, as determined by X-ray diffraction,

is of fundamental importance in understanding the interatomic and inter- molecular forces which ultimately determine the properties of matter. Although most solids exist in only a single structure under normal conditions, temperature or pressure changes often transform the ordinary struc- ture into a new stable structure by a process known as polymorphic transition, or, more simply, transition. In previous Bureau work, an instrument using diamonds was constructed

to permit spectroscopic studies of solids to pressures of at least 50,000 atmospheres (750,000 pounds per square inch) ; it was recently modified to permit

routine X-ray diffraction studies of solids at pressures as high as 70,000

atmospheres. In this device. X-rays transverse two diamond anvils and a

94
Rate of vaporization of refractory substances at extremely high temperatures

and low pressures can be measured with this newly constructed vacuum microbalance. Such data is needed for predicting the behavior of refractories in thermionic engines and the other extreme environments. (See p. 92.)

thin film of material squeezed between flat surfaces of the diamond anvils. The diamonds are forced together by hydraulic pressure to produce a pres- sure on the solid film. On passing through the film of solid, the X-ray beam

is diffracted and the diffraction pattern is recorded photographically as a

series of rings or arcs. Knowledge of the diameters of the rings or arcs permits calculation of the interatomic spacing of the atoms in the solid. Since

the diamond surface areas are very small (approximately 1 X 10"4 square

inches), rather small forces on the diamonds are capable of producing ex- tremely high pressures. Structures and atomic spacings were determined

with this device for many high-pressure phases of metals and salts.

95
Properties of Silver Iodide Studied. The physical properties of silver iodide crystals were extensively investigated with respect to their structures and imperfections. A marked change of intensity after extended exposure

to light was found for several lines in an X-ray powder diffraction pattern.

This change apparently indicates a decreased crystal perfection involving

lattice distortion and the separation of colloidal silver particles. A number

of chemicals were found which would inhibit this process with varying

degrees of effectiveness. The shapes of the ice crystals nucleated could be

correlated with the process, supporting a theory of epitaxial growth.

The structure of the hexagonal phase of silver iodide was redetermined

from precise single crystal X-ray diffraction data. The refinement was per- formed by a least-squares reduction on an electronic computer. The results showed virtually no deviation from an ideal wurtzite-type structure, but a much greater thermal motion for the silver than for the iodine atoms. The

oscillation was only slightly anisotropic for both atoms. This program was

sponsored by the National Science Foundation.

Symmetry of Crystals Under Strain. A study of the symmetry of crystals resulted in a scheme for reducing the 32 crystallographic point

groups to subgroups by homogeneous strain. It might be supposed that the point group of a crystal could be lowered to any of its subgroups by such

strain, but this is not so. Only those subgroups can be reached which require

a change of crystal system and which preserve the centrosymmetric or non- centrosymmetric properties of crystals. For example, the piezoelectric coeffi- cients of point group 43/n can be changed to those of point group 3m by

homogeneous strain, but a crystal with point group m3m cannot have the

coefficients appropriate to 3m, even though 3m is a subgroup of m3m.

"Vapor snake" growing in crystallizing argon. Starting with a bubble at the surface of the melt (left) the snake grows downward as a vapor-filled solid sheath (right). This unusual phenomenon is shedding much light on the fundamental crystallization processes in the rare gases. (See p. 93.)

96
The scheme developed in this study was applied in internal friction experi- ments on crystals, and rules were formulated for predicting the splitting of a

set of equivalent positions in an unstrained crystal into inequivalent subsets

in strained crystals. Large strains are known to exist in the neighborhood of

dislocations, and point defects in such neighborhoods should have a decided

preference for one subset when splitting exists. This preferred distribution may help to make dislocations easier to observe.

2.2.4. METALLURGY

Metallurgical research is directed primarily toward increasing our understanding of the properties of metals, in order to encourage the optimum use

of existing metals and alloys and to stimulate the development of new ones having desirable properties. Broad programs of fundamental and applied research are conducted which attempt to relate the macroscopic properties

of metals and alloys to their known structure. Crystal structure and the

role of dislocations and point defects are of primary importance, although

in some cases more gross structural features such as grain size, shape, and

distribution are investigated. The electronic structure of metals and alloys

is investigated to obtain basic knowledge of the cohesion of metals. Important phenomena in metallurgy such as diffusion, crystal growth, fatigue,

plastic deformation, and corrosion are studied intensively, and explanations

in terms of atomic mechanisms are developed.

The metallurgy laboratories also provide advisory services to other Gov- ernment agencies, particularly in connection with the investigation of service failures of transportation equipment. Participation in the Bureau's

standard samples program by the development of specific standards of gases

in metals is another activity.

Method Developed for Slack-Quenching Steels. The best combination of high strength and ductility of structural steels is usually obtained by

complete hardening and tempering. Although it is known that complete

hardening (slack quenching) without tempering results in an inferior combination of strength and ductility, quantitative evaluation of its deleterious

effect has not been possible because no means have been available for completely controlling the amount of slack quenching. Such means were de- veloped during the year and the effect of slack quenching upon the mechanical properties of certain selected steels is being studied. Metal Fatigue Phenomenon. Under certain circumstances gas is evolved at the surface of metal specimens undergoing repeated stressing.

This observation, first made at the Bureau several years ago, was investi- gated further in recent work sponsored by the National Aeronautics and

Space Administration. Gas evolution can be readily detected under a piece of transparent pressure-sensitive tape that has been applied to a specimen before

fatigue testing. The gas forms bubbles under the tape as the specimen is stressed. In the present study, analysis with a mass spectrometer indicated that the gas was hydrogen, probably resulting from surface reactions associated with

97
fatigue damage and crack propagation. Experiments are now under way

to attempt to use this phenomenon as a tool to learn more about the nature

of fatigue failure in metals. Gage Block Stability. Observations of gage block materials and treat- ments that show promise of fulfilling the target requirement for dimensional

stability of 0.1 microinch per year are continuing. This extremely minute

tolerance (it may be visualized by the fact that this is the amount of change

that would be caused in a 1-inch length of steel by a temperature change

of 0.01 °C) is being met by five materials or treatments. In addition, these blocks have all other characteristics that are considered necessary for gage

blocks. Studies are now in progress to establish the nature and kinetics of some of the less understood processes causing instability in some of the

additional materials under investigation.

Stainless Steel Diagram Completed. Hardenable stainless steel containing approximately 16 percent chromium and 2 percent nickel is widely

used in applications requiring high strength and corrosion resistance. However, its constitution diagram had never been established. Because such

a diagram is necessary to a basic understanding of the steel, various analyses

of the material were conducted during the year to provide the necessary data

for constructing the diagram. Its recent completion provides useful infor- mation on the several phases present.

Tensile Properties of Nickel-Aluminum Alloy. The effects of temperature on the tensile deformation of an age-hardenable alloy containing

94 percent nickel and 4*4 oercent aluminum were evaluated. As this is a metastable alloy, its tensile properties were influenced markedly by prior

aging and by precipitation-hardening during deformation. Mechanical

properties such as hardness, ductility, and strength were found to be affected both by the number of active slip systems present in the system and by the nature and distribution of the precipitation, principally Ni3 Al.

Electronprobe Microanalyzer Completed. An electronprobe microanalyzer was completed and put into service. With this instrument a quantitative chemical analysis in situ may be performed at a one-micron level of

spatial resolution. Characteristic X-rays emitted from the one-micron spot

undergoing bombardment are collected and measured with the aid of two

focusing spectrometers. A light optical system centered on the electron- beam axis permits the spot being irradiated to be observed directly.

The superconducting phase, Nb3 Sn, of the niobium-tin system, recently

found to resist fields of 188 kilogauss at liquid helium temperatures, was

identified with the aid of this microanalyzer. Identification of the other phases present, Nb.,Sn, Nb,.Sn, and Nb2 Sn3 , by the same technique permitted

the construction of a new constitution diagram of the system. Microstructures such as impurities in silver grain boundaries, columnar nitride grains

in a nitrided titanium-aluminum-vanadium alloy, and impurities in uraniumpalladium alloys were also successfully investigated and analyzed with the newly constructed instrument.

98
Computer Produces Quantitative Metallographic Data. The physical and mechanical properties of metallic objects, as considered in engineering

applications, bear only an indirect relationship to the physical and chemical

properties of metallic atoms. Qualitative information on the sizes and

shapes of the individual crystalline metal grains and on the manner in which

different varieties of grains are fitted together is supplied by micrographic

inspection of metallic specimens. The Bureau is now obtaining corresponding quantitative data by feeding photomicrographs directly to an electronic computer which reads the micrographs, performs the desired measurements,

produces descriptions of the individual grains, provides statistical tabulations,

and plots the distributions of the various geometrical parameters.

Standards Produced for Gas Content in Metals. The Bureau is now

in the process of producing standards for oxygen content of unalloyed

titanium metal, a titanium alloy containing 8 percent manganese, and an

alloy of titanium containing 6 percent aluminum and 4 percent vanadium.

Work is also under way on gas standards for an ingot iron, a stainless steel (type 431 ) , a vacuum-melted and cast alloy steel, and a valve steel containing

high nitrogen.

Such standards are necessary for the calibration of chemical analytical

equipment used to measure the gas content of metals. Low gas content

is a characteristic of metals with desirable properties, and the acceptable

amount of gases present is often stipulated in procurement specifications for metal products.

Corrosion Reactions Observed on Metal Surfaces. A study was

undertaken on the influence of light on the film-growth kinetics of copper

surfaces immersed in pure water containing oxygen. The results so far indicate that white light speeds up the formation of cupric oxide. Both

the rate of oxidation and the type of rate law obeyed are influenced by the

light.

Studies of the kinetics of metal oxidation are also being made with an

ultra-high-vacuum field emission microscope. In this work, the rates of formation of the initial oxide monolayers are being determined on clean metal single crystals of iron and nickel. Preliminary iron experiments

showed that crystal growth could be initiated by heating in an electric field. Stress Corrosion Cracking. Stress corrosion cracks occurred in type

304 stainless steel specimens exposed at 57 °F to corrodents containing as

little as 5 parts per million of chloride ion, provided oxygen was also present.

The specimens were subjected to stresses of 20.000 pounds per square inch

(psi). In notched specimens of low-carbon steels, cracks occurred in pairs

in the regions where shear strains were believed to be highest. Crack propagation most probably results from strain rates of the order of 0.001 to 0.01 per second. Polarization Measurements Used to Study Corrosion Rates.

Polarization techniques used at the Bureau in calculating corrosion rates (based on total weight loss) of low-alloy ferrous metal exposed to aqueous

media, and of aluminum and steel underground, were successfully applied

99
The NBS-developed electronprobe microanalyzer performs a nondestructive

quantitative chemical analysis on a preselected, 1-micron diameter spot of a metal specimen. An optical system permits simultaneous visual observation of

the spot being irradiated and analyzed. (See p. 98.)

to measuring the total corrosion on a series of ferrous alloys containing

up to 18 percent of chromium and 3.5 percent of silicon. In this work,

the apparent area corroded varied from 85 percent of the exposed surface

for unalloyed iron under cathodic control to less than one percent for

the 18-Cr iron under anodic control. Thus, since the polarization method

seems to be quite flexible, it may be of value in studying the effects of alloying constituents on corrosion behavior, or for the screening of alloys for long-time exposure tests. Alloying Behavior of Uranium. Studies of metal reactions are dependent upon the results of phase equilibrium studies, which at the Bureau

are presently concerned with uranium alloyed with the individual elements

of the platinum-metal family. Recently completed binary phase diagrams

for the various systems reveal apparent anomalies existing between these diagrams that are as intriguing as are their similarities. For example, the

100
compound adjacent to the uranium-rich side of the uranium-iridium system

is the U3 Ir phase; in the uranium-ruthenium system it is U2 Ru; and in the uranium-platinum system it is UPt. This program, undertaken to provide information on the reactions of the platinide metals with uranium for nuclear reactor applications, was sponsored by the Atomic Energy

Commission.

Ni-Cr Alloy Resists Oil-Ash Attack. Recent studies of the reaction of experimental alloys to vanadium-rich salts showed the superiority of chromium-nickel binary alloys and of ternary alloys based on chromiumnickel in resisting the attack of oil ash in oil-fired naval boilers. The

resistance properties of these alloys can be further improved by utilizing

alloying techniques such as vacuum melting, and by selecting ternary additive elements such as magnesium, titanium, and yttrium. This research was sponsored by the Navy Bureau of Ships.

Nuclear Magnetic Resonance. An improved technique was developed

for measuring nuclear resonance frequency shifts that are much smaller than the resonance line width. In this method, resonances are obtained by

varying the frequency of the radiofrequency magnetic field of a crossedcoil spectrometer, instead of by the usual method of varying the steady

magnetic field. Nuclear magnetic resonance holds this field constant. Voltage pulses from a frequency counter are used to mark frequency pips

that are 200 to 300 cycles per second apart on the recorded resonance line, and the value of the frequency corresponding to each pip is simultaneously

printed out. Thus, the central frequency of a broad, weak line can be

measured to within one percent of the line width. The technique is being

applied to the study of lead-indium and other lead alloy systems to obtain

information on their electronic structures. Soft X-Ray Spectroscopy Utilized. Soft X-ray spectroscopy, using a grating spectrometer at grazing incidence, was selected to obtain infor- mation on the distribution of electronic states in the valence band of metals and alloys. With this technique, it is possible to develop distribution data throughout the width of the valence band, although other techniques often

yield more detailed information about the shape of the Fermi surface. In

the present program, studies are planned of the effects of crystal structure transformations, of magnetic transformations, of superconducting transition, of temperature, of intermetallic compound formation, and of solid solution

alloying. The results will help in formulating a quantitative theory of metal

bonding.

Crystal Diffusion Equations Modified. When diffusion in crystals occurs by means of vacancies, the random-walk diffusion equations must

be modified. Theoretical research on these modifications now in progress

include studies of ll) vacancy-flow effects with an external driving force and (2) correlations between successive atom jumps in the absence of an

external driving force. Equations modified according to (1) and (2) were

recently applied to the simultaneous diffusion of two isotopes of an ionic

101
impurity in an electric field. The results obtained provide additional

information on vacancy-jump frequencies.

Metal Crystallization Process Investigated. In Bureau studies of the

basic process of metal crystallization, the growth kinetics of potassium

whiskers were observed by means of an electron field emission tube, and

crystallization rates were measured as a function of time, temperature, and

supersaturation. These metal whiskers, grown from the vapor phase, are

nearly perfect crystals, extremely small in size. However, the patterns

appearing on the fluorescent screen of the tube during crystal growth are

greatly magnified so that precise measurements may be made.

Results of the present study indicate that sputtering and photoemission

may play important roles in the growth of alkali metal whiskers when an

An optical pyrometer is used to determine the furnace temperature of the vacuum fusion gas analysis apparatus which measures quantitatively the amounts of gases in metals to be issued as NBS standard samples. (See p. 99.)

102
electron field emission technique is employed. The work represents the

first known use of an alkali metal as a field emitter. Physical Behavior of Metals Studied. Single crystals of 99.999 per- cent copper were deformed from 12 to 20 percent by rolling, and then

thinned for examination by transmission electron microscopy. A high concentration of small prismatic dislocation loops was observed, in addition to

a cellular distribution of glide dislocations. Quantitative data were obtained on the dislocation loop density and line density as a function of deformation.

The experiments revealed the large numbers of point defects generated dur- ing plastic deformation, as well as some of the annealing processes that reduce

these defects. Low-Temperature Study of Metals Initiated. A program was

recently undertaken to study the thermal properties of metals at low temperatures. Investigations will be made of specific heats of various metals at low

temperatures to obtain information on the electronic density of states at the Fermi surface. Also, the nuclear magnetic and electrical quadrupole

interactions, and the magnetic and superconducting transitions of the metals

will be studied. The resulting data are expected to aid in the understanding of fundamental interactions in metals. Electrochemical Reactions. A new technique for studying electro- chemical reactions was developed. In this technique, a column of liquid is suspended under tension in a glass tube about 1 meter long. Electrodes

are inserted into the top of the tube, and the most minute discharge of gas

at an electrode causes the column to drop. This "dropping" is used as an

indicator for studying the decomposition potentials of liquids, hydrogen

and oxygen overvoltage, and rates of electrode reaction, and for determining

the concentration of electrolytes in a solution. Hydrogen Embrittlement Studied. High-strength steel subjected to electrodeposition absorbs a small amount (in parts per million) of hydrogen

which apparently causes some loss of ductility in the metal. In a study of

this effect, the gas content of embrittled steel was measured. Both hydrogen

and deuterium were used as embrittling agents. Data from the experiments

showed the concentration of gas in the steel did not vary in a systematic manner with the degree of embrittlement. Thus it appears that the present

theory accounting for the phenomenon may have to be revised. Tungsten Deposition. In investigating some of the variables affecting the deposition of tungsten from the vapor phase, it was found that the rate

of deposition was increased by increasing the concentration of tungsten

hexafluoride in the vapor phase, even though the concentration was greater

than that which corresponded to stoichiometric proportions. However, since tungsten hexafluoride is rather costly, a simple and inexpensive process for

its production was developed. In this method, hexafluoride is prepared by

passing hydrogen fluoride gas through tungsten hexachloride at about 70 °C. The reaction produces tungsten hexafluoride which, being gaseous, can be

led directly into the reaction chamber.

103
2.2.5. POLYMERS

Research on polymeric materials—rubber, textiles, paper, leather, and

plastics—is directed toward ( 1 ) development of new and improved measure- ment techniques for evaluating the physical and chemical properties of these

materials: (2) determination of the structure and properties of pure polymers

to advance our understanding of the chemical and physical factors involved

in their behavior; and (3) utilization of these measurement techniques and

fundamental data in standardization programs of scientific and technological

organizations. The contribution made by such activities to the Nation's

economy is reflected in the continuing expansion of the polymer industries and in the corresponding demand for national standards for polymeric

materials. During the year studies were made of molecular weight distributions in polymers, thicknesses of adsorbed polymer films, methods for measuring hardness of rubber, thermal expansion of microspecimens, air-drag effect on

fibers subjected to high-velocity impact, and interlaboratory evaluations of

test methods. Among the properties of materials investigated were atomic

radiation effects on polymers, thermal decomposition of polystyrene,

fluorescence of cellulosic polymers, viscoelastic behavior of rubbers, fracture phenomena, structural relationships in ethylene-propylene copolymers,

degradation of polymers, and the wearing quality of U.S. currency. Chemical studies were made of fluoropolymers, nonrubber constituents in natural rubber latex, and free radicals in small molecules. Basic investigations were

undertaken of light scattering in solutions, configurational distributions in polymer chains, conformational changes in peptide-containing polymers,

kinetics of collagen precipitation, and the constitution of mercury-tin dental

alloys.

Molecular Weight Distributions of Polymers Studied. All synthetic

polymers have a distribution of molecular weights which theoretically can be determined from the moments of this distribution. Evaluation of each

successive moment requires a successively higher order derivative of the equilibrium sedimentation curve. However, it is difficult to measure even

the first few moments accurately, in particular the third and fourth, both

of which are needed to interpret the rheology and polymerization kinetics of polymers. In a recent study, samples of polystyrene, in which the actual distribution was known from laborious fractionation, were analyzed in three different ultracentrifuges. These centrifuges represent the most advanced type of existing instrumentation. However, even with this advanced equipment it was not possible to determine an accurate third moment of molecular weight.

The ratio of the third moment to the second moment differed from the true value by 8 percent in the most favorable determinations and deviated by 15

percent in others. Even greater difficulty was encountered in experiments

with different solvents and very high molecular-weight samples. The fourth moment could not be determined with any reliability.

104
Ellipsometry Used to Measure Polymer Adsorption. When polarized light is reflected from a substrate surface with or without a thin film coating, the differences in the state of polarization that occur can be measured with an ellipsometer. The resulting data can be used to calculate the

optical properties of the surface or the thickness and refractive index of the covering film. In investigations sponsored by the Army Research Office and

the Bureau of Naval Weapons, this technique was used to determine the

thickness of polymer layers adsorbed from solution onto highly polished

chrome and optical glass surfaces. In both polystyrene from cyclohexane and poly (ethylene orthophthalate)

from acetone, the adsorbed polymer layers were found to be 100 to 400

Angstroms (A) thick, depending on the concentration, and to contain from

10 to 30 percent polymer, with the remainder being a solvent. When dried,

the thicknesses decreased to about 25 A. This investigation is being extended

to determine film thicknesses adsorbed from polymer solutions in solvents of various efficiencies. Rubber Hardness Testers Compared. A comparison of the results obtained with both the standard and microtesters for measuring hardness of rubber indicated that the two instruments are equivalent. The microtester was more responsive to surface conditions, such as surface hardening caused

by oxidation, and to nonuniformities in the rubber at or near the surface.

Automatic recording interferometric apparatus for measuring thermal expansion of solid materials. Specimens are in the interferometer in the cylindrical

furnace to the right of the observer. Data on length change, temperature and

time are collected electronically and automatically recorded on the printer while

the specimens are being heated or cooled. (See p. 106.)

662.336 O—62 8 ^5
This feature makes the instrument useful in research investigations as well

as for the measurement of hardness on small rubber parts, but causes a small

increase in replication error. Apparatus Measures Thermal Expansion of Small Specimens. A

digital-recording interferometric apparatus was developed for measuring the thermal expansion of small, solid specimens of dental materials, in a study

sponsored by the American Dental Association and the Federal dental services. The instrument contains two quartz plates, one placed under and one

over the specimens. In the apparatus, interference fringes are produced by

the 5461-A green line from a mercury 198 source reflected from the two

plates. Expansion or shrinkage of the specimens is indicated by movement

of the fringes, with the passage of each fringe representing a change in length of approximately 0.00001 inch. A step, one-eighth wavelength in height on one of the interferometer plates, displaces a portion of each fringe

by one-quarter of the fringe-to-fringe distance, and thus provides a means

for directional (expansion or contraction) fringe counting by means of photomultiplier tubes. A recorder with a shaft position encoder attachment

provides temperature data and automatically controls the rate of heating of

the specimen over a wide range of temperatures. Fringe count, temperature,

and time are printed automatically on a tape at the passage of each fringe.

Air Drag on Fibers Under Impact. When a textile fiber is subjected

to high-speed transverse impact, transverse waves are initiated which travel along the fiber away from the point of impact. Although the fiber between

the impact point and front of the transverse wave was expected by theory to be straight, it was found to be curved. This curvature was shown to be due to

air drag, and an equation for calculating the amount of curvature was derived. The results will aid in the interpretation of transverse impact measure- ments on fibers at very high rates of straining.

Interlaboratory Evaluations of Test Methods. A procedure originated at the Bureau for evaluating the reproducibility of test measurements

made in various laboratories was applied to analyses of minerals, measure- ments of physical properties of textiles, rubber, papers, and other materials,

and chemical determinations on cellulose, leather, oils, rubber, and blood. Two standardizing groups, the American Society for Testing and Materials

(ASTM) and the Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry

(TAPPI) , adopted "recommended practices" based on this approach.

Several interlaboratory studies of test methods were conducted at the request of technical and industrial groups, including a tongue tear test of textiles for ASTM Committee D-13, a spectrophotometric test for bright- ness of paper for TAPPI, tensile energy absorption of paper for the Paper

Shipping Sack Manufacturers Association, and internal tearing resistance

of paper for TAPPI. The last investigation showed that a reference material

for calibration of the measurement process would reduce the coefficient of

variability to less than one-half of the value found. Accordingly, NBS

Standard Sample No. 704, Reference Paper for Tearing Test, was developed

and issued with a certified average value for internal tear strength.

106
Atomic Radiation Affects Polystyrene and Cellulose. Atomic radi- ation alters the structure of polymers in many ways, and the chemical and

physical mechanisms of the process vary from polymer to polymer. Electron

spin resonance studies showed that two or more radicals are produced by

irradiating polystyrene, deuterated polystyrenes, and cellulose derivatives. The lifetimes of these radicals were measured in post-irradiation studies and the changing character of the electron spin resonance spectra was observed. The results yield an improved comprehension of the mechanisms

involved in atomic radiation processes and of the molecular structure of irradiated materials. Thermal Decomposition of Polystyrene. Earlier Bureau studies on

the thermal decomposition of polystyrene at elevated temperatures in a vacuum showed that the long polymer chains of the material split at random

positions along the chain to form smaller molecules with free-radical chain

ends. These smaller molecules do not continue to split at random; they

decompose by "unzipping" from the free-radical end into very small components, chiefly monomer units. At pyrolysis temperatures near 350 °C

the rate of degradation increases to a maximum and then immediately de- creases; at lower temperatures, however, the rate remains at the maximum

value over an extended range of decomposition. Recent decomposition studies at the lower temperatures on fractionated

polystyrene samples of molecular weights varying from 24,000 to 5,000,000

showed that the rate of decomposition maintains a constant value only when

the molecular weight is high. Evidently, under these conditions, a state of equilibrium is established in which the number of polystyrene chain ends

disappearing through the unzipping reaction is exactly balanced by the number of chain ends formed through the random scission reaction of the larger

chains. This constant rate of decomposition indicates that the overall degradation reaction is of zero order. Fluorescence of Cellulosic Polymers. Ultraviolet radiation, which

causes many polymeric materials to fluoresce, was recently used to identify

and analyze cellulose derivatives. Results of the study showed that these polymers consistently fall into three groups: fl) cellulose nitrate, which

has a weak fluorescence with a maximum at 3200 A; (2) aliphatic esters and ethers of cellulose, which have fluorescent maxima at 3400 to 3600 A;

(3) cellulose derivatives containing either double bonds (e.g., benzyl) or carboxyl groups (e.g., cellophane) which have maxima at 4400 A. Cellulose

itself exhibited strong fluorescence with a maximum at 3650 A. Viscoelastic Behavior of Rubbers Investigated. Measurements of the indentation of a flat rubber surface by a rigid sphere as a function of time and temperature were made over a range of times, beginning at the lowest temperature at which rubberlike deformation becomes perceptible

and extending upward to room temperature. The compliance / (limit of the ratio of strain to stress at zero deformation) was computed from each

observation. / was multiplied by the absolute temperature T and an empirically-determined number was added to the logarithm of the time at each

temperature to make the values of JT agree.

107
The shift required for a pure-gum vulcanizate of natural rubber from +25

to —40 °C corresponded to a constant "activation energy" of 38 kilocalories per mole (kcal/mole) ; that required for butyl rubber. 20 kcal/mole; and

styrene-butadiene rubber, 22 kcal/mole. The resulting curve of JT against

log-time had a sigmoid form, with an increase of slope over 2 to 3 decades

and a decrease at higher values. An extended region of nearly constant

slope, corresponding to the conditions of normal use of rubber productsr was

usually found. For natural rubber this slope was 1 to 2 percent per decade;

for the synthetics it was appreciably higher, reaching a value of 15 percent per decade for nitrile rubber. This behavior differs from the behavior of a

classical idealized polymer network, for which the compliance would ap- proach an equilibrium value at long times. Color Phenomena Observed in Polymer Fracture. A film containing predominantly red and green colors was recently observed on the frac- tured surface of a poly (methyl methacrylate) specimen after it was broken

under static tensile conditions. Specific colors differentiated individual

markings in the surface and the colors were reversed in the two matching

sides of broken surfaces. Strong colors were also observed in large internal cracks, called "craze" cracks, developed by tension in polystyrene and in copolymers of styrene. Data obtained from light and electron-optical studies indicate that the

colors were due to interference effects in a thin layer of oriented molecules

which were sheared by the primary fracture front. Fracture films and craze

films were found to vary greatly in their physical properties and in their ad- herence to the polymer matrix.

Ethylene-Propylene Copolymers Studied. Ethylene-propylene copol- ymers, currently the subject of intense developmental activity by industry

because of the low cost of the raw materials and the wide range of physical

properties attainable, were investigated for the Office of Naval Research.

Specimens used consisted of industrial pilot-plant copolymers and experimental copolymers varying in propylene content from 10 to 50 mole percent.

Left: Multiple-beam interferogram, and right: electron micrograph of a frac- ture surface of poly (methyl methacrylate). The numbers identify displaced

lengths of the same interference fringes. Study of the failure of materials under stress yields much information on intermolecular forces. (See p. 108.)

108
The degree of unsaturation of the specimens was, in general, about 0.15

percent, and one pilot-plant sample had 0.90 percent unsaturation, comparable to that of butyl rubber. Observations of specimen compliance and

creep at temperatures from -50 to +25 °C indicated that a copolymer containing 50 mole percent propylene, compounded with carbon black and cured

according to an American Society for Testing and Materials formula, be- haves similarly to commercial styrene-butadiene rubber, type 1500. Polymer Degradation. To provide data needed for the utilization of polymers in outer space environments, studies are being made of polymer

degradation by thermal, radiative, and chemical processes, The work is sponsored by the National Aeronautics and Space Administration. Recent studies of thermal decomposition during and after irradiation showed that the kinetics of the degradation process differ for polyolefins and

polytrifluoroethylene. An increase in the amount of irradiation prior to heating promotes a more rapid thermal decomposition in both polymers.

Alkali-treated halopolymers, particularly polytrifluoroethylene. decompose more slowly and leave an increasingly greater amount of a thermally stable residue as the alkali treatment is increased. These results indicate possible new approaches to the production of materials of improved heat resistance. Wearing Quality of U.S. Currency Determined. A comparison of

the wearing properties of two types of one-dollar notes, one printed by a wet

intaglio process and one by a dry intaglio process, was made in an investiga- tion sponsored by the Bureau of Engraving and Printing. Data on the type,

fitness, and age were obtained for 30,000 notes representing several samplings of dollar notes in circulation in the Washington, D.C., area.

Statistical survival curves were drawn for each of the two types, relating the percentage of remaining "fit" notes to the time of their circulation. According to U.S. Treasury Department standards for the evaluation of fit- ness, the median life of the notes printed by the dry intaglio process was

found to be approximately 30 percent longer than was that of the notes printed by the wet method.

Fluoropolymers Synthesized. The fundamental chemistry of aromatic

fluorocarbon compounds is being investigated for the Bureau of Naval Weapons to provide basic data needed for the development of heat-resistant materials, especially elastomers. In one part of the research, the nucleophilic

reactions of hexafluorobenzene were found to be convenient for replacement

of a fluorine atom by a hydroxyl, amino, alkoxy, alkene, or aryl group. Condensation polymerization of the resulting pentafluorophenol, pentafluoroaniline, and pentafluorotoluene into long chain polymers is being studied. New methods were found for producing polyfluoroaromatic species from

presently available aliphatic fluorocarbons. For example, 4-chloroperfluoroheptadiene-1,6 could be "telomerized' to cyclic compounds capable of de- halogenation to polyfluoroaromatics. The heptadiene thus produced polymerized to give a polymer of greater thermal stability than polychlorotrifluoroethylene.

109
Other new monomers prepared for polymerization studies were trifluoro- vinylphenyl ether, trifluorovinylpentafluorophenyl ether, octafluorostyrene,

and alpha-hydroheptafluorostyrene.

Nonrubber Constitutents of Natural Rubber Identified. An analysis of Hevea brasiliensis latex was made to determine the identity of the com- pounds present other than the natural rubber hydrocarbon, ci5-l,4-polyiso- prene. Paper chromatography showed that the serum of latex had nine amino

acids—alanine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, glycine, lysine, ornithine, serine,

threonine, and tyrosine—present in the free state. Glutathionine (glutamyl

cystenyl glycine) was also identified in the latex, but cysteine was not found

to occur in the free state. A protein of latex having an isoelectric point of pH 9.5 was isolated by

paper electrophoresis methods; its /V-terminal amino acid was identified as phenylalanine, and it also contained aspartic acid, glutamic acid, glycine,

serine, tyrosine, and leucine and/or isoleucine. Of the trace metals studied,

copper was found associated only with the rubber hydrocarbon; magnesium and zinc were associated with the serum as well as with the polyiso- prene. The nucleoprotein of latex was identified as having an isoelectric point of pH 4 to 4.5. Free Radicals in Small Molecules. Free radicals and atoms, elusive and extremely reactive species, are intermediates in numerous chemical reac- tions and in radiation chemistry. At 4 °K these species can, in many in- stances, be trapped in solid matrices and observed. A recent study of the

kinetics of buildup and disappearance of species such as hydrogen, deuterium,

and nitrogen atoms and small radicals such as hydroxyl and methyl demonstrated the complex nature of the formation and decay processes. An autoignition theory may explain the observed behavior. The results obtained

will aid in predicting and choosing conditions for observing free radicals

in irradiation studies. Light-Scattering Phenomena Studied in Solutions. Many solutions have a phase transition similar to the transition of a gas to a liquid. At one

particular "critical" composition, an initially homogeneous solution becomes

increasingly turbid as the temperature is lowered to a "critical" temperature.

Below this critical temperature, the homogeneous solution separates as two

distinctly different phases of differing composition. An investigation was made of the intense scattering of light which gives rise to the milky appear- ance of an otherwise clear solution just prior to phase separation. Solutions

of polystyrene in cyclohexane were used for the work.

The angular correlations of scattering differed from the earlier theoretical predictions of statistical mechanics. The activity isotherms and phase dia- grams obtained may provide a basis for refinement of the theory of phase

equilibria and for the determination of molecular weight distributions.

In other work, light scattered from solutions of cyclohexane-aniline was

measured to within 0.001 degree of the critical temperature. The correlation of concentration fluctuations was found to be very long-range near this

110
Data on light scattering in solutions, obtained with this apparatus, can be used

to calculate the weight-average molecular weight of polymers, to characterize molecular size, shape, and distribution, and to define interactions between

solvent and polymer molecules. (See p. 110.)

temperature. However, further work with less intense scattering solutions

is necessary before it can be stated definitively that there are clear deviations

from the classical theory of light scattering.

Configurational Distributions in Polymer Chains. One feature of

linear polymeric systems is the capability of their elements for being ordered

in one-dimensional (that is, straight-line) arrays. In certain cases, the

position or state of a given element is a random variable influenced only

by its predecessor in the array. The process of ordering the elements in such systems, known as a regenerative process, was applied to some problems

of configurational distributions in real polymer chains. One of these problems dealt with length-force relationships in an array of mesh points con- nected by flexible chains. This array simulates in one dimension a real rubber network in which individual chains cannot cut through each other,

and thus it preserves the topology of the network under the influence of ex- ternal forces. Another of these problems dealt with the arrangement of alternating crystalline and amorphous sequences of chain units in a semicrystalline polymer.

Not all problems in polymer configuration may be treated by the method

applicable to regenerative processes. For example, polymer configurations

with excluded volume affects arising from solvent-polymer interactions are no longer regenerative. The probability that a given element of the polymer

can be found in a given location depends on the locations of every other element of the same polymer. The best approach to such problems is a

111
numerical one. Random-walk polymers subject to given preimposed restric- tions on the propagation of their elements can be generated on a high-speed

digital computer. The effect of the configuration of the entire polymer

chain on the distribution of individual elements can thus be considered. This

method was utilized in calculating the mean dimensions of polymers subject

to solvent-polymer interactions. Conformational Changes in Peptide-Containing Polymers. Naturally occurring proteins and synthetic polypeptides contain peptide bonds

whose ordering (as in a crystal) and disordering (as in a liquid) allow

the remarkable dimensional changes of fibrous proteins (wool, hair) and

the conformational changes in solution of soluble proteins (gelatin). In

recent research, lithium salts caused dimensional changes in alpha-keratin,

beta-keratin, and elastoidin fibers that appeared to follow all of the criteria adduced previously for melting in synthetic polymers. The transformation

of alpha-keratin to beta-keratin that occurred was reversible and thus was

considered to be a crystal-liquid transformation.

Ribonuclease in solution underwent a change of optical rotation in lithium

bromide solutions analogous to transitions of length or volume in a melting

process. Poly-L-proline also showed the same type of optical rotation change

when the solvent composition was changed from pure acetic acid to almost

pure-n-propanol. The environmental effects on bulk protein systems like the keratins or on solutions like those of ribonuclease therefore appear to be related. Observations of the effect of anhydrous lithium perchlorate on /V-methyl

propionamide indicated that the carbonyl bond of this low molecular weight

amide interacts with the lithium ion and disrupts the hydrogen bonding in the liquid amide system. These same effects may account for the conformational changes in the synthetic and natural polypeptide systems.

Kinetics of Collagen Precipitation. It is well known that degraded

collagen in the form of gelatin solutions forms aggregates on cooling and

redisperses on warming. Only recently, however, was it established that native undegraded collagen in solutions of proper concentration, />H, and

ionic strength forms a rigid opaque gel as the temperature is raised to 37 °C. This change occurs without alteration of the unique helical structure of the collagen monomer units. The kinetics of this change were analyzed over a wide range of temperature,

concentration, pH, and salt content of the medium. The rate of gelation was found to be markedly sensitive to temperature, decreasing a thousandfold over a 10-degree temperature drop. This reaction is consistent with

a system possessing a negative temperature coefficient of solubility. The

analysis substantiated the concept that a phase transition was involved. Mercury-Tin System Investigated. The mercury-tin binary system was investigated because of its importance in the setting reactions of mercurysilver-tin dental amalgams. Thermal analysis, diffusion-chemical analysis,

metallographic microhardness, and X-ray diffraction data showed that the system is more complicated than previously reported. The beta phase

112
I indicated by Pytherch was confirmed by determining the separate peritectic

temperatures of the beta and gamma phases. The limits of the gamma

phase were shifted, Gayler's delta phase was confirmed, and a new epsilon

1 phase was discovered. On the basis of these results, a revised tin-mercury

diagram was proposed. This study was sponsored by the American Dental

Association and the Federal dental services.

2.3. SPECIAL TECHNICAL SERVICE

PROGRAMS

2.3.1. APPLIED MATHEMATICS

The Bureau's applied mathematics facility performs basic and applied

research and renders advisory services in various mathematical fields. These

services are available to other government agencies as well as to the Bureau's

staff. Modern computing equipment is used by the facility in support of its program.

During the past year the Bureau continued to give special attention to the mathematical fields fundamental to its mission, such as statistical and

numerical analysis, mathematical physics, and operations research. Extensive assistance was rendered in these areas and in digital computation. Emphasis was placed on problem formulation and analysis in order to select and develop numerical methods for the solution of problems in engineering

and the physical sciences. Automatic high-speed computing machines were

utilized when appropriate. An appreciable share of the mathematical pro- gram was devoted to government problems of business management and

operation, sometimes called data processing problems. Significant progress was achieved in exploring the use of modern digital computers in the mechanical translation of scientific publications, for which there is an urgent need. As in previous years, the Bureau's applied mathematics program was

strenthened by the active interest and support of other government agencies. The Office of Naval Research, the USAF Office of Scientific Research,

the Atomic Energy Commission, and the National Aeronautics and Space

Administration supported basic and applied research in numerical analysis

and mathematical physics. The National Science Foundation continued to support the compilation of a handbook of mathematical functions. The

study of mechanical translation of scientific publications was jointly sup- ported by the U.S. Army Signal Corps and the U.S. Army Research Office. Asymptotic Expansions. Frequently, in calculating a function f{x) for

large values of the argument x. mathematicians must use what is known as an asymptotic series. These series are divergent, but they have the property

that their early terms steadily decrease in size, and at first the rcth partial sum sn appears to be settling down as n increases. After n passes a certain

value, however, the terms begin to increase and the series assumes its true divergent character. If an asymptotic series is truncated at (or near) its smallest term, the resulting partial sum is often a good approximation to the

113
wanted function f(x), particularly for large values of x. Because of this property these series are frequently used in computations, even though they

are really divergent. Only a few scattered special results are known con- cerning the precise magnitude of the error committed by approximating a given function by a partial sum of its asymptotic series. Current research is directed toward filling this gap. Considerable success has already been achieved with certain types of asymptotic series originating

from second-order ordinary differential equations; some general theorems

have been established giving precise, and realistic, errors bounds which are

easily evaluated. The theorems also show, for example, why these series provide inaccurate results near the boundaries of their regions of validity in the complex x-plane.

Applications of the theorems have been made to determine error bounds

for asymptotic expansions of Bessel functions, parabolic cylinder functions,

and Hermite polynomials. Another application has been to determine error bounds for the so-called WKB approximation frequently used by mathematical physicists, particularly in diffraction problems.

Matrix and Determinant Theory. A significant breakthrough was

achieved in the study of a function of fundamental importance, the "permanent-function." A long-standing conjecture concerning the nature of this function was proved to be true for the positive semidefinite case. The per- manent was characterized as an inner product in a suitable unitary space, and

application of the well-known Schwarz inequality yielded a large number of

significant facts about this function. Numerical Experimentation. There are areas of numerical analysis

in which either no theory exists or existing theory is merely suggestive of

possible approaches to problem solution. In these areas, numerical experimentation may provide insight into a method of problem solution. The

Bureau has undertaken a series of numerical experiments to investigate one

such area of great importance in engineering and physics, the evaluation of

1 ighly multiple integrals, such as those of fundamental importance in sta- tistical mechanics.

Machine Translation. Further progress was made on the mechanical

Russian language translation scheme being developed by the Bureau. Special

attention has been given to one of the significant innovations by the Bureau

in this field, called "profibng," by which clause and phrase boundaries are recognized mechanically and which effects a substantial speed of translation. Computer programs for a rather large portion of the Bureau's translation method have been prepared and successfully tested on selected sentences of considerable grammatical complexity.

Mathematical Tables. Ten volumes of the Bureau's applied mathematics series of publications, eight of which were mathematical tables, were

reissued in response to demand. Completion of a Handbook of Mathematical

Functions is near. Still to be accomplished are only the updating of biblio- graphical material, preparation of indexes, and checking of galley and page

proofs.

114
Digital Computation. The Bureau strengthened its computational

facility by replacing the IBM 704 with an IBM 7090-1401 computing system.

Extensive application of digital computers continued in both the scientific and

data processing fields. In addition to performing computations on its own

equipment, the Bureau assisted other government agencies in setting up

problems for other computing machines. The experience gained in the performance of service computations stimulated significant research in pro- graming and computational methods.

About half the computing services tasks performed during the year orig- inated in the Bureau. The remainder were performed as services to such

agencies as the National Institutes of Health, Diamond Ordnance Fuze

Laboratory. National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Bureau of Public Boads. Weather Bureau, Treasury Department, Veterans Administration, and Federal Communications Commission. Significant computations were performed on problems in the thermal dissociation of diatomic molecules, diffusion and reactions in gases, trajectory computations, multilayer

adsorption studies, thermal boundary-layer studies, paramagnetic relaxation

investigations, and contour plotting of magnetic fields. Important data processing problems handled were mortgage loan surveys, tax depreciation revisions, availability of television service by ultrahigh frequency TV

stations, analysis of interhospital differences of effective treatment of

patients, and a fallout shelter survey. Services were provided on a con- tinuing basis throughout the year on domestic airline traffic surveys, electro- cardiographic analysis, highway planning and traffic studies, and monetary

research reports.

The fallout shelter survey deserves special mention. This task was per- formed at the request of the Department of Defense, Office of Civil Defense. The technical data needed were furnished by the NBS radiation physics

laboratory: the field data were collected under the direction of the Army

Corps of Engineers and the Navy Bureau of Yards and Docks, and were

prepared by the Bureau of the Census for transmittal to NBS for processing. In performing this task, the Bureau received the whole-hearted and effective collaboration of the other agencies involved. The Bureau itself made a

significant contribution by decreasing the time and cost required—the

latter decrease being one of millions of dollars—through modification of computational techniques made possible by analysis of the mathematical

model.

Extensive research was continued in the fields of automatic programing

and artificial, programer-oriented computer languages. A monitoring sys- tem which utilizes the 1401 computer as a secretary for the 7090 computer was installed. This system accepts programs in the Fortran language, translates these into machine code, supplies useful subroutines, and assists in code checking. The Bureau cooperated in efforts to maintain and improve

the Algol 60 programer-oriented language. Studies were conducted on

artificial mechanical languages as participation in the work of the Business

115
Equipment Manufacturers Association subcommittee on standard computer

languages.

Statistical Engineering. The principal function of the Bureau's statistical engineering program is to advise the Bureau's scientific and technical personnel on the application of modern probability and statistical methods

to physical science and engineering experimentation. The aim of this service is to help the Bureau's scientists and technicians conduct their research, development, and testing programs so as to reach conclusions of desired scope and reliability at the lowest possible cost. This goal must be

achieved under existing limitations of funds, equipment, materials, and

personnel, through effective use of modern probability and statistical methods. Extensive services were rendered, ranging from short informal

conferences to active collaboration with project leaders for periods of several months.

Probability and Mathematical Statistics. Basic research in probability

theory and mathematical statistics was conducted to maintain and increase

the effectiveness of the statistical engineering program. This research,

geared to fit the particular needs of the Bureau's laboratories, was concerned

with fa) the shortcomings of confidence limits derived from a small number

of measurements, as part of a program related to the evaluation of the precision and accuracy of measurement processes; (b) methods for making

confidence interval estimates of the variances of two measurement processes

in a situation where simultaneous measurements of a series of objects are obtained by two instruments, but repeated measurements of the same object

are unobtainable: and (c) studies of nonparametric statistical techniques,

i.e.. techniques that do not depend upon assumptions regarding the underlying distribution. Research was also continued on applications of probability theory and

mathematical statistics to problems and measurement of the reliability of complex systems. New methods were developed for the derivation of approximate nonparametric confidence limits for the reliability of multicomponent

systems, using data obtained from component tests. These methods can be

applied when the probability distributions of component characteristics are unknown, and can be adapted to many forms of functional relationship be- tween system performance and component characteristics. Experiment Design and Consultation. Major cooperative activities were

carried out in connection with the Bureau's calibration programs. Methods

for representing the precision and accuracy of measurement processes, and

statistical designs for eliminating the effect of environmental factors were

the subjects of most of the consulting activities. One especially noteworthy achievement in statistical engineering was the development of statistical tests for use in ^he interpretation of experiments

involving the measurement of a number | of objects by different methods,

operators, laboratories, or other such categories. The interpretation of such

tests is almost always complicated by the presence of one or two categories

having results which are fairly consistently divergent from the consensus of

116
the remaining values. A test was developed based on the ranking of the

results for use in detecting those categories having systematic differences with respect to the others. The mathematical properties of the test, such

as its asymptotic properties and its power under different conditions, were

investigated.

This test is simple to compute in that it involves only sums of small whole

numbers, is easily understood and interpreted, and has all the mathematical

advantages associated with tests that do not require that the measurements

follow a specified distribution such as the normal (i.e., Gaussian) in order

that the interpretation of the results be correct in the probability sense. This new test is of great value in the interpretation of interlaboratory test programs as it calls attention to nonconforming laboratories by a simple,

easy-to-understand method based on a minimum of mathematical

assumptions.

Mathematical Physics. In its research in mathematical physics, the Bureau continued to emphasize the formulation of mathematical theories

basic to the development of theoretical physics and engineering science. In- vestigations included research in the dynamics of plasmas, the determination

of bounds on the solutions of various types of problems in linear elasticity

for example, the solution of the first boundary-value problem of plate

theory—a combined theoretical and experimental study of nonlinear viscoelasticity, and the behavior of the trajectories in the phase plane of a nonlinear differential equation which arises in acoustical problems and vibration

theory.

Plasma Research. Increased knowledge of the physics of ionized gases

is essential for the Bureau's performance of its mission and is extremely

important to the National Aeronautics and Space Administration. This

fact has been demonstrated by studies of the propagation of electromagnetic waves through the ionosphere, and by phenomena occurring in devices pro- posed for plasma propulsion. During the past year, the mathematical re- search in the field was pursued from three different but fundamental viewpoints: kinetic, magnetohydrodynamic, and stochastic. Besults obtained were applied to find the mathematical structure of electric shielding and

plasma oscillations, and as an application of the magnetohydrodynamic ap- proach, turbulence in plasma was studied. A weekly seminar discussing

fundamental advances in plasma dynamics was instituted for the purpose of stimulating and coordinating research in this important field. Theory of Satellite Orbits. Investigations concerning satellite orbits were continued. Emphasis was placed on the development of the theory of perturbations produced in the intermediate orbit of a satellite of an oblate planet in the case where the orbit has been calculated by theory developed by

the Bureau. Such an orbit is associated with an assumed gravitational potential which is closer to the empirically accepted value for the earth than

those which have been proposed earlier. Work was begun and substantial progress was made on improving the accuracy of the calculated orbit by

taking into account deviations from the model used, such as equatorial

asymmetry.

117
Operations Research. General areas of investigation during the year

included game theory, graph theory, weapon simulation, Boolean functions,

and mathematical models of distribution networks.

Significant progress was made in devising a procedure for finding maximum matchings (isolated sets of edges) in linear graphs. Algorithms were

developed generalizing the Hungarian method from bipartite graphs to more

general ones. Investigations continued on the embeddings of graphs in surfaces. In connection with a study of optimal radar site distribution, systematic

computer experiments were carried out to compare several methods for maximization of analytically intractable functions. Work continued on a long-range study of mathematical models of distribution networks, with a view to optimizing the location of sorting centers and the degree of system

centralization. Other major activities included continuation of the analysis

and computer simplification of Boolean functions (important in network and

circuit theory) and the analysis and simulation of missile system operation.

The Bureau's endeavors in operations research have been geared to a twofold objective—the determination of appropriate approaches to problems

encompassing several professional fields, and the achievement of the inter- disciplinary collaboration for necessary successful handling of such problems.

Significant accomplishment was made in this direction during the past year. In addition, there was increasing demand for consulting and advisory services in operations research.

2.3.2. DATA PROCESSING SYSTEMS

As one of the special mission laboratories of the Bureau, the data processing

systems division continued to provide information-processing services to the Bureau's own research laboratories and to other agencies of the Government. A primary function is to devise, test, and demonstrate theoretical and

operational approaches to both systems design and the appropriate equipment for the handling, processing, and presentation of information necessary

for the varied activities of the Government. In meeting its central responsibility to provide such services, the division engaged in a program of research and development using the techniques of several scientific disciplines. The

Bureau maintains a technical facility and staff competence to foster and assist in automation studies within the Government.

Present areas of activity include study of new components for use in computer circuitry; exploratory investigations in artificial intelligence, particularly the syntax of natural and artificial languages, the logic of computing

processes, and the theory of automata; design procedures for assembling

electronic, magnetic, electromechanical and optical components into prototype equipments; application of computer technology to laboratory data

gathering; the solution of data processing problems involving both human

performance and equipment operation; and application of related sciences

in solving information processing problems arising in government activities.

118
Research Facilities: SEAC, ANALOG, PILOT. During the design

and construction of the new PILOT data processor, the SEAC continued to be utilized as a major research tool, particularly in the fields of linguistic data processing, picture processing, and patent search experiments. The

addition of four tape units made possible the preparation of patent data for an exhaustive series of tests of the HAYSTAQ search system. Instruction

in using the analog facility for research problems was given to a selected number of the Bureau's scientists. The analog facility was used for the following problem types: multivariable derivatives, temperatures in refrac- tory furnace, squaring and rooting, dynamics of scale-pan balances, mass corrections, ordinate selection for spectrometer flux, optimum postal distribution,

membrane transport properties, magnetization reversal, and mechanism of

oxidation. The initial configuration of the PILOT Data Processing research facility was completed and is now available for use on selected information processing

tasks. The installation, essentially a network of computers served by a

variety of input-output devices, consists of (1) a primary computer with

a 256-word, 1-microsecond memory for arithmetic and logical processing

operations, (2) a secondary computer having a register-memory for manipulating pieces of data, keeping track of them, and supplying them as needed

to the primary computer, (3) a format controller, the third computer, to

select and convert data in anticipation of their requirement as input to the primary computer, (4) input-output facilities comprised of a Flexowriter, a magnetic wire unit, a high-speed paper tape punch and reader, and four

magnetic tape units. Plans are already being made, on the basis of best technical appraisal of additional requirements for handling government

problems in the forseeable future, for the first set of auxiliaries augmenting

the present installation, i.e., a large-volume, high-speed magnetic core memory, a large-volume magnetic disk file, several high-speed, high-performance

magnetic-tape units, and an off-line, high-speed printer-plotter. An interim

computer-assembler was prepared for the programer's uses as well as diagnostic and service routines for the maintenance staff. Research Information Center. The Research Information Center and

Advisory Service on Information Processing, under joint sponsorship of

the National Science Foundation and NBS, continued its collection and or- ganization of literature and bibliographic references concerning information

storage, selection, and retrieval. The compilation of literature and biblio- graphic references (now over 10,000 items), information on current and

proposed research projects, and the list of research workers continued to grow. The work of abstracting, indexing, and establishing subject control

of the pertinent literature received expanded attention. Two state-of-the-art studies, one a revised guide to the literature of automata theory and the other a survey of information selection systems yielding facsimile copies, were completed and two more studies contracted for. The survey of information selection systems was partially supported by the Council on Library

Resources, Inc.

119
Work was initiated on a report reviewing psychological research potentially applicable to the problems involved in improving the utilization of

scientific information.

The center continues to give bibliographic and other services to cooperating workers in the field, government agencies, and interested correspondents.

A comprehensive literature search of character recognition efforts, includ- ing a survey of existing equipment and developments for printed character

recognition, speech recognition, and code recognition, is being made under

the sponsorship of U.S. Army Signal Supply Agency. The special problems

associated with recognition of Chinese characters and possible approaches

to Chinese character recognition are also being studied. Components and Techniques. New components were evaluated and

old ones investigated further for their possible contributions in the development of faster, more complex, and more reliable computers and data processors. A study of the rotational mode of magnetization reversal elucidated

the role of the magnetocrystalline anisotropy energy and the demagnetizing

energy peculiar to this film geometry. A number of iron films were studied

by means of electron diffraction in an attempt to correlate the crystal struc- ture with anisotropy energy. A study of the hysteresis loop tracer indicated

its possible usefulness for quantitative anisotropy determinations with some

changes in its design. Thus strip chart recorders were added to the vacuum

evaporator to obtain a simultaneous recording of pressure, crucible current, and substrate temperature during deposition. v The tunnel-diode large-signal simulation study was continued, using an

analytic approximation to the static voltage-current characteristics displayed

by the diode in the negative-resistance region. Investigation and measure- ment of high-speed junction transistor parameters also continued. Charge

control techniques for optimum high-speed circuit design were investigated

and a 50-megacycle per second (Mc/s) pulse generator and a collector-triggered flip-flop designed. Semiconductors and storage devices are still being

studied for use in basic solid-state circuits for memory and logical functions in computing and control devices. A reappraisal of the requirements

for signal stability in the general binary-signal computer net led to a mathematical description of the net in terms of the signal-script transfer-functions of the digital repeaters. This description's independence of particular physical realization and logical organization makes it possible to compare computer nets that differ widely in physical and logical aspects. Feasible applications in the design of new high-speed circuits are in the planning stage. Automatic Data Retrieval. Work continued on the development of automatic programing systems for processing information in collections of documents, under the sponsorship of the Patent Office and the National

Science Foundation, using syntactic analysis of natural language text and

associated pictorial information.

The machine sentence grammar was enlarged to accommodate more English syntactic structures and research begun on a new type of constituent

structure grammar which will allow more than two constituents per construc120
Control module for special multi-purpose data-logging equipment developed

to record experimental observations. Pin board (left) is used to program the

control sequence. The modular approach makes possible assembly of data- logging systems appropriate to individual experiments. (See p. 121.)

tion but disallow discontinuous constituents. Programs for generating

sentences from grammars, compiling concordances of elements within grammars, and checking grammars for mistakes and inconsistencies were written, debugged, and run on the 704 computer, in the COMIT language of the 7090, and on the 7090 itself. A recognition routine, also written in the COMIT language, analyzes input strings with respect to the generative grammar.Research continued on formalizing fin a logical notation) the English

sentences produced by a grammar for a fragment of English. The formalization is expressed in an applied first-order functional calculus. The "formalizer," which converts an English sentence and its syntactic analysis into an

expressioH in the functional calculus, is a necessary step in developing a question-answering routine, which has been designed but is not yet pro- gramed.

Technical Assistance for Data Processing. Increased assistance in using automatic data processing techniques to laboratories throughout the Bureau, many of which have special data-conversion problems, led to the

identification of several more potential areas for automatic data recording

and processing. Technical assistance included determining whether analog

and/or digital techniques were applicable and demonstrating the feasibility of selected techniques. The program of designing special data-logging

equipment for other laboratories was expanded through the development of

five wide-utility modules, each including several functional circuit "packages." These modules are capable of flexible interconnection and operation

under the control of a supervisory module equipped with an internally stored program similar to that of a digital computer. This modular approach per662336 0—62 9 121
mits the ready assembly of data-logging systems appropriate to the particular requirements of the individual experiments.

Typical problems on which assistance was provided include photodetachment of negative ions, study of electron scattering in gases, and determination

of color of light sources. Development of Information-Retrieval Systems. Under the sponsorship of the Navy Bureau of Ships, the specifications for a new improved

film transport for high-speed coded microfilm search were completed and

a contract let for its construction. It will be incorporated in the new infor- mation selector system for retrieving information from large files of docu- ments stored on coded microfilm. Other modifications included (1)

redesign of the interrogator to set up the search Question by use of a punched

card, and (2) the preparation of specifications for two types of input cameras, one a flow camera and the other a fixed frame camera to provide

a built-in code raster using separate optics to insure precise alinement and

permit the use of various reduction ratios. An IBM 026 card punch and

printer were modified for preparing the encoding and question cards; a

6-bit, 45-character punch was ordered for encoding alphanumeric symbols.

An automatic message-generating system, developed for the Navy Bureau

of Supplies and Accounts for ordering Federal stock items, was completed

and its operation analyzed. A systems study of the input and output require- ments of the data processing installation, the cataloging procedures, and the data transmission requirements was begun.

Work was started, under the sponsorship of the Naval Intelligence Agency,

on the design, development, and updating of an efficient, low-cost, information-retrieval system centered around the Lodestar reader/printer.

Special-Purpose Computer Systems. AMOS IV, a special-purpose

digital computer, was developed in a program sponsored by the Weather

Bureau as the central element in an automatic weather station to collect and reduce weather data prior to transmission. Five AMOS IV machines were assembled by the Weather Bureau, based upon the design of the prototype unit built by NBS for use at field sites. A training program conducted

for the Weather Bureau on the operation and maintenance of the machines

included working out a variety of sample programs and concluded with the development of various operational routines. A high-capacity system capable of multipurpose data conversion and editing

is being developed and constructed under the sponsorship of Office of Emergency Planning for damage assessment and resource status information in case of a national emergency. The integrated system design has as major

components a central data processor, a FOSDIC scanner and control, a Flexowriter, a communications system, four magnetic tape units and control,

and a plotter controlled by the processor. A map scanner with preprocessor and display is an additional component now under development. Approximately 80 percent of the system was designed in detail and about 30 percent constructed and tested. Pictorial Data Processing. Continuing research in and development

of techniques for scanning aerial stereophotographic information and com122
puter programs for translating the scanning information into a form suitable

for auomatic production of three-dimensional terrain models was sponsored

by the Naval Training Device Center. A high-resolution scanner was

developed for use with a digitizer and magnetic tape-recorder to convert

pictorial information into a form suitable for computer processing.

Additional research efforts were directed to processing pictorial informalion from photomicrographs of metallic crystals. A program for determining the perimeter length of a crystal boundary was written and technical as- sistance was provided to the Metallurgy Division in developing computer

methods for quantitative metallography.

Engineering Applications. An evaluation of the automatic data processing requirements at the Goddard Space Flight Center for orbital determinations, telemetered data reduction, and satellite control calculations

for nonmilitary satellites was undertaken for the National Aeronautics and

Space Administration. Preliminary recommendations, hardware suggestions, and refinements in the specifications for two new automatic data processing systems, were made.

Consultative services were supplied to the Weather Bureau in connection

with processing and transmitting photographic and infrared data from the new weather satellites of the NIMBUS series. On the basis of this advice,

the Weather Bureau decided to replace the alphanumeric dial indicators in the high-speed photographic-copy camera systems used in the TIROS satellite with the more versatile CRT character generation.

Technical assistance was rendered to the Defense Communications Agency

in connection with procurement and use of a simulation program for the defense communications system. The DCA controls a worldwide communication system, a composite of the separate long-line communication systems

of the three services, that provides service to defense and related organizations on both regular and emergency bases. The Bureau simulated the operation of this system to determine effects of proposed changes in equipment

and operating procedures, without the cost or disruption which would result from trial runs of the fully integrated systems.

Studies of evaluation and test procedures for analog-digital encoders were

continued for the Bureau of Naval Weapons. The increased use of digital

techniques for test-range instrumentation and for missile control and sensing

elements created a need for procedures to determine the performance of

interface equipment. The prototype system procured and assembled by

NBS demonstrated to the sponsor an approach to testing and evaluating

analog-digital encoders. In addition, consultative services were provided

for the Bureau of Naval Weapons to a contractor developing a direct digital

transducer for measuring pressure from 0 to 15 psi, and specifications were

developed to prove the feasibility of a unique and promising technique for high-speed digitizing of analog voltages.

Engineering Application Devices. A combined analog-digital differ- ential analyzer fCADDA) was under development for the Bureau of Naval

Weapons to demonstrate the feasibility of representing each variable in a

123
computing system partly in digital and pardy in analog form. Critical areas in two of its maj or components, integrators and multipliers, were examined, and their appropriate circuitry and logic evaluated and redesigned as necessary. The revised integrator is now nearing completion.

A prototype personnel peer-rating machine, to make rapid measurements

of performance and evaluations of leaders for platoons, was designed under

the sponsorship of the Department of Army and is nearing completion.

The logical design, the electronic and mechanical design, and the procure- ment of all necessary components were completed. A technical description

of the overall operation, including keying of plug-in packages, color-coding

for system wiring, and the design of a new type of package used in this device, was written. Technical assistance was given to the U.S. Air Force in connection with

evaluating proposals for a Versatile Automatic Test Equipment (VATE)

for Inertial Guidance Packages including the Error Signal Computer. Five

proposed systems were studied and evaluated prior to Air Force award of a contract for standardized automatic test equipment capable of insuring the readiness of complex inertial guidance systems now employed in ballistic missiles. Data Processing Applications. Study of the objectives, functions, and

operational units of the Office of Technical Services, Department of Commerce, was continued to determine the feasibility of applying automatic data processing techniques to its operations. This necessitated a survey of the information processing activities of the Armed Services Technical Information Agency, the Atomic Energy Commission, and the National Aeronautics

and Space Administration, the principal contributors to the OTS document

collection, to determine the feasibility of exchanging data in machineable

form. Study objectives were set and a sequence of mechanization was pro- posed and accepted.

A feasibility study was made of the information-handling procedures of the Bureau of Medicine, the Bureau of Biological and Physical Sciences, and

the several District Offices of the Food and Drug Administration, to deter- mine to what extent such procedures could be improved in speed, efficiency,

and economy by use of mechanized systems. Attention was centered on the Pesticides Branch of the Food Division of the Bureau of Biological and Physical Sciences, since its problems were typical of those in other parts of FDA

and the sets of data were fewer in number. A preliminary report of the NBS findings and recommendations to date was submitted to FDA in Feb- ruary 1962 and a final report in May 1962. In addition, an experimental

computer program was written to process findings reported by hospitals on

adverse reactions to drugs.

Exploratory investigations were conducted into possible computer applications in some of the Public Health Service's Division of Radiological

Health's long-range studies dealing with radionuclide intake distribution,

diet selection for minimal radiation hazard, and methods for control radio124
nuclide testing. Two operational programs were started: a linear regression

program for the IBM 1620 and a geographically-oriented printout system

for processing radiation sample data. Technical assistance was continued in analyzing the Interstate Commerce

Commission's major objectives, functions, and operational units to determine

the feasibility of applying automatic data processing techniques to selected

activities and operations. Computer programs were written for several of the

cost-finding activities and are currently in production-run status. A system

analysis of the Inventory of Motor Carrier Authorities was completed, and

the design and programing of an experimental retrieval system were

undertaken.

New computer programs, needed because of changes in legislation effective January 1, 1962, were written to aid the Public Housing Administration in

its review of reports on low-rent housing occupancy. These reports cover reexaminations for continued occupancy and new admissions. The computer

program analyzes the reports for errors and inconsistencies, makes corrections where possible, writes letters to the authority submitting the report, and

accumulates approximately 30 statistical arrays comprised of about 9,500

tally counts. Mechanization of Patent Searching. Major emphasis in the cooperative program with the Patent Office for mechanizing composition-of-matter

patent search operations was on preparing data for trial runs of the computer search program, HAYSTAQ, and on establishing record-keeping pro- cedures for each stage of the data preparation. A report describing the system's data-checking, data-compiling, and assembly routines was written. Research on methods of file organization continued, the objective being to develop more effective screening techniques to increase the efficiency of mechanized search operations. Preliminary investigation of mathematical

models for information retrieval was undertaken to ascertain whether any

existing models can be applied to Patent Office operations and requirements.

An attempt is being made to model the HAYSTAQ system in such a way

that the philosophy of the system will be more generally applicable. A

preliminary survey of the attitudes of patent examiners was conducted to assess the opinions of the examining corps toward their profession and the idea of mechanized search. The report submitted recommended a full-scale survey. Automatic Mail-Sorting Developments. The Bureau continued its assistance to the Post Office Department's Office of Research and Engineering

in applying automatic equipment and data-handling techniques to mail- sorting operations. A new computer program developed selects "optimal"

paths, for which speed and cost are the criteria, in routing mail; this is a

variation of the well-known "shortest route problem." The new program

can handle 45 cities and 2,500 scheduled nonstop trips. Adaptations of

the Washington, D.C., manual-sorting procedures for use with codesort equipment were designed to take full advantage of its flexibility and to serve both as a model for short-term system planning and as a base for future

125
research and development. The updated sorting schemes were written and

procedures for routine updating of the codesort schemes developed. Liaison

with the contractor developing the equipment was maintained to assure compatibility between the sorting schemes and the equipment. NBS per- sonnel also assisted in monitoring a large-scale simulation project and in initiating and coordinating several human factors projects in connection

with development contracts of the Post Office Department. The network

studies of the overall sorting and transportation problem also were continued.

2.3.3. INSTRUMENTATION

Measurement precision depends on two factors: The natural limitations of the measurement process, and the realizable performance of measuring

instruments. Under a broad instrumentation program, the Bureau investi- gates both of these factors to improve its measurement capability in research and calibration activities. The fundamental properties and limitations of instruments, their components and materials, as well as measuring, recording, and signal-processing methods, are studied. The program also includes

study of basic phenomena that may be usefully applied to instrumentation.

Modern instrumentation frequently uses electronic techniques, even when

the initial measurement problem is not fundamentally electrical. The elec- tronic program includes investigation of the materials used in vacuum and

semiconductor electron devices, study of the characteristics and capabilities of electron devices themselves, the development of improved electronic instruments to meet the needs of the Bureau's research program, and a variety of projects undertaken for other Federal agencies.

Mechanical instrument activities include development of standard hygrometers and humidity generators, calibration methods for pressure and displacement transducers, and study and development of instruments needed specifically by other Federal agencies.

To avoid duplication of scientific research effort, it is necessary to keep

abreast of the instrumentation art. The Bureau therefore maintains an

extensive reference file of literature on instruments and measurement methods. The file itself is designed so that its data can be retrieved partly by

mechanical means. Electronic Equipment Fault Location. The goal of the fault location program sponsored by the Navy Bureau of Ships is to develop measuring

techniques to replace present manual techniques. Much research is being

undertaken today in the area of semiautomatic fault location in electronic equipment. Unfortunately, howevef, most of the fault location test sets are

large, costly, complex, specialized, or require highly trained operators. The

NBS fault location program is intended to develop quick and easy measure- ment devices for such variables in electronic equipment as the following:

a-c, d-c, and RF voltages; peak voltages of periodic waveforms; pulse widths;

pulse rise time; rate of rise time; amplification; limiting action; frequency

response; resistance; inductance; capacitance; a-c impedance; current; and

126
Cross section photograph of a failed transistor sliced in half shows the perforation (large vertical dark region) which forms a short circuit between the emitter (top) and the collector (bottom). (Small divisions of comparison

scale through middle of view are approximately 0.00035 inch.) Recent NBS

transistor failure studies have clarified the mechanisms of such breakdowns.

(See p. 127.)

temperature. All of these measurements are automatically programed in a simple manner and the test information so displayed that no interpretation

of the measurements or special training is required of the operator.

Second Breakdown in Transistors. The Bureau undertook a study

of the second breakdown of transistors in response to a need expressed by

industry. It was believed that a better understanding of the physical processes involved must precede either the elimination of the effect or the development of a basis for rating transistors to permit avoiding the effect. Second breakdown of transistors is evidenced by an emitter-to-collector short circuit resulting in the catastrophic failure of the device. It occurs under many operating conditions and some internal changes accompanying it are well known. In typical alloy junction transistors which undergo second

breakdown, the emitter alloys with the collector through a tunnel crossing

the base region. Hypotheses previously advanced to explain second break- down did not aid in obtaining a practical solution to the problem.

The Bureau study disclosed new characteristics of the second breakdown

phenomenon which indicated that it was more fundamentally rooted in the character of the transistor than previously thought. The energy absorbed

by the transistor, the ambient temperature, and the duration of the causative

conditions were found to control initiation of second breakdown, which was

further found to occur in all types of transistors and under all base bias

127
conditions. A means of rating transistors on the basis of the factors identi- fied was introduced for use, pending further results of this continuing

research program.

Semiconductor Contact Studies and Surface Physics. A study of the effects of various electrodes on such semiconductors as silicon and sili- con carbide has provided new insights into processes taking place at the elec- trode and within the semiconductor. Work function considerations controlled conduction of pulses near 100 volts; the effects of surface states were

so inconsequential that two-terminal resistivity measurements could be made.

Data obtained with the use of low and intermediate voltages, however, were used to calculate surface barrier height and width. Porous electrodes were used in a variation of the experiment to determine the effects of various

gases, such as water vapor and ammonia, in the ambient. Selection of particular ambients transformed the normally ohmic interface into a rectifying !'

one. By applying pulses to such selectively conducting layers in p-type

silicon, it became possible to measure the charge stored in the surface states. The current conducted was found to be independent of the applied pulse

voltage, but controlled by a small bias (such as ± 1 volt at ±0.1 milliampere) which could change the surface potential.

The use of porous electrodes has opened up a new method of studying

semiconductor physics and also has made possible the design of new de- vices for such applications as pulse shapers, delay lines, and logic circuits. FOSDIC. A Film Optical Sensing Device for Input to Computers,

FOSDIC V, is being developed for the Office of Emergency Planning. The new unit is part of a large data processor being developed by the NBS Data

Processing Systems Division for OEP. Features of the FOSDIC V include

a scanning unit that is a transistorized version of that of FOSDIC III, elec- tronic programing of all FOSDIC functions, low heat dissipation, and compactness. Electronic programing using the magnetic core and drum memories of the data processor will greatly increase the versatility of the FOSDIC

scanner. As the processing of the 1960 Decennial Census data came to an end at the Bureau of the Census, FOSDIC III was applied to other data-collecting sur- veys of the Government. The monthly collection of employment and unemployment information of the Census Bureau was converted to FOSDIC III processing in October 1961. The National Fallout Shelter Survey, con- ducted by the Department of Defense, was carried out by means of a machine system using FOSDIC as the input device. Both the Census Bureau

and the National Aeronautics and Space Administration are converting their personnel records to magnetic tape, using FOSDIC as the primary vehicle. Electronic Scanning Microscope. An improved model of the electro- mechanical scanning microphotometer was constructed to read data from

spectrographic plates more nearly automatically. This device measures the light-transmission density of an incremental area on a previously exposed

and processed spectrographic plate as it is slowly moved by mechanical means across the area sensed. The photometer signal and a signal repre128
senting the plate position are converted into a display of wavelength versus

density on X-Y coordinates. In practice the density signals from a pair of microphotometers are scaled by a digital voltmeter and the density and wavelength readings automatically

recorded in digital form on punched cards. The densities are obtained as

three-digit numbers on a logarithmic scale and the wavelengths as sevendigit numbers by micrometric translation of the spectrograph plate position.

Resolution of the plate's position is obtained with a consistency better than

0.001 millimeter. The X-Y coordinate display provided by the equipment as an oscilloscope

presentation is a greatly magnified plot of density versus wavelength for a small portion of the spectrographic plate, obtained by a combination of the mechanical and an electronic scan. It is used in making manual settings on

the equipment.

Hygrometry. The development of a secondary humidity standard,

arranged in a Wheatstone bridge configuration was begun. A pneumatic

bridge hygrometer, containing four critical-flow nozzles, with a pressure gage connected across the bridge, and with a desiccant inserted in one branch, was constructed and tested. The differential pressure across the bridge is

Improved electro-mechanical scanning comparator makes reading data from

spectrographic plates more nearly automatic. (See p. 128.)

129
a measure of the moisture content of the test gas flowing through the bridge.

The bridge response is essentially linear with vapor pressure over a range

of 1 to 22 mm Hg vapor pressure. An effort is being made to improve

the design and to determine the accuracy with which this instrument will measure the moisture content of gases. Telemetering Pickups. The Bureau is conducting a continuing investi- gation of the characteristics of telemetering transducers, a program sponspred

jointly hy the Bureau of Naval Weapons, the Army Ordnance Corps

(WSMR), and the Air Force Aeronautics Systems Division. During the year the Bureau was concerned principally with the development of test methods and equipment.

Work on a liquid step function pressure calibrator which will produce

a monotonic step function of pressure of 500 psi with a 1 -millisecond rise time

and 1,000 psi with a 2-millisecond rise time is nearing completion. It is anticipated that this equipment will permit the determination of nonlinear

creep, commonly associated with hysteresis, in transducer responses of 5- millisecond duration or longer. Selected transducers were tested, calibrated,

and evaluated to keep abreast of the state of the art of commercial pickups

and to determine the adequacy of test methods and equipment.

2.3.4. RADIO PROPAGATION

The Central Radio Propagation Laboratory, located at Boulder, Colo., has

the primary responsibility within the U.S. Government for collecting, analyzing, and disseminating information on the propagation of radio waves at all frequencies along the surface of the earth, through the atmosphere, and in outer space.Ionosphere Research and Propagation

The Bureau conducts and coordinates research on the propagation of radio waves as affected by the ionosphere and on the special factors (such

as solar flares) which can give rise to large departures from the normal be- havior. It is also concerned with research on the nature of the media

through which these radio waves are transmitted and the interaction of radio waves with the media. One of the important functions of the Bureau

is the preparation of predictions of radio wave propagation and warnings of

solar and geophysical disturbances.

Second Topside Sounder Rocket Test. The second rocket test of a topside ionospheric sounder, conducted at about midnight on October 13,

1961 from Wallops Island, Va., was characterized by excellent instrumentation performance and provided much useful data on the nature of ionospheric

irregularities. In this test the rocket was fired into the ionosphere during

known disturbed conditions, bearing a 4.07 megacycles per second (Mc/s)

ionosonde to an altitude of about 1,070 kilometers (km) to the east of the launching site. This experiment was performed, like the previous rocket- borne sounding of June 1961, to determine if ionized layers appear the same

130
when probed from above as when investigated by conventional earth-bound

sounders, as well as to observe soundings made during transit through the ionized layer.

The rocket was intentionally fired while spread-F echoes were observed

using the bottomside sounder, to determine if similarly disturbed conditions prevailed on the upper side also. Both normal echoes and spread echoes were observed during the first half of the flight. The spread echoes were

at a range six to eight percent greater than the normal echoes, suggesting

that they were due to longitudinal propagation in ducts caused by ionization alined along the earth's magnetic field. Analysis of data obtained in this experiment showed that ionization

irregularities responsible for spread-F conditions noted in bottomside

measurements actually extend into the upper ionosphere to an altitude of at

least 1,000 km. The local ionization irregularities detected were typically

about 2 km in diameter and at an east-west spacing of 1 to 30 km. Analysis

of the variation of virtual ionospheric depth with rocket altitude determined

the neutral atmosphere scale height to be 53 ±2 km between the altitudes of 375 and 600 km, equivalent to a temperature of about 850 °K in an atmos- phere composed predominantly of atomic oxygen. This can be compared

with a scale height of 72 km and temperature of about 1,150 °K obtained

in the first rocket test, which took place about sunset in late June 1961. These results have several important effects on the design of a satellite topside sounder experiment. The receiver characteristics, for example,

are being modified to accommodate the strong signals received as the ionosonde passes through a duct. Also, preparations are being made in the satellite sounder data analysis program for handling longitudinally

propagated echoes as well as normally propagated returns. This program

is a joint effort with the Airborne Instruments Company and is sponsored

by the National Aeronautics and Space Administration.

Solar Flares and Their Radio Effects. Recent worldwide cooperation

of more than fifty solar observatories achieved an almost continuous solar

flare patrol. This is of interest to NBS because the appearance of solar

flares is accompanied by marked radio disturbances. Unfortunately, sys- tematic errors in estimates of flare areas and magnitude are inevitably

present because of the large number of investigators involved. A machine

program to group reports of a single flare and to normalize on a common

scale each reported area and importance value was completed. The pro- gram was applied to the flares reported in the CRPL F-series for the IGY;

the resulting grouped and normalized flare list and a description of the methods used were published in the IGY Solar Activity Report Series, No. 17. The phase of VLF radio waves is proving to be a sensitive indicator of radiation from solar flares. Changes in phase indicates a change in reflec- tion height and is a measure of the ionizing effect in the lowest part of the ionosphere. It is found that the phase excursion can indicate quite different ionizing properties for the flare than would be deduced from optical

131
Four-stage, solid-propellant rocket which carried the second topside sounder' package to a height of 1070 kilometers for soundings of a disturbed ionosphere.

Results of the sub-orbital flight suggested modifications to make the proposed

satellite package more effective. (See p. 130.)

measurement of flare importance, based on the affected area of the sun's physical surface. An example is a flare of optical importance 3+ on March 22, 1962 which produced small ionospheric effects. The ionospheric effects of solar flares have also been studied by spectral

analyses of reflected HF radio signals. A statistical study of transmissions

from WWV and Boulder transmitters showed that more flare events can be detected by this technique than by those which depend on increased ioniza- tion produced in the D-region. In this technique excursions of received

frequency, from a few tenths of a cycle to the order of ten cycles, identify the presence of ionization produced between the E and F layers, in addition

to that in the D-region. The frequency variations observed bear a direct relationship to the time variation in the flux of solar ionizing radiation. A study of certain solar flares indicates that large solar flares followed

by cosmic ray increases at sea level often produce a short increase in F-region

ionization. Theory of the Formation of the Ionosphere. Recently H. E. Hinteregger of the Air Force Cambridge Research Laboratories made accurate

132
rocket observations of the solar extreme ultraviolet flux for various heights.

The rates of photoionization of the atmospheric gases can be computed from

these fluxes. With known rates of photoionization and a reasonable scheme

of recombination reactions it is now possible to achieve a fit between the

theoretical and observed ionospheres by adjusting the rate coefficients of

the different reactions. For this it was necessary to assume that (a) the

rate of the ion-atom exchange reaction, N+

2 + 0—>NO + N, is greater than

the dissociative recombination of N+

2 ; (b) the rate coefficients for dissociative recombination of 02+ and NO+ are of the order of 10~7 cm3/sec (consistent with laboratory measurements but ten times larger than most

previous ionospheric determinations) ; and (c) that these rate coefficients are proportional to T~n where n lies between % and 1. Further study of these processes should lead to more precise values of the

rate coefficients, to an evaluation of other reactions, and to a more detailed understanding of the neutral atmosphere.

Low-Latitude Propagation Effects. Low-latitude radio propagation

experiments were performed in Africa, sponsored jointly by the United

States Information Agency and the Bureau. Time-delay and fading meas- urements over a six-week period in September and October 1961 were made

of high-frequency transmissions over the 3,300-km path from Tripoli, Libya,

to Accra, Ghana. The most interesting phenomenon discovered was the appearance of highly spread echoes on the records just after sunset, at maximum frequencies exceeding 50 Mc/s. The time-delay varied from

one ionogram to the next, suggesting that the reflections resulted from

scattering by rapidly moving clouds of electrons. A similar conclusion was obtained from spectral analyses of fading

signals. It was deduced that during the evening signals are reflected from

electron clouds elongated along the earth's magnetic field and moving from

west to east with velocities on the order of 100 meters per second. Operations Research. The previously used methods of predicting the monthly median value of the critical frequency were analyzed statistically,

with the assistance of the mathematical statistics consultant, in a study of

the ionospheric prediction services. A new method of predicting the critical frequency developed is based solely on past data, but produces prediction

accuracies comparable to those using present counts of sunspot numbers.

This study is being continued.

Tropospheric Propagation and Radio Noise

Most efficient use of the radiofrequency spectrum is the aim of the Bureau's program in tropospheric propagation and radio noise. Attaining this objective requires a basic understanding of radio-wave propagation, noise, and

interference. To this end theoretical and semi-empirical prediction methods

are developed and compared with statistical samples of data on radio-wave

propagation and radio noise. During the past year, a major part of the

effort was devoted to work in support of the activities of the Consultative

133
Array of 25 antennas used to study the effects of ionospheric irregularities on

radio signals propagated over long distances. (See p. 144.)

Committee on International Radio. This change of emphasis was made in anticipation of the Xth Plenary Assembly of the C.C.I.R. to be held in New

Delhi, India, in January and February of 1963 and the International Tele- communications Union Extraordinary Administrative Radio Conference on

Space Radiocommunication, including Radio Astronomy, to be held in Geneva, Switzerland, in September 1963. Reports to the C.C.I.R. The advent of space radio communication

focused attention on the need for more precise methods for predicting the

characteristics of radio signals after propagation through the troposphere.

It is now generally recognized that the large portions of the radio spectrum

needed for long-range space satellite communications systems can be obtained

only by developing cooperative use techniques for the portions of the spec- trum (between 1 and 10 gigacycles per second (Gc/s) ) now extensively used

for line-of-sight radio relays. Such sharing appears feasible and it only

remains to develop ( 1 ) methods for assigning the locations of the earth space

service stations for negligible mutual interference between the space and

terrestrial radio relay services and (2) methods for maintaining a proper

balance between the radio power radiated by the two systems.

In support of the C.C.I.R. program the Bureau prepared 16 reports for several C.C.I.R. study groups. Reports were made to the receiver study

group on figures of merit for radio receiving systems in the presence of noise,

system sensitivity, receiver and operating noise factors, and operating noise

temperature. The three reports to the study group on space systems dealt with spectrum sharing by earth and space telecommunication links, tropospheric factors affecting this sharing, and the feasibility of radioastronomical

134
observations in bands used by terrestrial communications systems. The

reports to the propagation study group covered the topics of transmission loss prediction, climatological data, radio-meteorological parameters, the radio

refractive index of air, and tropospheric factors affecting sharing of space and

terrestrial communications systems. The reports submitted to the iono- spheric propagation study group discussed the measurement of atmospheric

and manmade radio noise. The C.C.I.R. study group on standard frequencies and time signals was given a report on a cause of reduced stability and

accuracy of received time- and frequency-standard signals.

Electromagnetic Theory. A number of seemingly unrelated topics,

loosely classified under electromagnetic theory, were considered by methods

having much in common.

Reflection Coefficients. Previously developed theory for propagation

between a spherical earth and a concentric ionosphere was advanced by employing an idea of Brekhovskikh to derive an expression for the reflection

coefficient of a continuously stratified ionized medium. The result is in the form of a series whose first term is a Fresnel-type coefficient and succeeding terms account for the finite thickness of the transition layer.

Propagation in Irregular Layers. Understanding propagation in irregular layers was aided by an approximate treatment of modes in a waveguide of variable width. It was assumed that the boundaries satisfy impedance-type boundary conditions. The model used consists of two parallelplate waveguide regions connected by a linearly tapered section. The results have application to the theory of VLF radio-wave propagation when the ion- ospheric heights are not constant along the path.

Field Intensity in Waveguide. A simplified treatment of propagation

in the earth-ionosphere waveguide was carried out to describe some of the broad features of VLF propagation in a relatively concise fashion. It was shown that if the square of field amplitude is averaged over the width of the waveguide a very simple formula for the averaged intensity is obtained.

Reflection From Changing Strata. The oblique reflection of plane

electromagnetic waves from a continuously stratified medium was considered

by means of various approximations. The WKB (Wentcel-Kramers-Brillouin) method and its extension are most suitable for slowly varying profiles,

but certain modifications must be made when the ray has a turning point. It was shown that under this situation the phase integral method is applicable

and that when the medium is rapidly varying the adoption of an alternative approach is particularly suitable at low frequencies.

Field at Localized Obstruction. The field of an electric dipole at a smooth spherical or cylindrical surface containing a localized obstruction was studied for application to ground wave propagation. An approximate

solution was obtained by combining the rigorous theory of diffraction by a sphere and the approximate Kirchoff diffraction theory for black screens. Reflection From a Grid Ground Plane. The reflection of electro- magnetic waves from a parallel wire grid near the interface plane of two

media was applied in the design of radial wire ground systems for vertical

135
J

monopole systems. It was found that when the incident wave is polarized

with the magnetic vector perpendicular to the grid wires the grid can be rep- resented by a pure shunt element in the equivalent transmission line circuit. Reflections at Stratified Plasma. Boundary value problems involving

plasma media in certain two-dimensional configurations were analyzed for exact solutions. Explicit results were obtained for the reflection coefficients of stratified plasma in planar and cylindrical geometry.

Path Impedance Formulas. Mutual impedance formulas were devel- oped for two- and three-section paths between two vertical electric dipoles on

the surface of an inhomogeneous spherical earth in a form suitable for computation. The path parts between the dipole antennas were homogeneous and

surface impedances were constant. Specific numerical results were presented

for combinations of frequencies from 20 to 1000 kc/s and conductivities from

10 millimhos/meter to 4 mhos/meter. Point-Point Moon Communication. Manned flights to the moon were

anticipated in a program sponsored by the Jet Propulsion Laboratory to establish guides for planning communications between exploring parties I and base installations on the surface of the moon. The transmitter power j needed to obtain a desired receiver signal-to-noise ratio at specified distances was predicted. Plots of lunar ground-wave attenuation were derived in this project and ground-proximity losses for the antennas suggested and the expected noise sources discussed in the report on this work.

VLF Microwave Models. A multimode waveguide is being constructed

for simulating low-frequency propagation between the earth and ionosphere

with frequency scaled upward to the microwave region. This waveguide, now nearing completion, is approximately 8 free-space wavelengths in height

and 250 wavelengths long. In this double-height waveguide, the field in the lower half of the guide corresponds to the field in the earth-ionosphere

"waveguide." It was constructed in such a manner that perturbations in the ionosphere can be simulated in it. During construction of the waveguide,

experimental and theoretical studies were conducted on launching the desired

modes in the waveguide and on methods of measuring the field in the guide to determine the effect of perturbations in the walls. Analog Correlation Computer. An analog system for computing the

statistical correlation coefficients for radio propagation and associated data was developed. Signals to be analyzed are derived from data recorded on magnetic tape. The analysis can be performed in either real time or speeded

up in playback time by factors as high as 100, referenced to recorded time. The system was designed to provide two basic types of correlation analysis,

using both standard and modified analog computing techniques. Auto- or

cross-correlation parameters can be computed for discrete values of time

delay (t) for a wide range of sample lengths or averaging time, chosen for a sample length or, with a series of averaging periods, a time-history of the parameter.

A complete correlogram can be derived and plotted automatically as a continuous function in (t), in place of the conventional point plot of the

136
function for discrete values of (r). This type of analysis is performed on

finite data samples, using a dynamic time delay translated to the computer

from a special-purpose tape transport as a linear function in time. The computer contains an automatic self-normalizing system for computing the cor- relation coefficient and accepts input data in the —100 to +100-volt range

over a bandwidth of 0 to 10 kc/s.

Statistical Studies. Data on distribution functions of vector time series were studied, with the assistance of the mathematical statistics consultant, to obtain more reliable estimates of distribution, density, and other functions

of transmission.

Samples of Atmospheric Radio Noise. A magnetic-tape system for recording atmospheric radio noise was developed and put into operation.

The various statistical analyses performed on the recorded sample of the noise envelope are extremely useful in determinating the correlation be- tween various parameters of the noise and error-rate measurements. The tape system consists of a seven-track tape recorder and auxiliary

equipment using the noise to frequency-modulate the recorded signal. The

auxiliary equipment breaks up the IF signal received from the ARN-2

Radio Noise Recorder into five detected noise envelopes of specific bandwidths and amplitudes for the tape recorder. The radio noise in the 20-c/

( approximate) bandwidth is recorded on one track and the low-probability,

high-amplitude, and the overlapping low-amplitude noise in the 200-c/s and

2000-c/s (approximate) bandwidths are recorded on individual channels of the tape.

Tape recordings of VHF signals scattered from the ionosphere are analyzed to determine the characteristics of this type of propagation. (See p. 144.)

662336 O—62 10 137
The recorded noise information is reduced to the following statistical functions by equipment previously developed at NBS: The amplitude-probability distribution function, the amplitude-probability density function, the envelope crossing rate distribution for varous levels, and the pulse-spacing duration distribution function for various levels. The autocorrelation

function is also to be investigated. Parameters derived from these functions are compared with error rate measurements by an electronic computer to predict the performance of a given communication system in the presence

of atmospheric noise. Efficient Television Assignment. The growth in the number of tele- vision channel assignments makes it advisable before making future assign- ments to determine the geographical separation of VHF television stations required for interference-free reception. Meeting the demands for assign- ments now anticipated will require that this portion of the spectrum be used

as efficiently as possible, which implies that station separation be reduced

until service is limited by interference, rather than by natural noise. Methods of making television channel assignments are now being studied

by the Bureau, making use of alternating polarization, precise offset carriers,

and antenna directivity, to discriminate between the wanted and unwanted

signals.

The study indicates that present minimum co-channel spacings could be

halved with only a minor reduction in the areas served by individual stations. Assignments from the 12 VHF channels could be made to twice as many

markets as at present, with the possibility of six outlets for 102 markets and

four or more for 167 markets, instead of for only 17 markets, as at present.

Over-Water Transmission Loss Measurements. Transmission loss measurements are being made over a 300-km path across a portion of the Gulf of Mexico, in cooperation with the U.S. Air Force, to improve propagation prediction methods. Simultaneous radio and meteorological measure- ments will be made for a period of one year. The data obtained will help

to improve prediction methods for over-water scatter paths, for which data

at this latitude are very limited. Bandwidth of Tropospheric Scatter Systems. Tests have been made

which will lead to improved prediction of the bandwidth capabilities of longdistance tropospheric-scatter radio paths. Tests in a continuing series of experiments indicate that the commonly used distance dependence may not adequately describe the variations actually encountered on paths of different lengths. The present experiments are investigating the correlation of bandwidth to the performance of specific systems.

Surface-Satellite Communication-Interference. Artificial earth satellites have opened up new horizons in long-distance communication possibilities. Optimum frequencies for satellite communication purposes lie generally in the 1 to 10-Gc/s portion of the radiofrequency spectrum. This

portion of the spectrum is now used by many communication services, with

which satellite communication systems using these frequencies would be

expected to share the use.

138
The conditions under which these frequencies can be shared by conventional point-to-point microwave relays and satellite systems were predicted.

Studies indicate that frequency assignments can be shared with adequate

geographical separation of terminals and proper consideration to antenna

directivity. Theoretical studies and an experimental program using 60-

foot parabolic antennas were conducted to determine the minimum separation

distance and antenna elevation angles for the space communication system,

to keep the unwanted signals at the receiver input terminals below the inter- fering level. The effects of scattering from aircraft were reported. Measurements of the cumulative distributions of the directive gain of a 60-foot diameter parabolic antenna provide the basis for a tentative description of antenna patterns for predicting possible interference. These measurements

will be conducted over an extended period in order to make reliable estimates

of interfering conditions. Air'Ground LHF-TV Measurements. Data on air-to-ground trans- mission are now being collected to predict coverage attainable for airborne

broadcasts. The study of signal variability is of primary importance in determining the reliability of service fields and the potental interference to other services for air-ground communication systems. Only relatively low

terminals iwith a mountain top simulating the aircraft in flight) were used

in previous systematic data recording plans, and the applicability of such

data to aircraft flying at great heights was not known. Signal variations depend on the terminal height as well as on the steepness with which radio waves traverse atmospheric irregularities, such as layers.

The complex antenna system of the U.S.N.S. Eltanin was evaluated using a 60:1 scale model ship and the NBS antenna test range. The Eltanin is a National Science Foundation ship designed for geophysical research in the Antarctic. (Seep. 145.)

139
A unique opportunity for the systematic collection of data on transmission 1 was presented by the television transmissions from an aircraft flying at 23,000

feet elevation, undertaken in connection with the Midwest Program on Air- I borne Television Instruction. Signals in the 800 to 850 Mc/s range received I over several different paths from within to slightly beyond the radio horizon I are being recorded. Analysis methods now being developed will permit

separation of the flight pattern of the aircraft as a component in the observed

signal variations recognizable from the variability introduced by the atmos- 11 phere. Ultimate results of this study may permit performance prediction

| of air-ground communication systems in the UHF range for given system

parameters and for a given flight pattern of the airborne terminal. Special Refraction Effects. A system of equations has been derived

for determining range errors as a function of refractive index characteristics (primarily the surface value, Ns ). The system forms a general method for ' correcting baseline type tracking systems at any arbitrary location, and

allows between 97 percent and 98.5 percent of the systematic error due to tropospheric refraction to be removed. This method was checked against

hypothetical cases for targets located in observed two-dimensional iV-profiles.

Refraction Effects in Microwave Tracking Systems. Modern pre- cision missile radio guidance systems using microwaves are limited in ulti- mate accuracy by refractive index irregularities in the troposphere. An

improvement in accuracy is being sought by conducting a program to measure |i the effects of atmospheric inhomogeneities and turbulence on such systems.

An experimental tracking system was constructed on the unique terrain of the Boulder area, using specially developed techniques, to simulate the basic

functions of the Mistram system being built for the Air Force. This system

is being used to record variations in apparent positions resulting from

atmospheric variations. Simultaneous recordings are made of atmospheric

variations and refractive index at each of the antennas in the system and

at various levels on a tower near the system terminals. Microwave refrac- tometer measurements are made, in addition, by aircraft flying approximately 1 along the propagation paths. These data are being examined for correlation

with the apparent position variations of a fixed target simulating a missile to investigate the feasibility of using such data for correcting the radio system

data. Preliminary work showed that some of the long-term (several hours

and more) errors can be reduced significantly by proper atmospheric measurements. However, no methods have been found as yet to make significant or reliable correction for the short-term (hourly or less) effects. Sky Temperature Theory. A computer program was developed to calculate the thermal noise temperatures to be expected in the troposphere.

Preliminary calculations, made using older estimates of water vapor and

oxygen molecules, are now being revised in accordance with the present

estimates of water molecule parameters. Further modification may be neces- sary when more exact parameters for the oxygen molecule are known.

The program includes rain absorption parameters. Sufficient information

for other gaseous and nongaseous components is not available for inclusion

in the present calculations.

140
The NBS J icamarca Radio Observatory located near Lima, Peru, This facility

provides a powerful and very sensitive research tool for ground-based observations of the ionosphere, exosphere, interplanetary medium, and the sun. (See

p. 147.)

Radio Systems

The aim of the Bureau's program in radio systems is to provide technical information to Government and industry on radio propagation factors affect- ing design and use of radio systems. The emphasis of this work is on long- range radio transmission problems and methods of measurement for radio

communication, navigation, timing, detection, and positioning systems.

Radio wave propagation studies are carried out for ionospheric, groundwave, and line-of-sight paths to define the limitations, disturbances, and

capacity of the transmission medium as a channel. The information ob- tained is directed toward guidance of engineering practices, allocation and

use of radio frequencies, and evaluation of system capabilities and limitations. Standards and methods of measurement are developed for radio sys- tems to fulfill the needs of federal agencies and industry involved in radio

telecommunication operation and regulation. Studies of information theory

and coding, modulation, and antenna design are directed toward improvement of the reliability of systems and to the efficient utilization of the radio

frequency spectrum. Consulting and advisory work is done in accordance

with the needs of other government, commercial, and scientific agencies.

Frequency Utilization. New services were established for computation

of HF radiopath performance and optimum frequencies. Comprehensive

computer programs were completed for obtaining maximum usable frequency,

141
frequency of optimum transmission, lowest usable frequency, field strength,

signal-to-noise ratio, and circuit reliability. A fee schedule was proposed

for services such as making these computations for government and commercial agencies.

Applied Electromagnetic Theory. The nature of low-frequency

radio wave propagation around the earth is, in large measure, determined

by the shape of the lower ionosphere electron-ion density transition region.

A computational technique which has been developed utilizes a flexible theoretical plasma model which can fit most measured electron-ion altitude

profiles. The reflections and transmissions in the ionosphere can be deter- mined with the aid of this model, together with available geophysical data on the ionosphere and with the aid of classical magneto-ionic theory for quiescent and disturbed propagation conditions. The complex indices of refraction of the medium were deduced and a coupling in the plasma between

ordinary and extraordinary, upgoing and downgoing modes of propagation

investigated. The corresponding reflection and transmission coefficients were then calculated and certain phenomena predicted as the expected results of a solar disturbance on the reflection process. The average electron-ion

collision frequencies of the classical magneto-ionic theory were modified to introduce electron collisions with a linear Maxwellian energy distribution dependence. Although some interesting changes of detail in the reflection

coefficients were obtained, in general the application of the continuously

stratified layer concept to models of the ionosphere having such electron

collisions does not drastically change the coefficients. The rigorous mathematical treatment for the propagation of a radio wave

from a Hertz dipole source current moment around a finitely conducting

spherical earth surrounded by a concentric electron-ion plasma can be

expressed as a series of zonal harmonics. Such a solution to the problem was previously obtained for the terrestrial sphere without a concentric

plasma, but the summation of the series was then considered to be impractical and the Watson transformation was introduced. A new numerical

technique was developed at the Bureau whereby the field of the propagated

radio wave less than 50 kc/s can be evaluated by a summation of a series of zonal harmonics. The speed with which the terms can be summed on an

electronic computer makes it feasible to use the summation technique,

despite the large number of terms, instead of the Watson transformation.

The structure of the field in the absence of a concentric plasma is charac: terized by the quite regular behavior of the ground wave as a function of

distance. The steady decrement of the ground wave field is modified only near the antipode, at which a standing wave pattern which is a function of distance is created where waves circling the sphere in different directions meet. The concentric electron-ion plasma shell traps the waves heading

out into space and reflection from the plasma augments traveling waves at increased distances from the transmitter. Thus, the series of zonal har- monics is comprised of individual waves traveling in the radial direction

142
Receiving stations at opposite ends of a magnetic line of force can often observe the same geophysical event simultaneously. Many such events were

recorded at the conjugate stations of Le Relais, Canada, and Eights (Sky-Hi),

Antarctica. The information contributed to a better understanding of the behavior of energetic particles and their effect on the earth's ionosphere, and

the mechanisms of the production and propagation of VLF emissions. (See

p. 148.)

with respect to the center of the sphere and standing in the direction of increased angular distance around the sphere, building up in the direction

of increased angular distance. Under special circumstances, standing waves can be noted, especially near the antipode of the transmitter. Experimental Ionospheric Propagation. The continuing program

using the Loran-C navigation system QOO kc/s) in propagation studies has

revealed that some solar flares produce a phase advance in the first-hop

sky wave, corresponding to a lowering of the Z)-region, while other flares produce a phase retardation, and still other flares cause little if any change.

Usually an increase in signal amplitude accompanies the phase advances,

while either an increase or a decrease in amplitude may be associated with

the retardations. A sparsely ionized begion below the Z)-layer could contribute significant attenuation with virtually no influence on the phase,

while somewhat greater ionization would affect the phase. The measure- ments tend to confirm that such a sparsely ionized region below the ZMayer

does exist, and that some sort of particle bombardment is responsible for the ionization in this region, since amplitudes have been related to magnetic

latitude. High-frequency propagation studies have been carried on in behalf of the Department of Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency. Measure143
ment of wave-phase-path changes, wave-group path time delays, and relative absorption of continuous wave (cw) signals reflected from the ionosphere at near vertical incidence have been made to determine the short-term behavior

of the natural ionosphere in relation to limitations in detection of nuclear explosions at long ranges. Both short- and long-term variations are being

measured in an effort to determine sporadic and cyclic effects. Observations

of solar flare events indicate that phase path change is much greater at 4 Mc/s than at 2 Mc/s, abnormal rates of phase change occur from a fraction

of a minute to several minutes after time of visual observation, and the magnitude of phase change has not shown a relation to the visual importance of the flare. This program is being expanded to study short-term phase changes

occurring on HF oblique paths.

A study is being conducted for the U.S. Navy Bureau of Ships to obtain

information on sun-earth relationships and ionospheric variations to improve predictions of HF circuit performance. Special problems studied were

the inclusion of the sporadic-2? mode in prediction computation, worldwide

patterns of f0F2 variation and repeatability, and backscatter techniques for monitoring ionospheric conditions.

A comprehensive HF propagation study was undertaken for the Rome Air

Development Center to obtain information on ionospheric irregularities and

their effect upon signals propagated over long distances. Observations of the time variation in phase, range, and angle of arrival are being made on

both backscattered and forward propagated signals. A direction-finding array of 25 log periodic antennas covering the range of 12 to 25 Mc/s was

recently put into operation, using a beam-scanning rate of 500 per second to observe azimuthal variations of signal arrival. Another scanning array is under construction to provide data on the variation in vertical angle of

arrival. The study of VHF signals scattered from the D-region was continued.

Analyses of fade duration at different thresholds of scattering loss at five fre- quencies gave characteristic wave length dependencies of speed and duration

of fading. Little difference was found in diurnal curves of signal intensity

obtained in 1958 and in 1961. This is another confirmation that sunspots

have negligible control of scatter signals. Observation of the azimuthal

variation of angle of arrival of the scatter signal began, utilizing a VHF

scanning array. Cumulative distributions of the signals received at various

angles of arrival differ greatly from a Rayleigh distribution, however, and

indicate that the system noise level is so great that the data obtained so far are due principally to reflections from bursts. A program for investigating the characteristics of HF signals propagated

through the exosphere along the earth's magnetic field lines was continued.

Around-the-world echoes were observed on numerous occasions. Signals

which could be ducted exospheric echoes, or other than around-the-world

echoes were small in number and very low in amplitude when observed. Surplus radar equipment from the Ballistic Missile Early Warning System was obtained to serve as a nucleus of a 5-megawatt transmitter to be built

144
as a basic ionospheric and propagation research tool. One possible future

application is for solar radar research. Further planning for construction

of the transmitter is underway.

Installation of equipment to make infrasonic observations at Boulder was

begun. Observation of the low frequency atmospheric pressure variations,

made in conjunction with a similar station operated in the Washington, D.C.,

laboratories, will be correlated with other investigations of ionospheric

characteristics. Antenna Research. The principles of electronic scanning previously

developed were adapted for long range ionospheric radar study to an array

of 25 planar type log-periodic dipole antennas. The broadside array is operable over a frequency range of 12 to 25 Mc/s; its beamwidths vary from 3° at 12 Mc/s to 1%° at 25 Mc/s, and its azimuthal scan sectors vary from 90° at 12 Mc/s to 40° at 25 Mc/s. A method of vertical scanning

to determine the elevation angle of arriving signals is in process of develop- ment. The vertical scanning system will use 10 planar log-periodic dipole antennas mounted 16 meters apart on a 500-foot supporting tower. The

vertical scan will extend from 0 to 51° at an operating frequency of 12

Mc/s and from 0 to 22° at 25 Mc/s.

Studies are being conducted to provide an antenna with a relatively narrow beam which can be steered through 360° in azimuth. A receiving array of this type, made up of concentric circles of elements with close spacing between elements, was developed under Air Force sponsorship for air/ground communication applications. The load on amplifiers resulting

from varying mutual impedances between closed-spaced elements of the array would cause problems during steering in a transmitting array. Large

element spacings in a lattice array, with phasings departing from "co-phasal"

just enough to suppress the secondary lobes, are being considered to over- come the variations in load. Separate RF power amplifiers driven by a

central driver stage could be used at each element of the array to minimize

the problems inherent with high voltage and high power transmitters. Gain contours for rhombic antennas can be plotted directly by use of programs written for the electronic computer. Contours of constant gain

for elevation and azimuthal angles and elevation angle as a function of frequency can be obtained directly from the computer printer. Programs

are also available for plotting the radiation patterns in any plane.

A study is being conducted on techniques and methods of measuring radio- frequency fields under practical conditions. An aperture-synthesis method

developed for measuring amplitude, direction of arrival, polarization, and

relative phase of multipath components of a complex field is now being tested. Field strength meters are being examined to determine their adequacy for both cw and pulse measurements. Modulation Research. Theoretical element error rates in multiplefrequency-shift keying systems were calculated. Symbol error rate in fre- quency-shift keying systems and the signal-to-noise figures of frequency modulation and pulse code modulation frequency shift systems were studied

145
for wide ranges of system parameters. A continuing analysis is being made

of the advantages and capabilities of error-detecting and error-correcting

digital codes when used in radio links that are subject to signal fading and

interference. It was found that for certain shifting of bits within a cyclic

code word the linear encoding matrix is invariant and that certain error- correcting patterns are more effective than others. Calculations were made

which show the effectiveness of a number of Bose-Chaudhuri-Hocquenghen

codes for realistic conditions of atmospheric noise interference and Rayleigh

signal fading. Instrumentation was partially completed on a large, flexible, digital encoding-decoding system for studying error rates and distributions and their relationship to noise and fading of digital HF signals.

A program was initiated to determine experimentally the optimum parameters of a LF digital communication circuit which will provide extremely

reliable, low-error-rate long-distance communication under all ionospheric

conditions. Investigations of effective methods of reducing the interference

of atmospheric noise in VLF communication systems were continued.

An investigation is now in progress to determine the maximum information

rate at 10 Gc/s of signals between a space vehicle and the earth at low ele- vation angles. The maximum information or bandwidth will be determined

A digital recorder of the data output from night airglow photometers has re- duced the time necessary for processing of the data through the high-speed

computer. (See p. 150.)

146
by multipath propagation effects of the atmosphere, since the ionosphere has

| = negligible effect on propagation at this frequency. Propagation information

- applicable to space vehicle-to-earth links will be obtained by operation of f an experimental system now nearing completion. It consists of equipment

j to transmit nanosecond pulses from a mountaintop to lower receiving sites, at which the arrival times of the short pulses will differ for different transmission paths.

A study of the psychological aspects of visual perception was made in cooperation with the University of Colorado Medical Center to determine

how patterns of visual perception can be used in reducing television bandwidth requirements. Tests on the five cognitive styles involved in visual per- ception studied verified that the styles do not involve value judgments and are

not independent of one another. The results of this program can be very

significant in evaluating television bandwith reduction tests. Upper Atmosphere and Space Physics

The research program in upper atmosphere and space physics made notable progress during the past year, using three very different experimental ap- proaches: Ground-based geophysical observations, satellites, and experiments

conducted in the laboratory. All three approaches are valuable and neces- sary in the continuing search for new knowledge and understanding of the

physical properties of and processes in the media surrounding the earth and

in interplanetary space. Such knowledge and understanding are essential

to the expanding application of radio communications in the space age and to inform man of his environment in space. Jicamarca Radio Observatory. The Jicamarca Radio Observatory,

located close to the magnetic equator near Lima, Peru, was completed after

a major construction effort over the past two years. The transmitter was

successfully tested for reliability: results from the antenna tests exceeded

expectations for gain and sidelobe configuration. Measurements of the in- tensity of the incoherent scatter are in excellent agreement with predictions

based on the theory of incoherent scatter of radio waves from free electrons. This achievement marks one of the first known times when precise findings

from a plasma experiment agree with theory, thus providing a firmer basis

for continuing experiments.

This powerful and sensitive research facility achieved some notable new

observations during the past year. Measurements of electron density were made to a height of 7000 kilometers and prospects are favorable for extend- ing measurements to greater heights. Also of significance is the fact that

direct measurements were made of diffraction due to spread-/-

1 irregularities

in the F-region. Radio star signals observed were spread over a 5° to 10°

beam width, providing a definite explanation for radio star and satellite signal fadeout in the equatorial regions.

Cylindrical Shock Waves from Exploding Wires. A series of experi- ments in plasma physics is being performed in an attempt to duplicate in

147
the laboratory the phenomena occurring when bursts of plasma enter and

perturb the media surrounding the earth. The radio properties of similar perturbations can be studied in detail in the laboratory by controlled and

reproducible experiments using diagnostic techniques.

Shock waves from exploding wires are used to produce a dense, highly

ionized plasma in a current series of experiments. The velocity of the

ionization front is measured by a microwave Doppler technique at pressures ranging down to 1/100 atmosphere. The energy in the shock wave, deter- 4 mined from the velocity measurements, can consist under optimum conditions | of nearly half of the energy available from the capacitor bank. Unexpected < ionization far in advance of the shock front has been detected and studied. Hydromagnetic interactions have been observed between the expanding

shock front and a strong magnetic field parallel to the wire axis. Study on Radiation Hazard in Space Completed. An understanding

of the variation with time of the energy spectrum of solar cosmic rays near

'

the earth is essential for estimating radiation hazards in nearby space. A | study based on the results of continuous radio observations of the effect of

| solar cosmic radiation on the very low ionosphere at high latitudes was I completed and published. These observations were combined with the direct 1 determinations of the solar cosmic-ray fluxes and energy spectra made with ii balloons, rockets, and satellites during the past three years. This investigation indicates that solar cosmic radiation near the earth is not the severe hazard predicted by earlier estimates. Such studies have a significant impact n on the design of the radiation shielding used in spacecraft.

Studies Conducted on Gaseous Electronic Processes. During the past year the ability to calculate electron energy distribution functions in air in the presence of electric and magnetic fields was steadily improved

to permit application under wider ranges of experimental conditions. As

a result a number of researches were undertaken which would not otherwise I] have been possible. The conditions controlling stimulation of optical emissions from the atmosphere in the presence of high-power-density radar beams

were calculated for a number of wave lengths. Recent studies also con- sidered the point at which atmospheric breakdown can occur. The theoretical studies of the behavior of the atmosphere in a high-density

radio field was the basis for two investigations of d-c electric fields in the atmosphere, being carried out in collaboration with scientists from other

laboratories. In addition this work was part of the motivation for starting a gaseous electronics laboratory, the experimental data from which will be

interpreted with the aid of the theory which has been developed here. Geophysical Studies Conducted at Conjugate Points. It is well known that auroral disturbances occur at high latitudes in both hemispheres,

but detailed, quantitative information on the degree of correlation between

events occurring simultaneously in the two hemispheres is almost completely

lacking. This information would be of considerable importance in auroral

theory, particularly when referred to events occurring at opposite ends of

148
a magnetic field line. For this reason a pilot study was set up during the 1961-62 Antarctic summer. A temporary station was established in a previously unvisited region of Antarctica and three similar stations, one at the conjugate point and the

other two 80 km north and south of it, were set up near Quebec, Canada.

Magnetometers, ionosondes, riometers, and VLF-receiving equipment were

used at the Antarctic and the central Quebec stations; riometers and

magnetometers were used at the two outlying Quebec stations. Although analysis of the data obtained in the eight weeks of simultaneous measurements in the two hemispheres is taking place at present, it is possible

to make some clear statements now about the correlation observed between

geophysical phenomena occurring simultaneously at both ends of the 60

degree geomagnetic field line (L value =4.0). Excellent and detailed cor- relation was observed on many occasions between riometer and magnetometer

data obtained at the points in the two hemispheres, separated by 14,000 km

along the earth's surface and 55,000 km along the field line. At times the

Balloon-borne spectrometer used to measure the composition of the atmos- phere by means of its infrared absorption spectrum. The sun serves as the infrared source. 149
correlation between the data at the conjugate stations was better than between J the two outlying Quebec stations, separated by the 160 km.

One unexpected result was that the riometer absorption at the northern

end is typically twice as great as at the Antarctic station, despite the fact that both the mirror height for energetic particles and the solar zenith angle • i are lower for the Antarctic station. Information obtained on the size and

shape of the conjugate areas suggests that the northern one is not fixed, ,! j but tends to move toward the equator as the magnetic activity increases. J

j In addition, the observation of many VLF events at both conjugate points

contributed to an improved understanding of VLF emissions, the mechanisms I of their production and propagation, and their relationship with subsequent ill, absorption events. The initial results of the short-term experiment, analysis J( of which is still proceeding, are sufficiently exciting to warrant a year-round

study at conjugate locations during 1963 and 1964. This work was in j| large part supported by the National Science Foundation.

High-Speed Camera Developed for Plasma Physics Research. A

high-speed framing-type camera was perfected for use in conjunction with

j experiments in laboratory plasma physics. The original design of a camera

developed at the Aberdeen Proving Grounds was modified and improved to ,| enable the camera to be used for streak photographs, stroboscopic effect

j | photographs, and single-exposure photographs. The precision and flexibility \ of this laboratory instrument permit diagnostic analysis of the behavior and

characteristics of the luminosity front in a strong shock wave. These studies are basic to understanding of shock wave effects in a hot plasma and the mechanisms leading to the generation of radiofrequency radiation by a plasma.

Satellite Radio Signals Used to Study Structure of Ionosphere, \ j Radio waves received at the earth from a vehicle in space are frequently per-

| ^ turbed by irregularities in the electron density of the ionosphere. Observation of variations in the polarization of the radio wave provide a particularly

j ^ sensitive measurement of large-scale irregularities which have dimensions of I < 50 to 300 km. Recordings were obtained of satellite radio signals received

simultaneously at three separate field sites, selected at spacings of 30 to 100

j km and in both triangular and straight-line configurations. Information con- cerning magnetic alinement, height, location, and shape of the large scale ionospheric irregularities is expected to result from these records. The spaced-station technique permits the observation of ionosphere struc- j ture irregularities in electron density along the track of a satellite. The three- dimensional structure of these irregularities is not revealed by conventional

techniques of resolution of radio signals from either above or below the ionosphere. The "strip photographs" obtained should show, when compared

and analyzed, the large-scale internal irregularities within the ionospheric

layers. This work is supported by the National Aeronautics and Space

Administration.

New Digital Recorder Speeds Analysis of Airglow Observations.

During the past year the flow of new airglow observation data increased sub150
stantially, largely as a result of the successful operation of the observatory on Mount Haleakala, Maui, Hawaii in collaboration with the University of Hawaii. Particular interest in the red line (6300 A) airglow intensities en- couraged development of an efficient method for observing and recording

airglow data automatically. A digital punched-paper-tape recorder was

designed, constructed in the instrumentation laboratory, and placed in service

at the Fritz Peak Observatory near Boulder to record the data output from

airglow photometers. Its use substantially reduced the time required to process the raw data through a high-speed computer to prepare it for analysis.

The finished recorder can record and visually indicate the intensity of

the airglow, the orientation of the photometer, and the time of the observations. Such auxiliary data as the observing station designation, filter color,

photometer sensitivity, and date are also recorded. Measurements of air- glow intensity can be made at rates up to 17 per second and are recorded at an accuracy of one percent. In normal operation a survey of the whole

sky, consisting of 2160 measurements of intensity, is made each five minutes.

Atmospheric Spectroscopy. The constituents of the atmosphere are being determined in a continuing study, using the services of the Consultant

in Physics of the Atmosphere, of radiation transfer, transmission, and spec- troscopic measurements of atmospheric absorption and emission. A promising technique uses a balloon-borne, far-infrared spectrometer kept constantly aimed at the sun, used as light source, by a "sun-seeker." It is hoped

that this technique will produce concentration measurements of carbon dioxide, ozone, methane, heavy water, and other constituents of the troposphere

and lower stratosphere.

Spectrometer measurements of the OH emission of the night sky have

also been made with a specially designed Ebert instrument, permitting ex- tremely fine spectral resolution. Cosmic Noise Study Completed at USSR Mirnyy Base, Antarctica.

A cosmic noise absorption experiment conducted by an American scientist attached to the USSR Antarctic Base, Mirnyy as part of the cultural exchange

program has been completed. This work provided the first systematic data on anomalous ionospheric absorption recorded within the southern auroral

zone. The data were compared with similar data obtained from Spitsbergen

which is near the magnetic conjugate to Mirnyy. Since there is a wide

variation in the solar zenith angle difference between the two stations in the course of a year, it has been possible to make quantitative measurements

of the strong solar zenith-angle control of the ionospheric absorption dur- ing polar cap events. Funds for the conduct of this program were supplied

by the National Science Foundation.

2.3.5. CRYOGENIC ENGINEERING

The Bureau's activities in cryogenic engineering, a rapidly growing spe- cialized field, center at the Boulder Laboratories. The Bureau provides

information needed for practical applications of materials, systems, and

151
techniques at very low temperatures, and assists Government and industry

with problems arising in this field. Demand for assistance in projects involving cryogenics has increased

greatly as a result of missile and space programs which rely on cryogenic

liquids as propellants. The growth of cryogenic engineering has been ac- companied by emphasis on purely scientific programs which require the use

of extremely low temperatures. To cooperate in these activities, the labora- tory conducts research on the physical properties of materials and properties of fluids, as well as on cryogenic processes and equipment. In addition,

it maintains a national Cryogenic Data Center where information on cryo- genic engineering is collected and organized for use by other government

agencies, industry, and the public.

Properties of Parahydrogen. The most advanced chemical and

nuclear rockets utilize hydrogen as a fuel and as a propellant fluid, respectively. Data on the thermodynamic and transport properties of hydrogen now need to be known with higher accuracy and over wider ranges of temperature and pressure than have been necessary before. With the sup- port of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration and the. Air

Research & Development Command, the Bureau has been engaged in an

extensive program to determine these properties. In the past year, in response to urgent demands, provisional tables and charts of the thermodynamic functions of parahydrogen were prepared and published. These were based on pressure-volume-temperature measurements recently made by

the Bureau. Measurements of the specific heat were completed while refine- ment of the calculations of thermodynamic functions and experimental

measurements of viscosity, thermal conductivity, sonic velocity, and dielectric constant remain to be completed.

Phase Transformations in Steels. Austenitic stainless steels are widely used in cryogenic equipment because of their toughness at low temperatures. Certain of these steels transform partially to martensite on cool- ing or during plastic deformation. This has been a cause for concern, as the martensite phase is brittle. However, extensive experimentation, car- ried out under sponsorship of the Advanced Research Projects Agency, has

shown that the austenite-martensite matrix produced on cooling the alloys in question is generally well-behaved as a structural material, although minor

anomalies, found at temperatures below 100 °K, are attributable to the trans- formation. A recently discovered new phase having hexagonal crystal struc- ture has been shown by X-ray techniques to be present in surprisingly large

proportions (up to 35 percent) at intermediate stages of plastic deformation.

Mechanisms were deduced for the austenite-martensite transformation via the hexagonal phase as an intermediate structure. Physical Equilibria. A major problem in liquefaction and refrigeration processes is to eliminate the collection of frozen impurities in low-temperature heat exchangers through adequate purification. Research in physical equilibria is necessary to establish accurate design criteria for impurity

removal. In addition, physical-equilibria research yields information on the

152
Instrument for measuring densities of flowing cryogenic fluids. The development of new measuring techniques and devices is essential to the rapidly

expanding cryogenic field. (See p. 154.)

nature of forces between molecules of different species that is vital to understanding mixtures and solutions. Experimental studies were conducted in the areas of pure component and impurity adsorption. Second virial coeffi- cients for several fluids of cryogenic interest have been calculated. In addition, the vapor pressures of nitrogen, oxygen, hydrogen, methane, and

ethylene have been calculated to temperatures well below the normal boiling

point.

Cold Neutron Moderator. In certain types of solid-state physics in- vestigations it is desirable to have available an intense beam of low-energy

neutrons. This may be accomplished by extracting a neutron beam from a moderator, maintained near 20 °K, located close to a nuclear reactor core. The thermalization of neutrons liberates energy within the moderator that must be removed by a cryogenic refrigeration system. A preliminary study

of feasible refrigeration systems was made under the joint sponsorship

of the Argonne National Laboratory and the NBS reactor group. Two

basic refrigeration processes are considered applicable. The first is a conventional Joule-Thomson hydrogen refrigerator coupled to a cold helium

gas loop for in-pile service; the second utilizes an expansion engine in an all-helium-gas refrigerator circuit. A further study was performed relat- ing to the final design, acquisition, assembly, and installation of a refrig- erated cold moderator system.

662336 O—62 11 153
Magnet Research. Problems associated with the production of highintensity magnetic fields by means of low-temperature, normally-conducting,

solenoids are being investigated. The results of these investigations are expected to be useful for thermonuclear power reactors, particle accelerators,

and other applications where large volumes of high-intensity fields are re- quired. A liquid hydrogen cooled, high-purity aluminum-foil magnet has

been built and is operational. This magnet, designed to produce a steadystate field of 100,000 gauss in a cylindrical volume 3 inches in diameter by

8 inches long, is being evaluated while it is being used as a research tool, the maximum field depending upon the research needs. To date, the maximum field produced is 70,000 gauss. Measurements of the effects of temperature, strain, purity, and magnetic-field intensity on the electrical resistivity of aluminum are being made. The results are most important to progress

in this area, and will permit the optimization of these types of solenoids. A high-energy power supply (130,000 joules) for pulsed magnets has

been designed and built and is being used for research on superconducting

materials. It is also to be used in the development of very high field intensity, low-temperature pulsed solenoids with long time constants. Instrumentation and Cryogenic Equipment. The growing use of cryogenic fluids in general, and liquid hydrogen in particular, necessitates research into measurement problems and into considerations which limit

ability to design and predict the behavior of equipment. Investigations

concerned with the characteristics of pressure transducers down to 20 °K

have been completed. Both theoretical and experimental work on the dynamic characteristics of temperature sensors has been undertaken; one piece

of experimental apparatus has been completed and data are being accumulated and analyzed. A cryogenic prototype for measuring the density of flowing cryogenic (and normal-temperature) fluids has been built and

evaluated. The tests indicate that the densitometer performs satisfactorily

with both single- and two-phase fluids; however, due to the low density of hydrogen, some modifications may be necessary to obtain the desired accu- racy with that fluid. An experimental program to determine all of the information necessary for the design of carbon resistance liquid level instru- mentation is almost complete. An apparatus for the evaluation of hydrogen

liquid level instrumentation has been designed, and is being fabricated. A program, undertaken with the Air Force, NASA, and the AEC, to de- velop standardized liquid hydrogen couplings, is in the active testing and

evaluation phase. Two units have been designed and built, and are ready to be evaluated in the test apparatus which is now operating. More advanced

designs have been completed and will be fabricated in the near future. Cryopumping. The most promising method for achieving the low

pressures found in outer space and for obtaining the pumping speeds re- quired for space simulation is cryopumping, the freezing and adsorption

of gases on cold surfaces. Investigations oriented towards the evaluation

of cryopumps as vacuum pumps have been pursued. Pumping speeds and

capture coefficients of readily definable cryopump configurations have been

154
measured. The data indicate that pumping speeds greater than theoretical can be achieved. To date, data have been accumulated and analyzed for C02 and N2 on surfaces at 77 °K and 20 °K.

Heat Transfer. As heat transfer must be controlled and/or predicted

in most cryogenic systems, there are numerous problems in this area which

must be investigated. A current study is concerned with heat transfer be- tween the atmosphere and surfaces at low temperatures (20 to 90 °K) . The

experimental apparatus for conducting this investigation has been perfected

and information is being accumulated and analyzed. The ranges of the atmospheric parameters are: wind velocity, 5 to 60 mph; temperature, 40

to 100 °F; and specific humidity, 17 to 325 grains per pound. Tests with

a horizontal cylindrical surface at 77 °K have been completed. Information on heat transfer mechanisms, the mechanism of frost formation, and frost conductivity has been obtained. A most interesting result is that the con- densation which takes place in the boundary layer, but which does not contribute to the frost layer on the surface, has an important effect on the heat

transfer: it is expected that the theoretical analysis being done on frost for- mation will quantitatively predict this effect. Two-Phase Fluid Phenomena and Fluid Flow. Because the fluids in cryogenic systems are usually close to saturation, the simultaneous existence

of both liquid and vapor phases together (two-phase fluids) is common. A

fundamental understanding of the behavior of these systems therefore re- quires basic knowledge of two-phase fluid phenomena. To contribute to

Miniature high-speed turbine expander is a vital component in a cryogenic

refrigeration system. The turbine rotates at speeds up to 9000 revolutions per second. The shaft is supported by hydrostatic helium gas-lubricated

bearings. (See p. 156.)

155
such understanding, choked flows of two-phase fluids are being investigated

theoretically and experimentally, basic work concerned with cavitation is being pursued, and an investigation of the behavior of cryogenic systems

during cooldown is well under way.

Work on the bulk density of boiling liquid oxygen is essentially completed. This work was stimulated by needs in the rocket propulsion pro- grams—what weight and what volume of propellant are aboard a vehicle

at any time during loading? Preliminary computations based upon the

theoretical analysis compares favorably with the experimental results. Experimental work will be extended to liquid hydrogen to determine the predictive accuracy of the theory for this fluid. A project concerned with the cooling of cryogenic liquids by the injec- tion of a noncondensible gas has been completed. The results of this inves- tigation are extremely important to our space effort because gas injection

is one of the most effective techniques for achieving the cooling necessary

for the reliable starting of large rocket propulsion systems. The experimental results which were obtained with liquid hydrogen, using helium as the injection gas, agree extremely well with the predictions of the theoretical

analysis.

Refrigeration Processes. The development of methods for providing

refrigeration in the cryogenic temperature range is of considerable importance in present-day military, industrial, and research programs. With the

partial support of the Atomic Energy Commission, the Bureau has con- ducted a theoretical study of feasible cycles adaptable to the temperature

region 1.5 to 30 °K and a consideration of components necessary to provide

a reliable, maintenance-free refrigeration unit. A vital component of refrigeration systems is the expansion engine needed

to produce the required refrigeration. Considerable progress has been

made on the development of a miniature high-speed turbine expander sup- ported by hydrostatic helium gas-lubricated bearings. The turbine is 0.3116

inch in diameter and rotates at speeds up to 9,000 revolutions per second.

Successful tests have been performed on a system which provides 200 watts

of refrigeration at 21 to 30 °K and 8 watts 4.2 °K.

Computational work, with the aid of a digital computer, is being per- formed on the analysis of refrigeration systems applicable to a particular

task. This work has centered on the compilation, correlation, and tabulation

of the properties of helium, hydrogen, nitrogen, and neon gas. Consultation and Advisory Services. The Bureau is providing consultation and advisory services of a cryogenic engineering nature in several

areas. The broad accumulated experience of NBS personnel is being utilized by commercial contractors to government agencies in the design of equipment and in the handling of cryogenic fluids. Assistance is being given to Projects Centaur, Rover, and NERVA under

the sponsorship of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration. The

Centaur is the first space vehicle to use liquid hydrogen as a propellant. The

nuclear engine development programs, Rover and NERVA, are now using,

156
and are planning more extensive use of, liquid hydrogen. The physical

properties of hydrogen are sufficiently different from other propellants to present many new problems to the industry. Support has been given to the

principal contractors on these programs in the areas of ground support

equipment, insulation, low-temperature seals, and rolling element bearings. In addition, an investigation was started on solid formation in cryogenic

propellants.

Facilities and operating staff were provided to test a zero-gravity centrif- ugal liquid-vapor separator for a government contractor, Beechcraft Research and Development. The separator, designed by General Dynamics/

Astronautics as part of the Centaur program, was operated at exhaust pres- sures of 1 to 3 pounds per square inch absolute. NBS has the only known

facility which can conveniently pump the turbine exhaust to such a low

absolute pressure. Under the sponsorship of the Bureau of Naval Weapons, assistance was

given to establish equipment and techniques for producing, transporting,

storing, and handling large quantities of liquid helium. As a consequence,

large shipments of helium may be transported, in liquid form, at a greatly

reduced freight rate compared to compressed gas transport. Technical

guidance was given in the development of a portable helium liquifier with a capacity of 65 liters per hour, an 850-liter liquid-helium transport container,

and a 722,000-standard-cubic-foot capacity (7700 gallons) helium transport

container. A study was performed relating to the storage and distribution of liquid

nitrogen from different sites of the University of California Lawrence Radiation Laboratory. On the basis of facts accumulated during the engineering

evaluation, recommendations were made leading to more efficient use. The Bureau is providing consultation and advisory services to the Air

Force Cambridge Research Laboratory in connection with the cryogenic

problems encountered in the development of a cryogenic "whole air" sampler. The sampler, which is carried by rockets into the upper atmosphere,

uses liquid hydrogen to condense the sample of atmosphere which is collected,

and will provide a means for sampling the atmosphere which promises to be

much more effective than equipment currently in use. Low-Temperature Seals. There are numerous applications in industrial and research activities for seals which must operate successfully at all temperatures from ambient to cryogenic. A study of elastomeric seals for these applications, sponsored by the Aeronautical Systems Division of the U.S. Air Force, has progressed from the initial development and functional

testing to a more analytical and fundamental program. Several pertinent

physical properties of elastomeric polymers, such as thermal expansion,

resilience, and force-temperature relationships, as well as seal performance

under standardized conditions, are being measured. These measurements

will provide data which will aid in predicting seal effectiveness. The mechanical behavior of plastics and elastomers, which are derived from chain

polymers, is in itself a subject of great fundamental interest.

157
Cryogenic Materials Data Handbook. Under Air Force sponsorship,

a handbook consisting of 800 loose-leaf pages in two volumes has been

completed. The handbook presents mechanical and physical properties

data on about fifty structural materials, mostly alloys but including a few

plastics. Some of the data were compiled from the literature, but a large

part resulted from new experimental measurements by the Bureau. The

original goal was to make possible improved reliability of missile-control components through making available more extensive and accurate design

data. However, the handbook should prove to be generally useful in low- temperature technology. The Air Force has arranged to make it available through the Office of Technical Services, U.S. Department of Commerce.

Cryogenic Engineering Literature. The Cryogenic Data Center

maintains a centralized activity for the procurement, distribution, storage,

and retrieval of world literature of cryogenic interest and the preparation

of bibliographies for both the Bureau staff and the cryogenic industry.

Nearly 2,000 documents were procured for projects during the last year; over half of these documents were not previously recorded and were there- fore added to the bibliography system. More than 1,000 additional citations were also added to the system as a result of systematic searching of current journals and abstract bulletins. This search for citations was restricted

to literature concerning "properties of fluids" and "properties of solids" in order to be able to provide a comprehensive coverage of these categories.

Over 16,000 items, including reprints, reports, and thermodynamic charts,

have been distributed to the cryogenic industry during this past year. More than 5,000 listings of properties of fluids and solids are now coded on magnetic tape for automated bibliography searching. A computer pro- gram using the CDC 1604 digital computer has been developed that will process as many as 99 requests for selected bibliographies in one pass of

this search tape. Considerable progress has also been made in converting

the bibliography citations to an eight-channel flexowriter tape. These tapes are currently being used for assembly of bibliographies and will later be

printed out as a Catalog of References. Ultimately they will be transferred

to magnetic tape for automatic printing of bibliographies.

Compilation of Thermophysical Property Data. The Cryogenic

Data Center has accelerated the collection and evaluation of thermophysical

property data from the scientific literature, with the emphasis on the evalu- ation and the selection of "best values." These data are compiled for a wide

range of temperature and pressure in tables and charts of property values in a form convenient to the engineer and scientist engaged in the design of cryogenic systems.

During the year, considerable progress has been made in the compilation

and evaluation of the thermodynamic property data for several cryogenic

fluids. A compilation of the thermodynamic properties of helium has been

published; a compilation of P-V-T values of neon extending the range of values to higher pressures and lower temperatures by the "theory of corre- sponding states" has been completed for publication ; and considerable prog158
Helium transport container with a capacity of 7,700 gallons. With this container, large shipments of helium, in liquid form, are possible at a reduced

freight rate compared to compressed gas transport. Development of the container by a private firm was supervised by NBS. (See p. 157.)

ress has been made in the evaluation of the data for argon, oxygen, and

carbon monoxide. A compilation of the surface tension data for the cryo- genic liquids is essentially complete and additional property compilations

for cryogenic materials, such as surface tension, dielectric constant, thermal

conductivity, viscosity, and Prandtl number, are in progress. A series of graphs of the thermodynamic properties of parahydrogen has been constructed for the new data from the Bureau project on hydrogen properties.

Bibliographies of the literature on these subjects have been compiled and

copies of the pertinent literaure obtained. A comprehensive bibliography on the properties of oxygen has been published, and bibliographies on the properties of fluorine and on the two-phase properties of the cryogenic fluids have been undertaken. In all of these studies, use is made of the large digital computer for the many calculations made in the evaluation of data. Considerable effort is also given to theoretical considerations and mathematical analysis tech- niques. Procedures for producing extensive and comprehensive graphs of properties have also been instituted to assure accurate representation of the data on charts particularly useful in cryogenic systems design.

Liquefaction of Gases. Until liquid helium became commercially

available in the spring of 1962, the CEL helium liquefier was operated and

over 3500 liters of liquid helium were produced this year for NBS projects

and for several research laboratories throughout the country. Liquefied

gases purchased for distribution during the year included 52,000 liters of

liquid hydrogen, 410,000 liters of liquid nitrogen, and 100 liters of liquid

helium. Purified gases handled included 215,000 scf of hydrogen gas re- covered from liquid evaporation, 100,000 scf of nitrogen gas produced in CEL facilities, and 180,000 scf of helium gas which was purchased and

included 107,000 scf used for liquid helium production. Liquefied and

159
pure gases were also distributed to 19 laboratories outside of NBS which

had no other convenient source of supply; this included the liquid helium

and purified hydrogen and nitrogen gas produced in NBS facilities and a small amount of liquid hydrogen, liquid nitrogen, and gaseous helium to a few others in the vicinity of the NBS Boulder Laboratories.

2.3.6. BUILDING RESEARCH

An objective of the building research program is the development of new

knowledge through chemistry, physics, and engineering research to solve problems related to building materials, structures, equipment, and facilities. Another objective is the development of measurement and test methods so

that such knowledge may be used by the building industry. In one part of the program, assistance is given to other laboratories by devising techniques

for accurate measurements, by developing and supplying calibrated labora- tory reference standards, and by participating in interlaboratory programs

for checking measurement precision. The program also provides for ad- visory services to government agencies on building problems, and to public

and private organizations on the formulation of specifications and national

standards affecting the building industry.

During the year, experimental data were obtained for developing and

improving building codes, standards for materials, and methods of testing

materials and building equipment. Other typical work dealt with the shear

strength of concrete beams, and the effect of the properties of the mortar on the strength of masonry walls. Studies were made of a family-size underground fallout shelter to obtain

engineering data on environmental factors that affect shelter habitability.

Methods of predicting the performance of building materials when exposed

to the weather were continued with emphasis on asphalt roofing materials,

plastics, and porcelain enameled steel. Investigations were continued on methods of retarding and extinguishing

fires, ranging from experimental studies of the effects of variations in the composition of gypsum plaster to studies of the possibility that ionic processes are important in fire extinguishment. Progress was made in devel- oping both standard methods for measuring thermal conductivity and the reference materials to be used with these methods.

Shear Strength of Concrete Beams Studied. It is known that the

resistance to shear of reinforced concrete beams depends to a great extent on the level of stress in the longitudinal reinforcement. In order to formulate satisfactory design criteria for beams in which the stresses in the rein- forcement are at various levels, a series of beams made without web rein- forcement and designed to fail in shear were tested; both the ratio of shear span to beam depth and the ratio of reinforcement were varied. In beams

with the same shear span to depth ratio, the shear stresses at diagonal tension

cracking decreased roughly linearly as the stresses in the reinforcement

increased. An empirical formula was developed that predicts the shear

160
strengths of beams with highly stressed reinforcement with greater accuracy

than does the formula currently in use. Effect of Mortar Properties on Strength of Masonry. A comprehensive study of the structural properties of masonry walls constructed with mortars made from different types of cementing materials was sponsored by

the National Research Council—National Academy of Sciences. The compressive, flexural. and racking strengths of specimens of full-scale walls were

determined for masonry of hollow concrete unit construction, and for masonry of composite construction. The compressive strength of the

walls increased, in general, with the compressive strength of the mortar. The racking and flexural strengths of the walls increased with the bond

strength, as determined with a test specimen developed to measure the bond

betw^een the masonry mortars and masonry units. The data provide infor- mation not previously available on the effect of properties of mortars on

the structural properties of masonry.

Instrumentation for Fire Extinguishment Studies. A study of about 25 fire-extinguishing agents indicated that a general property of such

agents is their tendency for attaching electrons. This observation suggested that an ionic process may be important in the mechanism of extin- guishment. Hence, a new type of time-of-flight mass spectrometer was built

to study the reactions involved. In this instrument, the ions to be analyzed

are sent with equal initial energy through a field-free drift tube. A radio- frequency (RF) voltage is applied at the ends of the drift tube so that the

electric field at the entrance is negative to that at the exit. Ions which pass through the drift "tube in a whole number of RF cycles, therefore, lose the energy at the exit which they received at the entrance. Ions of different masses which do not traverse the drift tube in a whole number of cycles

experience some change in energy. The number of ions with unchanged

energy is measured by a technique known as the retarding field method.

The new instrument needs no narrow resolving slits as do magnetic mass

spectrometers, and, unlike other time-of-flight instruments, it utilizes a con- tinuous nonpulsed stream of ions. The first investigations conducted with

the spectrometer involved electron bombardment studies of extinguishing

agents without a flame. However, it is expected that this instrument will be useful in experiments using a flame as the ion source. Fire Studies of Gypsum Plasters. An experimental study intended to furnish information on the effects of "variations of mix" ratio, aggregate,

and aging conditions on the fire performance of gypsum plaster was completed. Small specimens tested without either structural load or restraint were exposed to controlled fires similar to the fires large building elements

are subjected to in tests by a recognized standard method. Performance

of the small specimens was evaluated on a time-to-temperature-rise criterion.

It was found that mix ratio and density of lightweight aggregate materials over the ranges normally used, had little, if any, effect on performance.

The times-to-temperature rise for such aggregate plasters was essentially

equal, but shorter times were observed for sanded gypsum plasters. Dura161
In fundamental research to clarify the mechanism by which chemical combustion inhibitors work, a new type of mass spectrometer is used to study

electron capture behavior of inhibiting agents. (See p. 161.)

tion of aging periods and relative humidity of the ambient had significant

effects only for short aging periods and very high relative humidity conditions. Electric Energy Usage in Houses Equipped with Heat Pumps. An

analysis was made of metered electrical energy usage and power demand

for all purposes in 16 sample houses out of a total of 1,535 houses constructed

at Little Rock (Ark.) Air Force Base. The monthly and annual energy uses by the air-to-air heat pumps, the electric water heater, the electric range, and

the miscellaneous electric devices were determined, and the effect of the

electric energy used by appliances other than the heat pump on the heating

and cooling loads was evaluated. Energy usage factors relating the amount

of energy used, the severity of the weather, and the size of the house were computed for winter and summer conditions. The daily pattern of power

demand, the coincidence of component and total power demands, and the frequency of recurrence of high power demands were studied. Program

devices were suggested for limiting the maximum demand in the entire housing area. These and other facts regarding the use of energy in all-electric houses were published in NBS Monograph 51. The analysis was made in a study sponsored by the Army, Navy, and Air Force. Environmental Factors in an Underground Fallout Shelter. Classical mathematics and digital computer methods were used to predict the temperature and humidity conditions in an underground shelter in terms of

162
the variables of shelter construction, climate, earth characteristics, ventila- tion rate, and internal heat release. Predicted values of temperature agreed

well with the values observed in the family-size shelter installed at the Bureau. The digital computer technique is more versatile and requires less information about the test conditions than do classical methods. Shelter humidity, condensation in the shelter, interior surface temperature, heat

flow rate into the walls, heat removed by the ventilating air, and the temperatures in the earth surrounding the shelter were also determined by computer techniques. The study was sponsored by the Office of Civil Defense.

Further work is under way to simplify and shorten the computation time and

to compare predicted and observed results in other shelters. New Method for Predicting Roofing Asphalt Durability. A fast, dependable method has long been sought for measuring the degradation of roofing asphalt from weather exposure. Based on experiments with eight

roofing asphalts procured from four different sources, California, south- eastern United States, central United States, and Venezuela, a rapid, repro- ducible method for predicting resistance of roofing asphalts to weathering was developed. Thin films (25 ±2 microns) of the samples are made by

pressing vacuum-dried pellets (4 millimeters in diameter) between sheets

of unlacquered cellophane in a hydraulic press heated to 250 °F. The thin

films are separated from the cellophane, mounted in holders, and scanned

in an infrared spectrophotometer. The specimens, at a temperature of 120

°F and a relative humidity of 40 percent, are then exposed to the radiation

from a carbon arc for selected periods. The increased absorbance at the 5.88-micron wavelength is used to determine the oxidation rates of the speci- mens. Results obtained with this method showed oxidation rates and time

to film failure of the asphalts to be in the same order with respect to resist- ance to weathering as were results obtained with other techniques and from

actual outdoor exposure tests. Weathering Resistance of Plastics Determined. The increasing use

of plastics as building materials has focused attention on their weathering

properties. In a program to develop rapid methods for comparing the weathering resistance of plastics, it was found that weathered specimens de- velop a pronounced color when treated with a diamine, one of the most

effective being W,A'-dimethyI-p-penylenediamine. Two methods of measure- ment may be used, either independently or together, to evaluate the extent

of degradation. One method is based on the treatment of the specimen

with a known amount of the diamine in a benzene-methanol solution. The

extent of coloration is determined by reflectance measurements, with a differ- ential colorimeter, of treated weathered and unweathered specimens. The

other method depends upon the quantitative determination of the amount

of diamine that has reacted with the surface of the weathered specimen. The

two methods yield results with samples exposed to either natural or accel- erated weathering conditions that agree within the limitations imposed by

the nature of the material.

163
Performance of Roofings. The construction agencies of the Defense

Department have long recognized that roofing failures account for a large

portion of building problems both in new construction and in the mainte- nance of existing structures. The elimination of these problems in the de- sign and construction stages of a project would result in substantial savings.

Hence, the Directorate of Civil Engineering, U.S. Air Force; the Office of the Chief of Engineers, U.S. Army; and the Bureau of Yards and Docks, U.S. Navy, are 'sponsoring a program to investigate the performance of roofing

materials and roof systems for both flat and steep roofs. The program in- cludes investigations of the chemical and physical properties of organic

roofing materials and of the durability and performance of a roof system

when exposed to various climatic conditions. The study will be accomplished in three phases: Laboratory experiments to determine composition

and chemical and physical properties; simulated service tests; and field sur- veys to observe actual performance. Information thus obtained is to be

incorporated into material, design, and construction specifications of the Defense Department.

Safety Codes Revised. The Bureau participated in a revision of Part 2

of the National Electrical Safety Code, and the results of this work were

published as NBS Handbook 81. Through membership on committees, as- sistance was given in developing or revising other codes under the procedures

of the American Standards Association. They include the National Electrical Code, sponsored by the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) ; the Code for Protection Against Lightning, sponsored by NFPA, the American Institute of Electrical Engineers, and the Bureau; the National Plumbing

Code, sponsored by the American Public Health Association, the National

Association of Plumbing Contractors, and the Building Officials Conference

of America; Dimensional Standardization of Plumbing Equipment, spon- sored by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers and the American

Society of Sanitary Engineering; and Standards for Mobile Homes and

Travel Trailers, sponsored by the Mobile Homes Manufacturers Association

and the Trailer Coach Association.

Fluid Dynamics of Plumbing Systems Reviewed. Rational economic

design of plumbing systems depends on adequate knowledge of hydraulic and

pneumatic capacities, and of probable peak demands by plumbing fixtures. Traditionally, Bureau publications on the fluid dynamics of plumbing have

provided the basis for pipe sizing criteria utilized by plumbing codes. In this area, publications are now in preparation which outline (1) the

application of experimental results to the computation of hydraulic loads on horizontal drain systems, and (2) methods for estimating loads on plumbing systems in terms of actual plumbing fixtures. Another publication

(NBS Monograph 31) was recently issued on the criteria for sizing main

vertical drains and vents. Preliminary findings in a laboratory study of the fundamental mechanisms

of venting indicate that certain significant factors may not be satisfactorily

accounted for in current methods for sizing vent pipes.

164
Thermal Conductivity Measurements and Reference Samples.

Industry, defense agencies, and research laboratories have pressing needs

for thermal conductivity reference materials, which will enable them to check

their own measurements, or to use simplified comparative methods for de- termining thermal conductivity. In efforts to satisfy these needs, conductivity measurements were made by two or more independent absolute methods

on two materials which appear promising for reference use: a chromiumnickel alloy and a microcrystalline glass. Results obtained in the alloy

measurements by three methods, covering the temperature range — 150 to 1200 °C, agree within a few percent where the temperature ranges overlap.

Samples of the alloy were furnished as informal references to seven laboratories in this country, and they were also sent to another laboratory in

this country and to three national laboratories in other countries for co- operative independent measurements. The measurements on microcrystalline glass are not complete, but they indicate good stability of conductivity

up to 1,000 °C. Samples of low and moderate thermal conductivities for use as references

in checking or calibrating apparatus for determining the conductivity of insulating materials are now made routinely available on a fee basis. De- velopments of apparatus and methods are in progress so that reference samples for use at temperatures up to and over 500 °C may also be made

available.

Measuring the bond between concrete aggregate (quartz, granite, etc.) and

Portland cement paste in pure shear (torsion). The study is aimed at finding

how the mineral nature of the aggregate affects the bond strength. (See

p. 166.)

165
Proceedings of Cement Symposium Published. The Proceedings

of the Fourth International Symposium on the Chemistry of Cement, held

at the Bureau, are now available as a Bureau publication, NBS Monograph

43, in a set of two volumes. The work provides a comprehensive review

of all aspects of cement chemistry, and also includes 67 research papers on

special topics in this field. In collaboration with the Portland Cement Association, the Bureau undertook the editing, proofreading, and indexing

of the material presented during the symposium. It is expected that the Proceedings will become a major reference work in cement chemistry.

Standard Samples Now Available for Portland Cement Analysis.

In the chemical analysis of portland cement and related materials, new

techniques are frequently replacing traditional methods of gravimetric chemical analysis. Two examples are the use of a flame photometer to measure

the alkali constituents in portland cement and the use of a quantitative X-ray

fluorescence spectrometer to measure its other constituents. In some cases the apparatus employing these new techniques must be calibrated by the use of samples of known composition, and in others the use of such samples

is required in the evaluation of the performance of the instruments. In

addition, the availability of accurately analyzed samples may be useful in the older methods of analysis. During the past year the Bureau made avail- able for sale five such standard samples whose composition covers the range generally encountered in commercial cements. Cement-Aggregate Bond in Concrete Studied. It has long been

recognized that the particle shape and texture of concrete aggregates affect the bond strength between the aggregate and cement matrix in portland cement concrete. The nature of the mineral is also thought to influence the bond strength, and experiments to find if such a relationship exists are under way. A bond test was developed in which polished cylindrical pieces of aggregate with one end embedded in cement mortar are subjected to tor- sion, and the shear strength at the mortar-aggregate surface is measured. Concurrent experiments are being made in which the surface charges on the aggregate materials are measured by electrophoretic techniques. It is anticipated that a relationship between the two properties will be found.

Resistance of Exterior-Finish Porcelain Enamels to Weathering.

The use of porcelain enamel on steel and aluminum as an exterior finish for various building structures has been expanding rapidly during the past decade. The factors responsible for this increase are the trend in the build- ing industry towards curtain wall construction, the emphasis on color in modern architecture, the ease with which most porcelain enamel finishes can be cleaned, and the good stability of most porcelain enamel finishes. An earlier Bureau investigation resulted in the development of tests that would eliminate the use of porcelain enamels having poor durability. Four

geographical sites were used in making the survey, all in the eastern part

of the United States. Recently a new investigation was started in order to compare older enamel

types with those introduced since World War II, and also to obtain addi166
An image-glossmeter was developed to measure the image-forming properties of a surface. Image-gloss is an important attribute of some types of building

exteriors. (See p. 167.)

tional information on the effect of geographical location on the rate of weathering. An examination of specimens exposed for three years in the southwestern and western parts of the country showed that exposure conditions are less severe than they are in the east. Air pollution by acid gases was found in the present study to be an important factor in determining the

rate of attack. The investigation resulted in the development of an improved

laboratory test that provides increased reliability for the selection of the most durable enamel types. New Image-Gloss Test Method Developed. Exterior walls of build- ings with smooth finishes often reflect distorted images of adjacent objects

and structures, as a result of small deviations from flatness and from minor

misalinements in panel mountings. Because this condition detracts from

appearance, many architects and owners in their specifications now stipulate

finishes that do not form images.

A portable image glossmeter for measuring this property of a surface was

developed during the year. In this apparatus, the image gloss of a speci- men is determined by observing the reflected images of a series of randomly

oriented characters (Landolt Cs) through a suitable optical system. The

167
observer starts with a pattern containing characters that are too small to be discernible, and views successively larger ones until he sees an image

distinctly enough so that he can report its orientation correctly. The imagegloss rating is the number assigned to the smallest pattern that the observer can identify correctly.

The equipment and test method were adopted as a tentative standard of the Porcelain Enamel Institute in 1962. Although the test was designed for porcelain enameled metal, it is also applicable to any material that may

form images by surface reflection. Standardization of Thermal Emittance Measurements. Thermal

radiation properties of materials have always been important in the design

of buildings and structures, but with the advent of the space age, the demand

for these data has greatly increased. Dozens of new laboratories established

to perform the required measurements were necessarily manned largely by

personnel with scant background in the field. Hence, widely divergent

values were reported by different laboratories on supposedly identical materials. To help correct this condition, the Air Force requested the Bureau to establish standard equipment and procedures for measuring normal spectral

emittance, to prepare and calibrate working standards of normal spectral

emittance for use in verifying equipment and procedures used by Air Force

contractors, and to conduct an educational program for interested laboratories. A report was issued shortly after the project was undertaken, briefly re- viewing the basic principles of radiant heat transfer, and making general

recommendations with regard to instrumentation and procedures for measuring thermal emittance. The educational program resulted in over 200

consultations. The equipment developed at the Bureau for direct measurement of normal

spectral emittance makes use of a double-beam ratio-recording infrared

spectrometer. The hot specimen serves as the source for one beam of the spectrometer, and a laboratory blackbody furnace for the other. Extensive

tests indicate that the precision of measurement on platinum specimens, ex- pressed as the standard deviation of repeated measurements on the same

specimen, is within rtO.005 in emittance, and that the measurement bias is less than 0.01. Working standards of platinum, oxidized Kanthal, and oxidized Inconel,

representing low, intermediate, and high emittance, respectively, were pre- pared and calibrated for use by other laboratories at temperatures of 800. 1100, and 1300 °K (1400 °K for platinum) over the wavelength range from

1 to 15 microns.

2.3.7. WEIGHTS AND MEASURES

In the United States, the actual control over weighing and measuring in the buying and selling of goods and services is largely within the respon168
sibility of the country's political subdivisions, that is, the States, the counties, and the municipal governments. To preclude the possibility of many

different weights and measures systems, the U.S. Department of Commerce

and through it, the National Bureau of Standards—has been charged by

the Congress with the custody, maintenance, and development of the national standards of measurement, and with the provision of means and

methods for making measurements consistent with those standards. Particularly with relation to the State weights and measures programs, the Bureau performs the testing, calibration, and certification of standards and

standard measuring apparatus, provides technical advisory service, and

extends general cooperation in securing uniformity in weights and measures

laws and in methods of inspection.

To implement this cooperation, the Bureau maintains an Office of Weights

and Measures which is responsible for (1) technical services to the States and to business and industry in the area of measurement; (2) the design,

construction, and use of weights and measures standards and of instruments

associated with such standards; (3) the training of weights and measures

officials in the technical aspects of their programs; and (4) the collection,

arrangement, and dissemination of technical data on measurement units and systems.

Technical Services Provided. Among the technical services provided

to industry during the year was the establishment of methods for determining the exact quantity in packages of caulking compound and in aerosol

Checking the fifth wheel distance-measuring device used to obtain information regarding the accuracy of vehicle odometers. The investigation is designed

to provide car-rental agencies with accuracy requirements, and to provide

weights and measures officials with a performance code, testing equipment

design, and test methods. (See p. 170.)

662336 O—62 12
containers. A study, including a test series, was made of a positive-displacement meter designed to measure the flow of fresh, raw milk. An extensive investigation of the performance of odometers on automobiles rented by the mile was undertaken. This will ultimately provide rental car agencies with accuracy requirements, and will provide weights and

measures officials with a performance code, testing equipment design, and

test methods.

In other studies, testing equipment was designed for large-capacity scales and vehicle-tank meters, special glass flasks were developed for the control

of packaged commodities sold by liquid measure, and, cooperatively with

industry, refinements were brought about in the weighing instruments used

by weights and measures officials in their general package-control programs. Mass Standards Material Developed. Recent metallurgical develop- ments led to a stainless steel of unusual composition for mass standards. Special melting techniques were used in which a consumable electrode under vacuum insures low gas and nonmetallic inclusion content and provides

uniformity in structure and analysis. The resulting austenitic alloy, ex- tremely stable and having a density of 8.0 ±0.1 grams per milliliter at 25

°C, seems ideally suited for State reference standards. The Technical Training Program. Technical training of State and

local weights and measures officials falls into three categories: Formal

courses of one-week duration offered to small classes of supervisory per- sonnel in a training laboratory at the National Bureau of Standards; two,

three, or four-day formal courses conducted in the various States for all State and local officials; informal training at NBS and in the field to cover laboratory procedures and the use of special testing equipment. Such

technical training undoubtedly is a factor in the rapidly developing uni- formity and effectiveness of weights and measures regulatory services in the United States. Technical Information Provided. A basic responsibility is the dis- semination of accurate information on units, systems, and equivalents of weights and measures. Tables of interrelation in forms that facilitate ready

leference are published, and a large volume of inquiries is handled every

year. Two indexed collections of books—an archival collection and a ref- erence collection—and other documents comprise a weights and measures

library. This library affords the staff and outside researchers and students complete references on the history and present status of weights and measures. National Conference on Weights and Measures. The Bureau

sponsors an annual National Conference on Weights and Measures, a rela- tively informal meeting of weights and measures officials, representatives of various agencies of the Federal Government and of equipment manufacturers

and users, and others interested in orderly and effective weights and measures control. The Conference sessions develop technical and general

recommendations for weights and measures administration, contribute to interstate coordination of weights and measures activity, and explore the entire

170
EH FORMAL TRAINING COURSE IN THE STATE

Map shows technical training classes for weights and measures officials, con- ducted by NBS. The classes are a major factor in maintaining uniform and

effective weights and measures administration within the United States. (See

p. 170.)

area of this economically important segment of governmental regulatory

sendee. Among Conference accomplishments are a Model State Law on

Weights and Measures, and model regulations covering devices and packages.

The Model Law is included among recommended legislative efforts of the Council of State Governments.

The 47th National Conference was held during the year. Thirty-eight

States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Canada, Japan, and Scotland were officially represented among a registered attendance of 420. The principal topic discussed was package labeling and quantity control. The tech- nical papers presented dealt with subjects such as odometers on rental cars, mechanical measurement of milk, and the weights and measures programs

in Japan and in Scotland.

171
3. APPENDIXES

3.1. ORGANIZATION OF THE NATIONAL BUREAU

OF STANDARDS*

The Bureau is headed by a Director who is appointed by the President with Senate

confirmation. The Director is assisted by a Deputy Director, who is responsible for internal operations. Several Associate Directors participate in the leadership function, coordinating related technical work across division lines, heading important policy

committees, and handling special assignments in a staff capacity. One of the Associate

Directors, in addition to being responsible for administration and support activities of a continuing nature, is in charge of an extensive special project—planning for the Bureau's new laboratories which are being constructed at Gaithersburg, Maryland.

In charge of the Boulder Laboratories is a Director who also has the status of Associate Director of the Bureau. Program activities are conducted in 25 scientific divisions. Most divisions correspond roughly to a major field of physical science or engineering, and are divided into sections responsible for technical areas within each field. Six- teen of the divisions are located in Washington and nine in Boulder. Below the sec- tion level, the staff is organized into project groups which may be easily regrouped.

DIRECTOR

Allen V. Astin

DEPUTY DIRECTOR

Robert D. Huntoon

Associate Directors

I. C. SCHOONOVER

R. S. Walleigh W. A. WlLDHACK

F. W. Brown, Director, Boulder Laboratories

Assistants to the Director

G. E. Auman

W. S. Bussey

Special Research Group

H. P. Broida

U. Fano

Staff Advisers

NBS Reactor Program C. 0. Muehlhause

Patent Adviser D. Robbins

Program Adviser C. N. Coates

Director Emeritus

Lyman J. Briggs

* As of September 1, 1962.

172
NBS WASHINGTON

SCIENTIFIC DIVISIONS AND SECTIONS

(In numerical order) ELECTRICITY

Chief

Resistance and Reactance

Electrochemistry

Electrical Instruments Magnetic Measurements

Dielectrics High Voltage

Chief

Assistant Chief Photometry and Colorimetry

Refractometry

Photographic Research Length

Engineering Metrology Mass and Scale Volumetry and Densimetry

METROLOGY

HEAT

Chief

Assistant Chief for Thermodynamics

Temperature Physics Heat Measurements

Cryogenic Physics

Equation of State

Statistical Physics

RADIATION PHYSICS

ChiefX-ray

Radioactivity Radiation Theory

High Energy Radiation

Radiological Equipment

Nucleonic Instrumentation Neutron Physics

C. H. Page

J. L. Thomas

W. J. Hamer

F. M. Defandorf

I. L. Cooter

J. D. Hoffman

F. R. Kotter

A. G. McNish

D. B. Judd

L. E. Barbrow

F. E. Washer

C. S. McCamy

T. R. Young

I. H. Fullmer

P. E. Pontius

J. C. Hughes, Acting

R. P. Hudson

C. W. Beckett

J. F. Swindells

D. C. Ginnings

E. Ambler

J. HlLSENRATH M. S. Green

L. S. Taylor

H. 0. Wyckoff

W. B. Mann

M. Bercer, Acting

H. W. Koch

S. W. Smith

L. COSTRELL

R. S. Caswell

ANALYTICAL AND INORGANIC CHEMISTRY

Chief

Assistant Chief

Consultants

Pure Substances

Spectrochemistry

Solution Chemistry

Standard Reference Materials Applied Analytical Research

Crystal Chemistry

Chief

Consultants

Sound

Pressure and Vacuum

Fluid Mechanics

Engineering Mechanics

Rheology

Combustion Controls

H.

MECHANICS

C. Allen, Jr. R. G. Bates

R. Gilchrist

C. P. Saylor

F. L. Howard

B. F. Scribner

R. G. Bates

J. L. Hague

J. K. Taylor

H. S. Peiser

B. L. Wilson

J. M. Frankland

E. C. Lloyd

R. K. Cook

D. P. Johnson

Z. B. Schubauer

L. K. Irwin

R. S. Marvin

F. R. Caldwell

173
POLYMERS

ChiefMacromolecules: Synthesis and Structure Polymer Chemistry

Polymer Physics

Polymer Characterization Polymer Evaluation and Testing

Applied Polymer Standards and Research

Dental Research METALLURGY

Chief

Assistant Chief Consultant Engineering Metallurgy

Microscopy and Diffraction Metal Reactions Metal Physics

Electrolysis and Metal Deposition

INORGANIC SOLIDS

Chief

Assistant Chief Consultant Engineering Ceramics

Glass

Solid State Chemistry

Crystal Growth

Physical Properties

Crystallography

G. M. Kline

D. McIntyre

L. A. Wall

E. Passaglia

N. P. Bekkedahl

R. D. Stiehler

R. B. Hobbs W. T. Sweeney

L. M. Kushner

G. A. Ellinger

L. L. Wyman

S. J. Rosenberg

H. C. Vacher

G. A. Ellinger

L. M. Kushner

A. Brenner

A. D. Franklin

C. H. Hahner

R. E. LlPPINCOTT M. D. Burdick

C. H. Hahner

Vacant

F. Ordway

J. B. Wachtman, Jr. H. F. McMurdie

BUILDING RESEARCH

Chief Consultant

Structural Engineering

Fire Research Mechanical Systems

Organic Budding Materials Codes and Safety Standards Heat Transfer

Inorganic Building Materials

Metallic Building Materials

D. E. Parsons W. F. Roeser

D. Watstein

A. F. Robertson

P. R. ACHENBACH W. W. Walton

Vacant

H. E. Robinson

B. E. Foster W. N. Harrison

APPLIED MATHEMATICS

Chief

Assistant Chief Consultant Numerical Analysis

Computation

Statistical Engineering Mathematical Physics

Operations Research DATA PROCESSING SYSTEMS

ChiefSEAC

PILOT

Research Information Center and Advisory

Service on Information Processing

Components and Techniques

Computer Technology Measurements Automation

Engineering Applications

Systems Analysis

E. W. Cannon

F. L. Alt W. J. Youden

P. Davis

D. I. MlTTLEMAN

C. Eisenhart

W. H. Pell

A. J. Goldman

S. N. Alexander

J. F. Rafferty

P. D. Schupe

Miss M. E. Stevens

R. D. Elbourn

J. A. Cunningham

R. T. Moore, Acting

S. N. Alexander, Acting

S. N. Alexander, Acting

174
ATOMIC PHYSICS

ChiefSpectroscopy

Infrared Spectroscopy Far Ultraviolet Physics

Solid State Physics

Electron Physics

Atomic Physics Plasma Spectroscopy

K. G. Kessler W. C. Martin, Jr. E. K. Plyler

R. P. Madden

H. P. R. Frederikse

J. A. Simpson

H. Boyne W. L. Wiese

INSTRUMENTATION

ChiefEngineering Electronics Electron Devices

Electronic Instrumentation Mechanical Instruments

Basic Instrumentation

G. F. Montgomery

G. Shapiro

C. P. Marsden

G. F. Montgomery, Acting

A. Wexler

J. Stern PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY

Chief • Assistant Chief Thermochemistry

Surface Chemistry

Organic Chemistry

Molecular Spectroscopy

Elementary Processes Mass Spectrometry

Photochemistry and Radiation Chemistry

M. B. Wallenstein

F. Buckley

E. J. Prosen

R. Klein

H. S. Isbell

D. E. Mann

R. E. Ferguson

H. Rosenstock

J. R. McNesby

OFFICE OF WEIGHTS AND MEASURES

Chief M. W. Jensen

ADMINISTRATIVE AND SERVICE DIVISIONS

Office of Technical Information Accounting

Personnel

Administrative Services Shops

Supply

Management Planning

Budget

Internal Audit

Plant NBS Library

W. R. Tilley

J. P. Menzer

G. R. Porter

H. P. Dalzell

F. P. Brown

G. B. Kefover

A. J. MULLER

J. E. Skillington

J. Seidenberg

F. P. Brown, Acting Miss S. Jones

BOULDER DIVISIONS

Director, Boulder Laboratories F. W. Brown

Consultants

Mathematics Group and Computation Facility J. J. Sopka

Mathematical Physics and Educational Director E. H. Brown

Statistics E. L. Crow

Radio Wave Propagation J. R. Wait

Physics of the Atmosphere D. M. Gates

Communications Liaison Officer Allen Barnabei

CRPL Liaison and Program Development A. H. Shapley

Executive Officer and Chief of Administrative Division S. W. J. Welch

Technical Information Officer J. R. Craddock

175
CRYOGENIC ENGINEERING

Chief

Assistant Chief Cryogenic Equipment

Cryogenic Processes

Properties of Materials Cryogenic Technical Services

R. B. Scott

B. W. Birmingham

R. B. Jacobs

B. W. Birmingham

R. J. Corruccini

V. J. Johnson

IONOSPHERE RESEARCH AND PROPAGATION

Chief

Assistant Chief

Assistant Chief

Assistant to Chief for Technical Planning & Coordination

Consultants Low Frequency and Very Low Frequency Research

Ionosphere Research

Prediction Services Sun-Earth Relationships

Field Engineering Radio Warning Services

Vertical Soundings Research

E. K. Smith, Jr. T. N. Gautier

R. W. Knecht

J. A. Kemper

D. K. Bailey

H. H. Howe

A. G. Jean

K. Davtes Miss J. V. Lincoln

R. W. Knecht

H. G. Sellery

Miss J. V. Lincoln

J. W. Wright

*RADIO PROPAGATION ENGINEERING

Chief

Assistant Chief for Research and Development

Consultant—Terminal Equipment

Data Reduction Instrumentation Radio Noise

Tropospheric Measurements

Tropospheric Analysis

Propagation-Terrain Effects Radio Meteorology Lower Atmosphere Physics

* RADIO SYSTEMS

Chief

Assistant Chief

Assistant Chief Consultant Applied Electromagnetic Theory

High Frequency and Very High Frequency Research Frequency Utilization Modulation Research Antenna Research

Radiodetermination

K. A. Norton

J. W. Herbstreit

E. F. Florman

W. E. Johnson

W. Q. Crichlow

M. T. Decker

P. L. Rice

R. S. Kirby

B. R. Bean

M. C Thompson, Jr.

R. C. Kirby

D. W. Patterson W. F. Utlaut

G. W. Haydon

J. R. Johler W. F. Utlaut

G. W. Haydon

C. C. Watterson, Acting

H. V. Cottony

G. Hefley

* UPPER ATMOSPHERE AND SPACE PHYSICS

Chief

Consultants

Upper Atmosphere and Plasma Physics

High Latitude Ionspheric Physics

Ionosphere and Exosphere Scatter Airglow and Aurora

Ionospheric Radio Astronomy

RADIO STANDARDS LABORATORY

Chief

Assistant Chief for Planning and Coordination

Consultant

C. G. Little

R. J. Slutz

D. K. Bailey

R. M. Gallet

H. J. A. Chivers

K. L. Bowles

F. E. Roach

R. S. Lawrence

J. M. Richardson

E. C. Wolzien

D. M. Kerns

These divisions comprise the Central Radio Propagation Laboratories. 176
RADIO PHYSICS DIVISION

Chief Consultants

Assistant Chief for Technical Planning and Coordination Radio Broadcast Service Radio and Microwave Materials Atomic Frequency and Time Interval Standards Radio Plasma

Millimeter-Wave Research

Yardley Beers W. D. George

P. F. Wacker

W. D. Goring

A. H. Morgan

J. L. Dalke

R. C. MOCKLER

B. WlEDER, Acting

R. W. Zimmerer, Acting

CIRCUIT STANDARDS DIVISION

Chief

Assistant Chief

Assistant to the Chief for Technical Planning and Coordination

Consultants

Coordinator Calibration Service High Frequency Electrical Standards High Frequency Calibration Services High Frequency Impedance Standards Microwave Calibration Services Microwave Circuit Standards Low Frequency Calibration Services

R. C.

F. D

G. E. SCHAFER

H. W. Lance W. J. Anson

R. W. Beatty M. C. Selby

W. F. Snyder

C. M. Allred

Powell, Acting

R. C. Powell

R. E. Larson

R. W. Beatty

Weaver, Acting

JOINT INSTITUTE FOR LABORATORY ASTROPHYSICS

NBS GROUP

Chairman L. M. Branscomb

FIELD ESTABLISHMENTS

Visual Landing Aids Field Laboratory Master Railway Track Scale Depot

Materials Testing Laboratories:

Radio Transmitting Station Radio Transmitting Station

Central Radio Propagation

ALASKA

Anchorage Barrow ANTARCTICA

Eights Station** ELTANIN**

'Floating Research Vessel) Marie Byrd Station** Pole Station** AUSTRALIA

Cook**

WWV

WWVL

Laboratory Field Stations: BOLIVIA

La Paz** BRAZIL, SA.

Sao Jose dos Campos**

CANADA

Cape Jones**

Great Whale River** Manitoba**

CHILE

Concepcion**

COLORADO

Beulah

Areata, Calif. Clearing, 111. Allentown, Pa. Denver, Colo. San Francisco, Calif. Seattle, Wash.

Greenbelt, Md.

Sunset, Colo.

Brighton Chalk Cliff Site Cheyenne Mountain

Erie

Fritz Peak

Gunbarrel Hill Haswell Hygiene

Karval Kendrick Kolb

Lafayette Table Mesa

Sunset

•Contract or Mutual Cooperation.

177
Central Radio Propagation Laboratory Field Stations—

I

Continued COLOMBIA KANSAS PANAMA PANAX 7AN17

Bogota** Garden City oatDoa PERU

GREENLAND MALAYA Lima**

Thule** Goodhavn**

Singapore* * Jicamarca Radio

Observatory Narsarssuak** MISSOURI T1TTTT TT>TIT7VT 17 TOT A Mr\C PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

HAWAII Warrensberg Poro Point** Maui (WWVH) MOROCCO Baguio

Kekaha Rabat** PUERTO RICO

Mt. Haleakala San Juan TPFT AND NEBRASKA

Shickley SOUTH AFRICA

Pretoria** Reykjavik* * NIGERIA

ILLINOIS Ibadan** Enkoping* * Long Branch NORWAY T TT A 1

1

U 1 AH

INDIA Andenes* * Salt T al-p fitv* * New Delhi** OKINAWA VIRGINIA

ISRAEL Onna** Fort Belvoir Haifa** Okuma* * Front Royal

JAPAN OKLAHOMA WYOMING

Ohira** Altus Bill

3.2. SUMMARY OF NBS STAFF

Washington Boulder Total

Total permanent staff 2, 351 1,126 3,477

Other staff** 342 197 539

Total on rolls 2,693 1,323 4,016

Research associates & guest workers 149 20 169

Total on rolls at NBS 2,842 1,343 4,185

Professional staff*** Physicists 439 222 661 Chemists 276 8 284

172 165 337 Mathematicians 57 62 119 Other 65 20 85

Total professional staff 1,009 477 1,486

*As of June 30, 1962. **WAE, consultants, students, teachers, postdoctoral fellows, and temporary-limited employees.

***FuII-time permanent (excludes any under **).

178
3. 3. FINANCIAL DATA ON NBS PROGRAM

The activities of the National Bureau of Standards are financed from

three sources: from appropriations provided by the Congress; from payments by other agencies for specific research and development tasks; and from payments by industrial concerns, universities, research institutions, and government agencies for specific calibration or testing services. The following tabulation is a summary of the financial aspects of the

Bureau programs for 1962

Program and source of financing Obligations incurred (rounded)

Supported by NBS appropriations:

Operating programs: Research and technical services . . Special foreign currency program

Construction and facilities program:

Plant and facilities Construction of facilities

Supported by other funds: Research and development programs: Other Federal agencies

Nongovernmental sources

Calibrations, testing, standard

samples, and other technical Reimbursable administrative

Total supported by other funds

$23, 359, 000

400, 000

$23, 759, 000

1,628, 000

27, 454, 000

29, 082, 000

$52, 841, 000

14, 674, 000

331,000

15, 005, 000

5, 282, 000

1,110,000

21, 397, 000

74, 238, 000

3.4. ADVISORY COMMITTEES

STATUTORY VISITING COMMITTEE

(Reports annually to Secretary of Commerce on NBS activities (Dates indicate expiration of appointment)

)

Dr. M. J. Kelly, Former President and Chairman of the Board, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc. (1962), Chairman

Professor Frederick Seitz, University of Illinois (1966) Dr. Lloyd V. Berkner, President, Graduate Research Center, Inc. (1963) Mr. Crawford H. Greenewalt, President, E. I. du Pont de Nemours & Co. (1964) Professor Charles H. Townes, Provost, Massachusetts Institute of Technology (1965)

179
TECHNICAL ADVISORY PANELS

(Appointed by the National Academy of Sciences-National Research Council in co- operation with the leading scientific and technical societies to advise NBS Director

in specific technical areas. Cooperating societies are: American Ceramic Society

(ACerS) ; American Chemical Society (ACS) ; American Institute of Chemical Engineers (AIChE) ; American Institute of Electrical Engineers (AIEE); American

Institute of Mining, Metallurgical, and Petroleum Engineers (AIME) ; American Institute of Physics (AIP) ; American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) ; American

Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) ; Conference Board of the Mathematical

Sciences (CBMS) ; and Institute of Radio Engineers (IRE). Appointments at large (AL). Members listed served during fiscal year 1962.)

Dr. Paul D. Foote, National Research Council, Executive Secretary

Advisory Panel to Electricity Division

Prof. W. A. Lewis, Illinois Institute of Technology, Chairman (AIEE)

Prof. Norman I. Adams, Jr., Yale University (AIP)

Dr. William G. Amey, Leeds & Northrup (AIEE)

Dr. Richard M. Bozorth, Bell Telephone Laboratories (AIP)

Dr. John Brainerd, University of Pennsylvania (IRE)

Prof. Henry B. Linford, Columbia University (ACS)

Mr. J. T. Lusignan, The Ohio Brass Company (AIEE)

Dr. Ernest Weber, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn (AIEE)

Advisory Panel to Metrology Division

Dr. Brian O'Brien, Pomfret, Conn., Chairman (AIP)

Prof. Isay A. Balinkin, University of Cincinnati ( ACerS)

Prof. Clarence E. Bennett, University of Maine (AIP)

Dr. Alsoph H. Corwin, The Johns Hopkins University (ACS)

Mr. C. L. Crouch, Illuminating Engineering Society (AL)

Mr. A. M. Dexter, Pratt and Whitney Company, Inc. ( AL)

Dr. Robert E. Hopkins, Tropel, Inc. ( AL)

Mr. Floyd W. Hough, Arlington, Virginia (ASCE)

Mr. J. J. Moran, Kimble Glass Company (ACerS) Mr. Louis Polk, The Sheffield Corporation (ASME)

Prof. John Strong, The Johns Hopkins University (AIP)

Dr. J. H. Webb, Eastman Kodak Company (AIP)

Advisory Panel to Heat Division

Prof. Joseph E. Mayer, University of California, Chairman (ACS)

Prof. James A. Beattie, Massachusetts Institute of Technology (AIP)

Prof. Henry A. Fairbank, Yale University (AIP)

Prof. Joseph Kestin, Brown University (ASME)

Dean R. B. Lindsay, Brown University (AIP)

Dr. Charles Squire, United Aircraft Corporation (AIP)

Prof. Glenn C. Williams, Massachusetts Institute of Technology (AICE)

Advisory Panel to Radiation Physics Division

Dr. H. M. Parker, General Electric Company, Chairman (AIP) Mr. Everitt P. Blizard, Oak Ridge National Laboratory (AIP)

Dr. Martin Deutsch, Massachusetts Institute of Technology (AIP)

Dr. A. 0. Hanson, University of Illinois (AIP)

Dr. William A. Higinbotham, Brookhaven National Laboratory (IRE)

Prof. Harold A. Lamonds, North Carolina State College (AIEE)

Prof. George T. Reynolds, Palmer Physical Laboratory (AIP)

Dr. Leonard Schiff, Stanford University (AIP)

Advisory Panel to Analytical and Inorganic Chemistry Division

Dr. T. Ivan Taylor, Columbia University, Chairman (ACS)

Dr. Clark E. Bricker, Princeton University (ACS)

180
Dr. Norman D. Cocgeshall, Gulf Research and Development Company (AIP)

Dr. W. D. Cooke, Cornell University (ACS)

Dr. Herbert A. Laitinen, University of Illinois (ACS)

Dr. W. Wayne Meinke, University of Michigan (ACS)

Dr. J. R. Ruhoff, Malinckrodt Chemical Company (ACS)

Dr. Charles E. White, University of Maryland (ACS)

Advisory Panel to Mechanics Division

Prof. S. R. Beitler, Ohio State University, Chairman (ASME)

Prof. Lynn S. Beedle, Lehigh University (ASCE)

Prof. Arthur T. Ippen, Massachusetts Institute of Technology (ASCE)

Dr. Harry F. Olson, Radio Corporation of America (AIP)

Prof. Jesse Ormondroyd, University of Michigan (ASME)

Dr. Milton Plesset, California Institute of Technology (AIP)

Advisory Panel to Polymers Division

Dr. C. G. Overberger, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, Chairman (ACS)

Dr. Raymond F. Boyer, Dow Chemical Company (ACS)

Dr. J. H. Dillon, Texile Research Institute (AIP)

Dr. Milton Harris, Harris Research Laboratories, Inc. (ACS)

Dr. Frank C. McGrew, E. I. du Pont de Nemours & Co. (ACS)

Dr. Norman A. Shepard, Stamford, Connecticut (ACS)

Dr. J. F. Downie Smith, Carrier Research and Development Company (ASME)

Dr. Charles Scott Venable, Wallingford, Pa (ACS)

Advisory Panel to Metallurgy Division

Mr. Francis L. Laque, International Nickel Company, Chairman (ACS)

Dr. D. J. Dienes, Brookhaven National Laboratory (AIP)

Dr. Morris Eugene Fine, Northwestern University (AIME)

Mr. A. R. Lytle, Linde Company (AIME)

Dr. Oscar Marzke, United States Steel Corporation (AIME)

Prof. E. F. Osborn, Pennsylvania State University (ACerS)

Dr. Joseph A. Pask, University of California (ACerS)

Dr. Albert J. Phillips, American Smelting and Refining Company (AIME)

Mr. D. B. Rossheim, M. W. Kellogg Corporation (ASME)

Mr. J. H. Scaff, Bell Telephone Laboratories (AIME)

Advisory Panel to Inorganic Solids Division

Prof. Pierce Selwood, Northwestern University, Chairman (ACS)

Dr. Orson L. Anderson, Summit, New Jersey (ACerS)

Prof. C. Ernest Birchenall, University of Delaware ( AL)

Dr. Joseph E. Burke, General Electric Research Laboratory (ACerS)

Dr. James R. Johnson, Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company (ACerS)

Dr. Norbert J. Kreidl, Bausch and Lomb Optical Company (ACerS)

Prof. J. W. Mitchell, University of Virginia ( AL)

Dr. E. F. Osborn, Pennsylvania State University (ACerS) Mr. Karl Schwartzwalder, General Motors Corporation (ACerS)

Dr. Robert B. Sosman, Rutgers, The State University (ACerS)

Advisory Panel to Building Research Division

Dr. W. C. Hansen, Valparaiso, Indiana, Chairman (ACS)

Prof. Jesse H. Day, Ohio University (ACS)

Dr. Albert G. H. Deitz, Massachusetts Institute of Techonology (ASCE)

Prof. Robert A. Hechtman, The George Washington University (ASCE)

Mr. Paul V. Johnson, Structural Clay Products Research Foundation (ACerS)

Prof. James T. Lendrum, University of Florida (AIA) Dean Warren L. McCabe, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn ( AICE)

Dr. John S. Parkinson, Johns-Manville Products Corporation (AIP)

Prof E. R. Queer, The Pennsylvania State University (AL) Mr. Raymond C. Reese, Toledo, Ohio (ASCE)

181
Advisory Panel to Applied Mathematics Division

Prof. A. H. Bowker, Stanford University (AL)

Prof. Jesse Douglas, City College of New York ( AL)

Prof. William Feller, Princeton University (CBMS)

Prof. George E. Forsythe, Stanford University (CBMS)

Dr. Alston S. Householder, Oak Ridge National Laboratory (CBMS)

Prof. B. O. Koopman, Columbia University (CBMS)

Dr. Elliott W. Montroll, International Business Machines Corporation (CBMS)

Prof. R. D. Richtmyer, New York University (CBMS)

Dr. J. Barkley Rosser, Cornell University (CBMS)

Prof. M. M. Schiffer, Stanford University (CBMS)

Advisory Panel to Data Processing Systems Division

Dr. Alston S. Householder, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Chairman (CBMS)

Prof. George E. Forsythe, Stanford University (CBMS)

Mr. John C. McPherson, International Business Machines Corporation (IRE)

Prof. Charles L. Miller, Massachusetts Institute of Technology ( ASCE)

Prof. Raymond Pepinsky, Pennsylvania State University ( AIP)

Prof. William H. Radford, Massachusetts Institute of Technology (IRE)

Prof. Morris Rubinoff, University of Pennsylvania ( AIEE)

Advisory Panel to Atomic Physics Division

Prof. R. H. Dicke, Princeton University, Chairman (AIP)

Prof. Benjamin Bederson, New York University (AIP)

Prof. Peter Franken, University of Michigan (AIP)

Prof. Jesse L. Greenstein, California Institute of Technology ( AL)

Prof. Vernon W. Hughes, Sloane Laboratory (AIP)

Prof. Mark G. Ingrham, University of Chicago (AIP)

Dr. Benjamin Lax, Massachusetts Institute of Technology (AIP)

Dr. M. Kent Wilson, Tufts University (ACS)

Advisory Panel to Instrumentation Division

Mr. R. W. Larson, General Electric Research Laboratories, Chairman (AIEE)

Dr. A. 0. Beckman, Beckman Instruments, Inc. (AL)

Mr. D. G. Fink, Philco Corporation (IRE)

Dr. R. J. Jeffries. Data-Control Systems, Inc. (AL)

Col. J. Z. Millar, Western Union Telegraph Company (AIEE)

Mr. Leon Podolsky, Sprague Electric Company (IRE) Mr. Ivan G. Easton, General Radio Company (AIEE)

Mr. William R. Hewlett, Hewlett-Packard Company (AIEE)

Advisory Panel to Physical Chemistry Division

Prof. Henry Eyring, University of Utah, Chairman (ACS)

Dr. A. 0. Allen, Brookhaven National Laboratory (ACS)

Dr. Paul Cross, Mellon Institute (ACS)

Prof. Hans H. Jaffe, University of Cincinnati (ACS)

Dr. Daniel R. Stull, The Dow Chemical Company (ACS)

Advisory Panel to Cryogenic Engineering Division

Dr. Clyde McKinley, Air Products Incorporated, Chairman (AICE)

Prof. S. C. Collins. Massachusetts Institute of Technology ( ASME)

Dr. Hugh M. Long, Tonawanda, New York (AIP)

Dr. Loyd B. Nesbitt, General Electric Laboratory (AIP)

Dr. David White, Ohio State University (ACS)

Advisory Panel to Central Radio Propagation Laboratory

Prof. Arthur H. Waynick, The Pennsylvania State University, Chairman (IRE) Mr. Stuart L. Bailey, Washington, D.C. (IRE)

Prof. Henry G. Booker, Cornell University (IRE)

182
Mr. A. B. Crawford, Bell Telephone Laboratories (AL)

Dr. R. A. Helliwell, Stanford University (IRE)

Dr. S. W. Herwald, Westinghouse Electric Corporation ( AIEE)

Dr. John B. Smyth, Smyth Research Associates ( AIP) Dean George Town. Iowa State University (AIEE)

Dr. Alrert D. Wheelon, Space Technology Laboratories, Inc. (IRE)

Advisory Panel to Radio Standards Division

Prof. Arthur A. Oliner, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, Chairman (IRE)

Prof. Walter Gordy. Duke University (AIP)

Prof. E. L. Hahn, University of California (AIP)

Dr. E. W. Houghton, Bell Telephone Laboratories (AIEE)

Prof. E. C. Jordan. University of Illinois (IRE)

Dr. R. Kompfner, Bell Telephone Laboratories (IRE)

Prof. W. A. Lewis, Illinois Institute of Technology (AIEE)

Prof. N. F. Ramsey, Harvard University (AIP)

Dr. John C. Simons, National Research Corporation (IRE)

ADIVISORY COMMITTEE ON ENGINEERING AND RELATED

STANDARDS

(Members are nominated by the American Standards Association (ASA) and the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

)

Mr. W. A. Wildhack, National Bureau of Standards, Chairman

Dr. A. A. Bates, New York University (ASTM)

Mr. Roger E. Gay, American Standards Association (ASA)

Mr. F. L. LaQue, The International Nickel Company, Inc. (ASTM)

Mr. John W. McNair, American Standards Association (ASA)

Mr. N. L. Mochel, Westinghouse Electric Corporation (ASTM)

Mr. Frank H. Roby, American Standards Association (ASA)

ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON CALIBRATION AND MEASUREMENT

SERVICES

(Members are appointed on the basis of their broad personal knowledge of industrial measurement problems)

Mr. W. A. Wildhack, National Bureau of Standards, Chairman

Dr. William G. Amey, Leeds & Northrup Company

Mr. H. C. Biggs, Sandia Corporation Mr. E. J. Brazill, The Martin Company

Mr. Ivan G. Easton, General Radio Company

Mr. Bruno Weinschel, Weinschel Engineering Mr. L. B. Wilson, Sperry Gyroscope Company

Mr. A. J. Woodington, Convair Astronautics

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES ADVISORY COMMITTEE

• Members are nominated by the National Conference on Weights and Measures)

Mr. W. S. Bussey, National Bureau of Standards, Chairman

Miss Genevieve Blatt, Secretary of Internal Affairs, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Mr. C. G. Gehringer, Howe-Richardson Corporation Prof. L. J. Gordon, Weights and Measures Research Center, Denison University Mr. Rollin E. Meek, State Board of Health, Indiana Mr. J. E. Moss, American Petroleum Institute Mr. E. C. Westwood, City Sealer of Weights and Measures, Salt Lake City, Utah

183
3.5. AWARDS AND HONORS

Recognition of the Bureau's contributions to science and technology often takes the form of awards and honors from government, academic, professional, and industrial groups. The following list reflects such recognition bestowed on Bureau staff members

during fiscal year 1962.

RECIPIENT AWARD

Ambler, Ernest

Astin, Allen V.

BnANscoiviB, L. M.

Brenner, Abner

Harrison, William N. Hoffman, John D.

Judd, D. B. Kline, G. M.

Michaelis, Robert E.

Montgomery, G. F. Ondik, Helen M.

Plyler, E. K.

Schiefer, Herbert F. Scribner, Bourdon F.

Sitterly, C. M.

Smith, J. C. Joint Award

:

Lawrence, Robert S. Little, C. Gordon

Fellowship from the John Simon Guggenheim Memorial Foundation American Ordnance Association's Scott Gold Medal Award

Arthur S. Flemming Award of the Junior Chamber of Commerce,

Washington, D.C.

Scientific Achievement Award of American Electroplaters' Society John Jeppson Award by American Ceramic Society

Certificate of recognition from the Washington Academy of Sciences Gold Medal of Illuminating Engineering Society Elected a Distinguished Member of the Society of Plastics Engineers

Steel Ingot Award of the Ferrous Metals Subcommittee, ASTM Committee E-2 on Emission Spectroscopy

Elected Fellow in the Institute of Radio Engineers Hunter College Award for Outstanding Achievement

Elected Honorary Fellow of Indian Academy of Sciences Honorary Doctor of Science Degree from North Carolina State College Medal Award in Spectroscopy of the Society for Applied Spectroscopy, New York Section Honorary Doctor of Science Degree from Swarthmore College

Elected a Fellow of the British Textile Institute

RESA Boulder Scientist Award

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE MERITORIOUS SERVICE AWARDS

RECIPIENT TECHNICAL AREA

Ackerman, Rolland F. Bay, Zoltan L.

Brown, William W.

Ehrlich, Marcarete

Goodwin, Robert D. Haven, Clyde E. Hefley, Gifford Kruger, Jerome

Lance, Harvey W.

Meyerson, Melvin R. Mijares, Anilo

O'Brien, Augusta H. Richmond, Martha S. Roth, Robert S. Schilling, Reinhold F. P. SCHLARMAN, WlLFRED L. Scott, Arnold H.

Sera, Frederick Swan, Reta K. Thompson, Moody C., Jr. Wiese, Wolfgang L. Joint Award:

Spencer, Lewis V.

ElSENHAUER, CHARLES M.

Calibration of "long distance" tapes Determinations of average energy required to produce an ion pair in gases Long- wave standard frequency broadcast stations Photographic emulsions for measurement of radiation Low-temperature physics Dimensional metrology and standardization "Loran-C Clock" development

Surface metallurgy

Electronic standards, measurements, and calibrations Physical metallurgy Instrument craftsmanship

Administrative competence

Analytical chemistry of uranium

Non-metallic mineral products Instrument craftsman Instrument craftsman

Precision measurements of the dielectric properties of matter Technical radio services from station WWV

Administrative competence

Troposphere physics Plasma physics

Radiation shielding engineering

184
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE EXCEPTIONAL SERVICE AWARDS

RECIPIENT TECHNICAL AREA

Kessler, Karl G. Koch, H. William

Nortox, Kexxeth A. Plyler, Earle K. Wall, Leo A.

Yocde>', William J.

Electronic digital computers Atomic physics Radiation physics Radio propagation research

Infrared radiation physics Fluorocarbon compounds for preparation of organic polymers Mathematical statistics

3.6. EDUCATION AND TRAINING PROGRAM

The Bureau sponsors a broad employee development program oriented to the education and training needs of all staff members. Primary program

objectives are the increase of efficiency in the conduct of official assigned

duties and systematic preparation for increased responsibilities. The pro- gram is implemented primarily through the NBS Graduate School and train- ing through nongovernment facilities. It covers educational levels up

through postdoctoral research and includes general staff development courses. Comparable programs are available in both the Washington and Boulder

Laboratories.

The curriculum of the Graduate School includes graduate and undergraduate courses in the physical sciences, mathematics, and certain branches of engineering; and a series of scientific colloquia and seminars led by research

leaders from the Bureau staff and from other research centers. A series of general staff development courses is also offered through the Graduate

School. Typical examples in this category are scientific German, practical

metallurgy, and mathematical symbolism and terminology. Educational

counseling and a program of thesis accreditation are also provided.

Course offerings are determined by the NBS Educational Committee

through periodic need surveys. The curriculum is divided into NBS in- hours and NBS-university-sponsored out-of-hours courses and is flexible to meet the varied and changing needs of the staff. The Technician Career Program, for example, was established in 1960. Through a series of in-hours courses in the fundamentals of science and mathematics, the Program helps

to increase job efficiency and offers educational opportunities for subprofessional laboratory personnel. The Clerical Training Center, initiated in 1961,

makes it possible to fill clerical vacancies with fully-oriented employees who

can become productive in their permanent assignments in the shortest length

Since the establisbment of the Washington educational program in 1908,

282 graduate degrees have been awarded by 45 different universities partly on the basis of credits obtained or thesis work carried on under the Bureau

Graduate School program.

During the year the Graduate Program at Boulder has been strengthened

by the initiation of a Joint-Course program and an Adjoint Professor plan

with the University of Colorado. Under the Joint-Course program, courses

are offered simultaneously by the appropriate graduate departments of the

of time.

662336 O—62 13 185
University and by the NBS Graduate School with mutual benefit to both

the Government and the University. Bureau staff members who teach the courses have the title of Adjoint Professor at the University. Another . cooperative program with the University of Colorado was the three-week i Radio Propogation Course offered during the summer of 1962. Thirty

Boulder scientists and seven noted authorities from outside the Bureau

prepared the lectures for this highly successful program. In addition to NBS staff members, approximately 200 students from other government

agencies, industry, universities, and foreign research laboratories participated

in the course.

In another phase of the Bureau employee development program, NBS

sponsored three major training programs through nongovernment facilities under authority of the Government Employees Training Act of 1958. These are:

1. Full-time (3 to 12 months) postdoctoral study and research assignments at universities and research centers, both in this country and abroad.

2. Full-time (less than 3 months) attendance at institutes, seminars, short con- centrated courses, workshops, etc. Generally, these are offered through the educational

facilities of major universities and industrial laboratories throughout the country.

3. Part-time job-related academic courses at local educational institutions, generally

in early evening classes. Three hundred and eighty-nine staff members at Washington and Boulder were trained through nongovernment facilities in 1962. Fourteen selected career scientists were selected for full-time research assignments at universities and research centers. Seventy-four staff members, primarily scientists and subprofessional laboratory personnel, attended short concentrated

courses and training programs at universities and in industry. Three hundred and one employees, mostly from technical divisions, attended jobrelated courses at local educational facilities. The Bureau paid full salaries and expenses for participants in approved full-time nongovernment training

programs. These included tuition, related fees, travel and per diem, as well as transportation of family and household effects for long-term training.

Each summer the Bureau sponsors a student trainee program open to college students majoring in the physical sciences, mathematics, and certain branches of engineering. An integrated work-study program, this activity

includes lectures, tours, demonstrations, supervised laboratory assignments,

and professional counseling. The purpose of the program is to acquaint

young people with career opportunities in scientific research at the NBS

Laboratories and to prepare select students for such careers. The 1962

student program had a total enrollment of 212 students which included 120

returnees from previous summers. The new group included 10 high school

students who had obtained recognition through the Westinghouse Science

Talent Search or other national science competition. Approximately 40

percent of the 1962 group were at the graduate level. Students from 65

colleges participated in the 1962 program.

186
In collaboration with the National Research Council, the Graduate School

offers postdoctoral resident research associateships to young scientific investi- gators of unusual ability and promise of becoming creative leaders in basic research in the various branches of the physical and mathematical sciences. While acquiring basic knowledge, they have opportunities for developing new

scientific approaches and laboratory skills, thus advancing scientific knowledge. Twenty new Research Associateships are open each year and are tenable at both the Washington and Boulder Laboratories. During 1962,

the following young men were selected and served: Robert A Beaudet,

Merritt M. Birky, Gerald T. Cargo, George E. Chamberlain, Sam R. Coriell,

Richard D. Doepker, Gordon H. Dunn, John A. Eddy, John L. Hall, Sigurd Y.

Larsen, William S. Layne, Melvin Linzer, John T. MacQueen, Billy W.

Mangum, Terence L. Porter, Joseph Powers, Terry E. Sharp, William A. Thompson. Jr.. and Edward S. J. Tomezsko.

Scientific staff meetings, held weekly from September through May, are

also included in the Bureau's educational program. The staff meetings are

of a less specialized nature than colloquia and seminars offered in the Graduate School program. They are open to all professional staff members of the Bureau and to scientific personnel from neighboring laboratories.

3.7. PUBLICATIONS AND PATENTS

Publications in the Bureau's Series* Journal of Research. Contains full research papers, including laboratory data, ex- perimental procedures, and theoretical and mathematical analyses. Advances in meas- urement standards and techniques . . . physical constants . . . properties of materials

. . . instrumentation . . . radio propagation.

The Journal is published in four separate sections . . . A. Physics and Chemistry—issued six times a year.

B. Mathematics and Mathematical Physics—issued quarterly.

C. Engineering and Instrumentation—issued quarterly. D. Radio Propagation—issued six times a year. The papers listed below have appeared in the four-section Journal since July 1961.

Volume 65A (Phys. and Chem.), No. 4 (July-Aug. 1961)

Electrical properties and kinetics of electrode reactions. R. J. Brodd.

Effect of hydrostatic pressure upon the relaxation of birefrigence in amorphous solids. R. M. Waxier and L. H. Adams.

Vapor pressures of platinum, iridium, and rhodium. R. F. Hampson, Jr., and R. F. Walker.

Crystallization of bulk polymers with chain folding: theory of growth of lamellar spherulites. J. D. Hoffman and J. I. Lauitzen, Jr. Phase equilibrium relations in the binary system barium oxide-niobium pentoxide. R. S. Roth and J. L. Waring.

Solid state reactions involving oxides of trivalent cations. S. J. Schneider, R. S. Roth, and J. L. Waring.

Gamma irradiation of fluorocarbon polymers. R. E. Florin and L. A. Wall.

Inhibition of diffusion flames of methyl bromide and trifluoromethyl bromide applied to the fuel and oxygen sides of the reaction zone. E. C. Creitz.

*Publications in these series are available, unless otherwise indicated, from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D.C For a discussion of the publications program,

see p. 21.

187
Volume 65A (Phys. and Chem.), No. 5 (Sept.-Oct. 1961)

Calibration of a monitor for use in bremsstrahlung beams. E. G. Fuller and E. Hayward. Mass spectrometric study of NF2 , NF3, N2F5 and N»F4 . J. T. Herron and V. H. Dibeler. Rate of the reaction NO+N, and some heterogeneous reactions observed in the ion source of a mass spectrometer. J. T. Herron.

Synthesis of the humites raMg^SiO.i • Mg ( F,OH ) = . A. Van Valkenburg. Phase equilibria in systems involving the rare earth oxides. Part III. The

EuoGvInaO;! system. S. J. Schneider. Heats of hydrolysis and formation of dimethoxychloroborane. M. V. Kilday, W. H.

Johnson, and E. J. Prosen.

Tritium-labeled compounds VII. Isotope effects in the oxidation of D-mannitols-C14 and D-manitols-i to D-fructoses. L. T. Sniegoski, H. L. Frush, and H. S. Isbell. Franck-Condon factors to high vibrational quantum numbers I: N» and NX R. W.

Nicholls.

Volume 65A (Phys. and Chem.), No. 6 (Nov.-Dec. 1961) Comparison of lens response for sinusoidal and square-wave targets at several focal

positions. S. H. Emara. Wavelength shifts in Hg 108 as a function of temperature. S. H. Emara.

Variability of spectral tristimulus values. I. Nimeroff, J. R. Rosenblatt, and M. C. Dannemiller. Extension of the Flory-Rehner theory of swelling to an anisotropic polymer system. S. D.

Bruck.

Fiber structure-property relationships: a disulfide-crosslinked self-crimping polyamide.

S. D. Bruck.

Acidity functions. Values of the quantity p(aHyCi)for buffer solutions from 0 to 95 °C. R. G. Bates and R. Gary.

2,3-O-Isopropylidene-a-D-lyxofuranose, the monoacetone-D-lyxose of Levene and Tipson. R. Schaffer.

Effect of perchloryl fluoride additions on the flame speed of methane. C. Halpern.

Volume 66A (Phys. and Chem.), No. 1 (Jan.-Feb. 1962) Absolute isotopic abundance of terrestrial silver. W. R. Shields, E. L. Garner, and V. H.

Dibeler. Temperature of a copper arc. C. H. Corliss. Melting process and the equilibrium melting temperature of polychlorotrifluoroethyleiu.

.

J. D. Hoffman and J. J. Weeks.

Tritium-labeled compounds VIII. Confirmation of the position of the tritium in u- glucose-6-? and D-glucitol-5-f. L. T. Sniegoski and H. S. Isbell. Infared absorption spectra in the study of mutarotational equilibria of monosaccharides.

R. S. Tipson and H. S. Isbell. Preparation of high purity trimethylborane. G. S. Ross, D. Enagonio, C. A. Hewitt, and

A. R. Glasgow.

Reaction of several aminopyrimidines with formaldehyde. G. L. McLeod.

Acidic dissociation constant and related thermodynamic quantities for diethanolam- monium ion in water from 0 to 50 °C. V. E. Bower, R. A. Robinson, and R. G. Bates. Fiber structure—property relationships II: Macroscopic deformations of alkylene sulfide crosslinked polycaprolactam fibers. S. D. Bruck.

Ion transport across membranes : I. Definitions of membrane electromotive forces and of flows of electrolytic solutes. B. C. Duncan.

Volume 66A (Phys. and Chem.), No. 2 (Mar.-Apr. 1962)

Correction factors for the calibration of encapsulated radium sources. R. M. Lee and

T. P. Loftus. Description and analysis of the second spectrum of tantalum, Ta n. C. C. Kiess. Vibration-rotation bands of carbonyl sulfide. A. G. Maki, E. K. Plyler, and E. D.

Tidwell.

Ionization in the plasma of a copper arc. C. H. Corliss. The vapor pressure of palladium. R. F. Hampson and R. F. Walker.

Revised standard values for pH measurements from 0 to 95 °C. R. G. Bates. Conductometric determination of sulfhydryl groups in swollen polycaprolactam fibers having disulfide and alkylene sulfide crosslinks. S. D. Bruck and S. M. Bailey. Chromatographic analvsis of petroleum fractions used in oil-extended rubber. D. J. Termini and A. R. Glasgow.

Cross-sectional correction for computing Young's modulus from longitudinal resonance

vibrations of square and cylindrical rods. W. E. Tefft and S. Spinner.

188
Volume 66A (Phys. and Chem.), No. 3 (May-June 1962)

Glass filters for checking performance of spectrophotometer-integrator systems of color measurement. H. J. Keegan, J. C. Schleter, and D. B. Judd.

Calibration of small grating spectrometers from 166 to 600 cm"1

. L. R. Blaine, E. K.

Plyler. and W. S. Benedict. Franck-Condon factors to high vibrational quantum numbers II: SiO, MgO, SrO, A10,

VO, NO. R. W. Nicholls. Oxidation of aldoses with bromine H. S. Isbell. An analysis of the solid phase behavior of the normal paraffins. M. G. Broadhurst. Methylene groups in determination of disulfide and methylene sulfide crosslinks in poly- caprolactam fibers. S. D. Brack.

Purification by automatic gas chromatography. M. Tenenbaum and F. L. Howard. High resolution investigation of some infrared bands of carbon disulfide. D. Agar, E. K.

Plyler, and E. D. Tidwell. Volume 65B (Math, and Math. Phys.), No. 3 (July-Sept. 1961) Theory of an accurate intermediary orbit for satellite astronomy. J. P. Vinti. Note on the "baffled piston" problem. F. Oberhettinger.

Some results on non-negative matrices. M. Marcus, H. Mine, and B. N. Moyls.

Probability inequalities of the Tchebycheff type. I. R. Savage. Volume 65B (Math, and Math. Phys.), No. 4 (Oct.-Dec. 1961) Physical entities and mathematical representation. C. H. Page. On the range of a fleet of aircraft. A. J. Goldman. Measurement of wave fionts without a reference standard: Part I. The wave-front-shear- ing interferometer. J. B. Saunders.

1 fH-i"

On the evaluation of the function $( A)=-

: I e" ln!< +x "<iu Zirijo-— ia> for real values of X. W. Bbrsch-Supan.

Analyticity and probability properties of one-dimensional Brownian motion. A. Ghaffari. Some higher order integral identities with application to bounding techniques. J. H. Bramble and B. E. Hubbard. A priori bounds in the first boundary value problem in elasticity. J. H. Bramble and

L. E. Payne. Volume 66B (Math, and Math. Phys.), No. 1 (Jan.-Mar. 1962) Error bounds for eigenvectors of self-adjoint operators. N. W. Bazley and D. W. Fox. Intermediary equatorial orbits of an artificial satellite, J. P. Vinti. Selected bibliography of statistical literature 1930 to 1957: V. Frequency functions, moments, and graduation. L. S. Deming. Measurement of wave fronts without a reference standard: Part 2. The wave-front- reversing interferometer. J. B. Saunders. Volume 66B (Math, and Math. Phys.), No. 2 (Apr.-June 1962) Hindsight technique in machine translation of natural languages. I. Rhodes and F. L.

Alt. An extension of Jensen's theorem for the derivative of a polynomial and for infrapoly- nominals. 0. Shisha. Two matrix eigenvalue inequalities. S. Haber. Graphs for determining the power of Student's r-test. M. C. Croarkin. Volume 65C (Eng. and Instr.), No. 3 (July-Sept. 1961)

Prediction of symptoms of cavitation. R. B. Jacobs. Heating and cooling of air flowing through an underground tunnel. B. A. Peavy.

Stress-corrosion cracking of the AZ31B magnesium alloy. H. L. Logan.

Coatings formed on steel by cathodic protection and their evaluation by polarization measurements. W. J. Schwerdtfeger and R. J. Manuele.

Calibration of inductance standards in the Maxwell-Wien bridge circuit. T. L. Zapf. Calibration of loop antennas at VLF. A. G. Jean, H. E. Taggart, and J. R. Wait. Location of the plane of best average definition with low contrast resolution patterns. F. E. Washer and W. P. Tayman.

Influence of temperature and relative humidity on the photographic response to Co60 gamma radiation. M. Ehrlich. Volume 65C (Eng. and Instr.), No. 4 (Oct.-Dec. 1961) A new airglow photometer. C. M. Purdy, L. R. Megill, and F. E. Roach. A guide to the use of the modified reflectometer technique of VSWR measurement. W. J. Anson. 189

662336 O—62 14
An X-ray diffractometer cryostat providing temperature control in the range 4 to 300 °K.

F. A. Mauer and L. H. Bolz. Apparatus for determination of pressure-density-temperature relations and specific heats

of hydrogen to 350 atmospheres at temperatures above 14 °K. R. D. Goodwin.

The use of a thermistor for detecting eluent fronts in liquid-solid chromatography.

G. S. Ross. Radiation field from a circular disk source. J. H. Hubbell, R. L. Bach, and R. J. Herbold. The Bauschinger effect and residual microstresses in alpha brass. C. J. Newton. A study by polarization techniques of the corrosion rates of aluminum and steel under- ground for sixteen months. W. J. Schwerdtfeger. Volume 66C (Eng. and Instr.), No. 1 (Jan.-Mar. 1962) Reference tables for 40 percent iridium-60 percent rhodium versus iridium thermocouples.

G. F. Blackburn and F. R. Caldwell. A method for the self-calibration of attenuation-measuring systems. R. L. Peck.

Special shielded resistor for high-voltage d-c measurements. J. H. Parks. Voltage ratio measurements with a transformer capacitance bridge. T. L. Zapf.

Weight calibration schemes for two-knife-edge direct-reading balances. H. E. Aimer,

L. B. Macurdy, H. S. Peiser, and E. A. Week.

Tunnel diode large-signal equivalent circuit study and the solutions of its nonlinear

differential equations. S. B. Geller and P. A. Mantek. A missile technique for the study of detonation waves. F. W. Ruegg and W. W. Dorsey. Creep of cold-drawn nickel, copper, 70 percent nickel-30 percent copper, and 30 percent

nickel-70 percent copper alloys. W. D. Jenkins and W. A. Willard. Volume 66C (Eng. and Instr.), No. 2 (Apr.-June 1962)

Effect of vibration and shock on unsaturated standard cells. R. J. Brodd and W. G.

Eicke, Jr. Experiments on the burning of cross piles of wood. D. Gross. Transfer of NBS X-ray beam calibrations. J. S. Pruitt, A. Allisy, G. Joyet, W. Pohlit, M.

Tubiana, and C. Zupancic.

Identification of metallurgical reactions and their effect on the mechanical properties of 17-7 PH stainless steel. H. C. Burnett, R. H. Duff, and H. C. Vacher. The ideal Lovibond color system. D. B. Judd, G. J. Chamberlin, and G. W. Haupt.

Systems of electrical units. F. B. Silsbee. Volume 65D (Radio Prop.), No. 4 (July-Aug. 1961) Almost fifty years of URSI. J. H. Bellinger. Power density requirements for airglow excitation by gyrowaves. V. A. Bailey. On the validity of some approximations to the Appleton-Hartree formula. K. Davies and G. A. M. King.

Amplitude and angular scintillations of the radio source Cygnus-A observed at Boulder,

Colorado. R. S. Lawrence, J. L. Jespersen, and R. C. Lamb.

Digital methods for the extraction of phase and amplitude information from a modulated

signal. R. S. Lawrence, J. L. Jespersen, and R. C. Lamb.

Comparison between mode theory and ray theory of VLF propagation. H. Volland. Antenna coupling error in direction finders. C. W. Harrison, Jr. The electrically short antenna as a probe for measuring free electron densities and

collision frequencies in an ionized region. R. W. P. King, C. W. Harrison, Jr., and

D. H. Denton, Jr. Effect of multiple atmospheric inversions on tropospheric radio propagation. F. H.

Northover. A few observations of the perturbations in the phase of the low-frequency ground

wave. J. M. Ross and J. E. Kirch. Smooth earth diffraction calculations for horizontal polarization. L. E. Vogler.

On the theory of mixed-path ground-wave propagation on a spherical earth. J. R. Wait. Volume 65D (Radio Prop.), No. 5 (Sept.-Oct. 1961) Frequency dependence of D-region scattering at VHF, J. C. Blair, R. N. Davis, Jr., and R. C. Kirby.

Theoretical scattering coefficient for near vertical incidence from contour maps, H. S. Hayre and R. K. Moore. Mutual interference between surface and satellite communication systems, W. J. Hartman

and M. T. Decker. VHF and UHF signal characteristics observed on a long knife-edge diffraction path, A. P. Barsis and R. S. Kirby.

190
Experimental study of inverted L-, T-, and related transmission-line antennas, S. Prasad and R. W. P. King.

Reflection from a sharply bounded ionosphere for VLF propagation perpendicular to the magnetic meridian, D. D. Crombie. Resonance of the space between earth and ionosphere, H. Poeverlein. Observed attenuation rate of ELF (region below 1 kc/s) radio waves, A. G. Jean, A. C. Murphy, J. R. Wait, and D. F. Wasmundt.

A note concerning the excitation of ELF electromagnetic waves, J. R. Wait. Computation of whistler ray paths, I. Yabroff. On the analysis of LF ionospheric radio propagation phenomena, J. R. Johler. Volume 65D (Radio Prop.), No. 6 (Nov.-Dec. 1961) The solar wind, E. N. Parker. Attenuation coefficients for propagation at very low frequencies (VLF) during a sudden

ionospheric disturbance (SID) , E. T. Pierce. Dipole radiation in a conducting half space, R. K. Moore and W. E. Blair. Reliability of atmospheric radio noise predictions, J. R. Herman.

Effects of the ionosphere on VLF navigational aids, W. T. Blackband. On the spectrum of terrestrial radio noise at extremely low frequencies, H. R. Raemer. The nonsingular embedding of transition processes within a more general framework

of coupled variables, J. Heading.

Worldwide VLF standard frequency and time signal broadcasting, A. D. Watt, R. W.

Plush, W. W. Brown, and A. H. Morgan.

Design of panoramic ionospheric resources. L. H. Heisler and L. D. Wilson. A quick method for estimating the stage of the sunspot cycle, W. B. Chadwick. Measurements of low-angle radiation from a monopole, A. C. Wilson. Volume 66D (Radio Prop.), No. 1 (Jan.-Feb. 1962) A survey of the very wide band and frequency independent antennas—1945 to the

present. J. D. Dyson. Numerical investigation of the equivalent impedance of a wire grid parallel to the

interface between two media. T. Larsen. Current on and input impedance of a cylindrical antenna. Y. M. Chen and J. B. Keller. Radar corner reflectors for linear or circular polarization. G. Latmiral and A. Sposito. On the theory of wave propagation through a concentrically stratified troposphere with a smooth profile. H. Bremmer. On the propagation of VLF and ELF radio waves when the ionosphere is not sharply bounded. J. R. Wait.

Fields of electric dipoles in sea water—the earth-atmosphere-ionosphere problem. W. L. Anderson.

Reflection of electromagnetic waves from thin ionized gaseous layers. F. H. Northover.

Reflection and transmission of radio waves at a continuously stratified plasma with

arbitrary magnetic induction. J. R. Johler and J. D. Harper, Jr. On the diffraction of spherical radio waves by a finitely conducting spherical earth. L.

C. Walters and J. R. Johler. An approximate full wave solution for low frequency electromagnetic waves in an un- bounded magneto-ionic medium. W. C. Hoffman. VHF radio propagation data for the Cedar Rapids-Sterling, Anchorage-Barrow, and

Fargo-Churchill test paths, April 1951 through June 1958. G. R. Sugar and K. W.

Sullivan. Volume 66D (Radio Prop.), No. 2 (Mar.-Apr. 1962) Atmospheric phenomena, energetic electrons, and the geomagnetic field. J. R. Winckler. The summer intensity variations of [01] 6300 A in the tropics. D. Barbier, F. E. Roach, and W. R. Steiger. Generation of radio noise in the vicinity of the earth. P. A. Sturrock. Fading characteristics observed on a high-frequency auroral radio path. J. W. Koch

and H. E. Petrie. Some problems connected with Rayleigh distributions. M. M. Siddiqui.

Impedance of a monopole antenna with a radial-wire ground system on an imperfectly

conducting half space, part I. S. W. Maley and R. J. King.

Theory of the infinite cylindrical antenna including the feed-point singularity in antenna current. R. H. Duncan. The £-field and //-field losses around antennas with a radial ground wire system. T. Larsen. The electric field at the ground plane near a disk-loaded monopole. J. Hansen and

T. Larsen.

191
Volume 66D (Radio Prop.), TSo. 3 (May-June 1962) A theory of radar reflections from a rough moon. D. F. Winter. A lunar theory reasserted. K. M. Siegel and T. B. A. Senior.

Statistical distribution of the amplitude and phase of a multiply scattered field. P. Beckmann.

Amplitude distribution for radio signals reflected by meteor trails, II. A. D. Wheelon. High resolution pulse measurements of meteor-burst propagation at 41 Mc/s over a 1,295-km path. R. J. Carpenter and G. R. Ochs.

Ionospheric irregularities and long-distance radio propagation. H. A. Whale. On the role of the process of reflection in radio wave propagation. F. du Castel, P. Misme, A. Spizzichino, and J. Voge.

Correlation between hourly median scattered signals and simple refractivity parameters.

A. S. Dennis. Observations of radio wave phase characteristics on a high-frequency auroral path. J. W.

Koch and W. M. Beery. Diurnal and seasonal changes in structure of the mid-latitude quiet ionosphere. J. W.

Wright.

Schumann resonances of the earth-ionosphere cavity—extremely low frequency reception

at Kingston, R. I. C. Polk and F. Fitchen. Propagation of plane electromagnetic waves past a shoreline. J. Bazer and S. N. Karp.

Currents induced on the surface of a conducting circular cylinder by a slot. G. Hasserjian and A. Ishimaru. Technical News Bulletin. This monthly publication summarizes the current research, development, and test activities of the Bureau. The articles are brief, with emphasis on the results of research and their significance, chosen for their importance to other

scientists, engineers, and to industry. Resumes of longer research reports, important

national and international conferences On fundamental science in which the Bureau has

represented the Nation, and a bibliography of all publications by members of the staff as published are included. The Bulletin is designed to give a succinct account of the current work of the Bureau. (Annual subscription: domestic, $1.50; foreign, $2.25.)

Basic Radio Propagation Predictions. This is a monthly publication for those con- cerned with radio communication in determining the best skywave frequencies over any

path at any time of day for average conditions for the month of prediction, which are made 3 months in advance. Charts of extraordinary-wave critical frequency for the F2

layer and of maximum usable frequency for a transmission distance of 4,000 km, of highest frequency of sporadic E in excess of 15 Mc are included. In addition, there are various maps, charts, diagrams, and nomograms needed to make practical application ol the world-contour charts, together with examples of their use. (Annual subscription:

$1.50; foreign, $2.00.) Monographs. These are usually contributions to the technical literature which are

too lengthy for publication in the Journal of Research. They often provide extensive compilations of information on subjects related to the Bureau's technical program.

Until July 1959 most of this type of material was published in the Circular series.

25. Standard X-ray diffraction powder patterns. Section 1. Data for 46 substances, H. E. Swanson, M. C. Morris, R. Stinchfield, and J. H. deGroot. March 9, 1962, 40 cents.

31. Capacities of stacks in sanitary drainage systems for buildings, R. S. Wyly and H.

N. Eaton. July 3, 1961. 35 cents.

32. Tables of spectral-line intensities. Pt. I, Arranged by elements, and Pt. II, Arranged

by wavelengths, W. F. Meggers, C. H. Corliss and B. F. Scribner. Pt. I, December 29, 1961, $4.00; Pt. II, October 2, 1961, $3.00.

33. An experimental study of phase variations in line-of-sight microwave transmissions, K. A. Norton, J. W. Herbstreit, H. B. Janes, K. O. Hornberg, C. F. Peterson, A. F. Barghausen, W. E. Johnson, P. I. Wells, M. C. Thompson, Jr., M. J. Vetter, and A .W.

Kirkpatrick. November 1, 1961. 55 cents.

34. Tables of chemical kinetics. Homogeneous reactions. (Supplementary Tables).

September 15, 1961. $2.75.

35. Bibliography and index on vacuum and low pressure measurement, W. G. Brombacher. November 10, 1961. 60 cents.

36. Effect of mortar properties on strength of masonry, C. C. Fishburn. November 21, 1961. 30 cents.

37. International practical temperature scale of 1948, text revision of 1960, H. F. Stimson. September 8, 1961. 10 cents.

38. Radiation patterns in the lower ionosphere and Fresnel zones for elevated antennas

over a spherical earth, R. G. Merrill and W. V. Mansfield. April 2, 1962. 70 cents.

192
39. Calibration procedures for direct-current resistance apparatus P P B Brooks March 1, 1962. 40 cents.

40. Thermocouple materials, F. R. Caldwell. March 1. 1962. 30 cents.

41. Theory and methods of optical pyrometry, H. J. Kostkowski and R. D. Lee March 1 1962. 25 cents.

42. Structure shielding against fallout radiation from nuclear weapons, L. V. Spencer. June 1, 1962. 75 cents.

44. Effect of exposure site on weather resistance of porcelain enamels exposed for three

years, D. G. Moore and A. Potter. April 10, 1962. 15 cents.

45. Fire test of precast cellular concrete floors and roofs, J. V. Ryan and E W Bender

April 12, 1962. 15 cents.

46. Analysis of coaxial two-terminal conical capacitor, M. C. Selby. April 6, 1962 20 cents.

47. Basic magnetic quantities and the measurement of the magnetic properties of materials, R. L. Sanford and I. L. Cooter. May 21, 1962. (Supersedes C456). 30 cents.

48. Determination of total X-ray beam energy with a calibrated ionization chamber

J. S. Pruitt and S. R. Domen. June 5, 1962. 20 cents.

Circulars. The National Bureau of Standards Circular series was discontinued in July 1959 with the inauguration of the NBS Monograph series. However, since the

first two Sections of Circular 488 were published before 1959, the Circular designation

is being retained for the remaining three Sections of this Circular.

488. An ultraviolet multiplet table, C. E. Moore. Sections 3, 4, and 5 (April 6, 1962). Section 3, 60 cents: Section 4, 45 cents: Section 5, 30 cents.

Miscellaneous Publications. As the name implies, this series includes material, which, because of its character or because of its size, does not fit into any of the other regular publication series. Some of these are charts, administrative pamphlets, Annual

Reports, Weights and Measures Conference Reports, and other subjects appropriate to the Miscellaneous series.

238. Hvdraulic research in the United States 1961. H. K. Middleton. August 15, 1961.

$1.25. 239. Report of the 46th National Conference on Weights and Measures, 1961. Jan- uary 18, 1962. 65 cents. 241. Standard materials issued by the National Bureau of Standards. A descriptive

list with prices. March 2, 1962. (Supersedes C552.) 30 cents. 242. Research highlights of the National Bureau of Standards. Annual Report 1961. December 1961. 75 cents. 243. Index to the Reports of the National Conference on Weights and Measures, from

the first to the forty-fifth, 1905 to 1960. June 28, 1962. \ Supersedes M203.) 40

cents.

Handbooks. These are recommended codes of engineering and industrial practices, including safety codes, developed in cooperation with the national organizations and

others concerned. In many cases the recommended requirements are given official status through their incorporation in local ordinances by State and municipal regulatory bodies.

70. Tabulation of data on microwave tubes, C. P. Marsden, W. J. Kerry, and J. K.

Moffitt. November 1, 1961. $1.00.

79. Stopping powers for use with cavity chambers. September 1, 1961. 35 cents. 80. A manual of radioactivity procedures. November 20, 1961. 50 cents.

81. Safety rules for the installation and maintenance of electric supply and communication lines. Comprising Part 2. the definitions, and the grounding rules of the

sixth edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. November 1, 1961 (Supersedes

H32 and amends in part, Pt. 2. Definitions and the Grounding Rules of H30 and H43). $1.75.

82. Weights and measures administration. June 22, 1962. (Supersedes H26.) $1.75.

Applied Mathematics Series. Mathematical tables, manuals, and studies.

58. Fractional factorial designs for experiments with factors at two and three levels. W. S. Connor and S. Young. September 1, 1961. 40 cents.

Technical Note Series. This series was initiated in 1959 to supplement the Bureau's

regular publications program. Technical Notes provide a means for making available

scientific data that are of transient or limited interest. They are available by purchase from the Office of Technical Services, U.S. Department of Commerce, Washington 25, D.C. (Order by PB number only.)

193
18-10 (PB151377-10). Quarterly radio noise data— March, April, May 1961, W. Q. Crichlow, R. T. Disney, and M. A. Jenkins. August 14, 1961. $1.50. 18-11 (PB151377-11). Quarterly radio noise data—June, July, August 1961, W. Q. Crichlow, R. T. Disney, and M. A. Jenkins. November 16, 1961. $1.50. 18-12 (PB151377-12) . Quarterly radio noise data—September, October, November

1961, W. Q. Crichlow, R. T. Disney, and M. A. Jenkins. February 23, 1962. $1.00. 18-13 (PB151377-13) . Quarterly radio noise data—December, January, February

1961-62, W. Q. Crichlow, R. T. Disney, and M. A. Jenkins, May 22, 1962. $1.75. 40-4 (PB151399-4) . Mean electron density variations of the quiet ionosphere. No. 4_May 1959, J. W. Wright, L. R. Wescott, and D. J. Brown. May 1961. $1.50. 40-5 (PB151399-5) . Mean electron density variations of the quiet ionosphere, No. 5—July 1959, J. W. Wright, L. R. Wescott, and D. J. Brown, August 1961. $1.50. 40-6 (PB151399-6) . Mean electron density variations of the quiet ionosphere, No. 6

August 1959, J. W. Wright, L. R. Wescott, and D. J. Brown. September 1961. $1.50.

13, Summary of one year of data, May 1959-April 1960, J. W. Wright. April 15, 40-7 ( PB151399-7) . Mean electron density variations of the quiet ionosphere, No. 7—September 1959, J. W. Wright, L. R. Wescott, and D. J. Brown. April 1962.

$1.50. 40-13 ( PB151399-13) . Mean electron densitv variations of the quiet ionosphere. No.

13, Summary of one year of data, May 1959-April 1960, J. W. Wright. April 15, 1962. $1.50. 81 (PB161582). An evaluation of Kacser's second order Born approximation to the bremsstrahlung differential cross section, G. S. Ofelt. June 1961. 75 cents. 89 (PB161590). Collisions of liquid drops with liquids, O. G. Engel. May 1961.

$2.00. 90 (PB161591). Flux switching mechanisms in ferrite cores and their dependence on

core geometry, G. W. Reimherr. May 1961. $1.25. 91 (PB161592). Determination of the K fluorescence yield of argon by proportional- counter spectrometry. C. Godeau. May 1961. 50 cents. 92 (PB161593). Research program of the Radiation Physics Division, National Bureau

of Standards, W. R. Ney and L. S. Taylor. May 1961. $1.50. 93 (PB161594). An experimental study of beta decay using the radiations from oriented

nuclei, D. D. Hoppes. August 1961. $1.50. 94 (PB161595). Bibliography on meteoric radio wave propagation, W. Nupen. May

29, 1961. $2.75. 95 (PB161596). Characteristics of point-to-point tropospheric propagation and siting considerations, R. S. Kirby, P. L. Rice, and L. J. Maloney. October 19, 1961. $2.50. 96 (PB161597). On the climatology of groundbased radio ducts and associated fading

regions, E. J. Dutton. June 16, 1961. $1.75. 97 (PB161598) . Techniques for computing refraction of radio waves in the troposphere,

E. J. Dutton and G. D. Thayer. October 17. 1961. $1.50. 102 (PB161603). Performance predictions for single tropospheric communication links and for several links in tandem, A. P. Barsis, K. A. Norton, P. L. Rice, and P. H. Elder. August 1961. $3.00. 106 (PB161607). The integrated starlight over the sky March 1961, L. R. Megill and

F. E. Roach. June 1961. $2.00. 107 (PB161608). A fixed frequency, 9.1 Gc, field intensity recording receiver with

extremely narrow bandwidth, R. W. Hubbard and J. V. Cateora. June 1961. 75 cents. 108 (PB161609). A compilation of the physical equilibria and related properties of the hydrogen-carbon monoxide system, D. E. Drayer and T. M. Flynn. May 1961. $2.25. 109 (PB161610). A compilation of the physical equilibria and related properties of the hydrogen-helium system, T. M. Flynn and D. E. Drayer. June 1961. $1.25. 110 (PB161611). A compilation of the physical equilibria and related properties of the hydrogen-nitrogen system, D. E. Drayer and T. M. Flynn. May 1961. $1.75. 111 (PB161612). Data reduction instrumentation for radio propagation research, W.

E. Johnson. July 1961. $1.00. 112 (PB161613). Automatic character recognition: a state-of-the-art report, M. E. Stevens. May 1961. $2.50. 113 (PB161614). A transistor-magnetic core digital circuit, E. W. Hogue. June 1961.

$3.00. 114 (PB161615). Mode calculations for VLF propagation in the earth-ionosphere

waveguide, K. P. Spies and J. R. Wait. July 17, 1961. $1.50. 115 (PB161616). Load carrying capacity of gas-lubricated bearings with inherent ori- fice compensation using nitrogen and helium gas, H. Sixsmith, W. A. Wilson, B. W.

Birmingham. August 1961. $1.00. 194
116 (PB161617). Astrophysical and plasma physics research at the National Bureau

of Standards—Highlights for 1961, L. M. Branscomb, K. E. Shuler, and J. A. Suddeth. October 1961. $1.00. 117 (PB161618). Variations in frequency of occurrence of sporadic E, 1949-1959. W. B. Chadwick. October 1961. 75 cents. 118. (PB161619). A note on the propagation of certain LF pulses utilized in a radio navigation system. J. R. Johler. October 27, 1961. 75 cents. 119 (PB161620). Computer simulation of street traffic. M. C. Stark. November 1961.

$2.25. 120 (PB161621). A tabulation of the thermodynamic properties of normal hydrogen from low temperatures to 300 °K and from 1 to 100 atmospheres, J. W. Dean. November 1961. 81.75. 121 (PB161622). Precision calibration of RF vacuum tube voltmeters, L. F. Behrent. December 1961. 50 cents. 122 (PB161623). A survey of the literature on heat transfer from solid surfaces to cryogenic fluids, R. J. Richards, W. G. Steward, and R. B. Jacobs. October 1961.

S1.25. 123 (PB161624). Functional and design problems of the NBS RF voltage bridge.

1961. §1.00. 124 (PB161625). Papers from the Symposium on Collision Phenomena in Astrophysics,

Geophvsics, and Masers, M. J. Seaton, M. J. Dalgarno, and C. Pecker. December 1961.

S1.00.

'

125 (PB161626). OMNIFORM 1: A general purpose machine program for the calculation of tables of functions given explicitly in terms of one variable, J. Hilsenrath and

G. M. Galler. May 1962. $1.00. 128 (PB161629) . Bibliography on auroral radio wave propagation. W. Nupen. January

12.1962. S2.75 129 (PB161630). The thermodynamic properties of nitrogen from 64 to 300 °K between

0.1 and 200 atmospheres. T. R. Strobridge. January 1962. $2.25. 130 (PB161631). Provisional thermodynamic functions for para-hydrogen, H. M. Roder

and R. D. Goodwin. December 1961. S3.00. 131 (PB161632). Photoionization of atoms and molecules, F. L. Mohler. January

1962. $1.25. 132 'PB161633). Evaluation of convolution integrals occurring in the theory of mixed

path propagation, J. R. Johler and C. M. Lilley, November 8, 1961. $1.00. 133 (PB161634). Historical survey of fading at medium and high radio frequencies, R. K. Salaman. January 1962. 75 cents. 134 (PB161635). Airborne television coverage in the presence of co-channel inter- ference. M. T. Decker. January 1962. $2.00. 135 (PB161636). Ionosonde observations of artificially produced electron clouds, Firefly 1960. J. W. Wright. April 1, 1962. $2.50. 136 'PB161637). Some problems of fatigue of bolts and bolted joints in aircraft appli- cations. L. Mordfin. January 1962. $1.25. 137 (PB161638) A bibliography of the thermophysical properties of oxygen at low

temperatures, J. C. Hust, L. D. Wallace, J. A. Crim, L. A. Hall and R. B. Stewart. February 1962. $2.25. 138 'PB161639). Vertical cross sections of the ionosphere across the geomagnetic

equator. J. W. Wright. April 6, 1962. $1.00. 139 'PB161640). Siting criteria for HF communication centers, W. F. Utlaut. April

1962. $1.25. 140 <PB161641). Detailed techniques for preparing and using hard gallium alloys, G.

G. Harman. April 1962. 75 cents. 142 IPB161643). Atlas of fourier coefficients of diurnal variation of foF2, W. B. Jones. April 1962. $2.50. 143 'PB161644). Numerical results for the surface impedance of a stratified conductor,

C. M. Jackson, J. R. Wait and L. C. Walters. March 19, 1962. $1.25. 144 (PB161645). Dielectric constant of liquid para-hydrogen, R. J. Corruccini. April

1962. 50 cents. 146 (PB161647). Analysis of ionospheric vertical soundings for electron density profile data, III. Procedures for obtaining monthly summary virtual height curves for N(h)

analysis 'composite virtual height curves), J. W. Wright. May 1, 1962. 75 cents. 147 (PB161648). Cryogenic temperature measurement with platinum resistance ther- mometers—Is fixed-point calibration adequate? R. J. Corruccini. April 30, 1962. 50 cents. 148 (PB161649). A wire exploder for generating cylindrical shock waves in a controlled atmosphere, D. L. Jones and K. B. Earnshaw, May 1962. 50 cents.

195
Publications in Outside Journals*

Achenbach, P. R., Chilled-air distribution in refrigerated trailers, Suppl. Bull. Intern.

Inst. Refrigeration, p. 9 ( 1961-1962)

.

Achenbach, P. R., Design requirements for mechanical systems in protective shelters, Heating, Piping, Air Conditioning 34, No. 2, 73-79 (Feb. 1962)

.

Achenbach, P. R., The ventilating problem in fallout shelters, Am. Artisan 99, No. 5, 64-70 (May 1962). Achenbach, P. R., Drapeau, F. J. J., Phillips, C. W., Environmental characteristics of a small underground fallout shelter, ASHRAE J. 4, No. 1, 21 (Jan. 1962). Acton, L., Some relationships between shortwave fadeouts, magnetic crochets, and

solar flares, J. Geophys. Res. (letter to editor) 66, No. 9, 30, 60-63 (Sept. 1961). Agy, V., The types of blackout, their time variations and the mechanisms producing

them, J. Phys. Soc. Japan 17, 93-97 (Sept. 1961). Agy, V., Davies, K., Worldwide patterns of ionospheric blackout occurrence, J. Atmospheric Terrest. Phys. 23, 202-205 ( Dec. 1961 )

.

Aitken, J. H„ DeLaVergne, R., Henry, W. H., Loftus, T. P., Comparison of United

States and Canadian free-air ionization chambers, Brit. J. Radiol. 35, No. 409, 65-70

(Jan. 1962). Alexander, S. N., A report on computer technology outside the United States, Proc. Executive Seminar on High Speed Calculators for the Solution of Naval Problems

Report No. 1519, 45-90 (May 1961)

.

Alexander, S. N., Computing and data processing capabilities in the Soviet Union, J. Digest Automatic Data Processing, pp. 1-22 (1962)

.

Alexander, S. N., The information problem in government, Proc. Engineering In- formation Symp. (Sponsored by the Engineers Joint Council), pp. 15-16 (Jan. 17, 1962).

Allen, G. F., Robinson, R. A., Bower, V. E., The ionization constant of p-nitrophenol from 0 to 60°, J. Phys. Chem. 66, No. 1, 171-172 (Jan. 1962)

.

Alt, F. L., Digital pattern recognition by moments, J. Assoc. Computing Mach. 9, No. 2, 240-258 (Apr. 1962).

Alt, F. L. Fifteen years ACM, Commun. Assoc. Computing Mach. 5, No. 6, 300-307

(June 1962). Ambler, E., Schooley, J., Eisenstein, J., Traces of products of angular momentum

matrices. I. Cartesian basis, J. Math. Phys. 3, No. 1, 118-130 (Jan.-Feb. 1962). Anderson, J. N., Paffenbarger, G. C, Properties of Silico-phosphate cements, Dental

Progr. 2, No. 2, 72-75 (Jan. 1962)

.

Anson, W. J., Niesen, E., Fast-melting alloy forms water jacket for small klystrons, Electronic Design, pp. 42^15 (Mar. 1962). Armstrong, G. T., Fluorine flame calorimetry, Book, Experimental Thermochemistry II, Ch. 7, 129-145 (Interscience Publ. Ltd., London, England, Feb. 1962). Armstrong, G. T., Fano, L., Jessup, R. S.. Marantz, S., Mears, T. W., Walker, J. A., Net

heat of combustion and other properties of kerosine and related fuels J. Chem. Engr. Data 7, No. 1, 107-116 (Jan. 1962)

.

Armstrong, G. T., Krieger, L. A., Heats of formation of inorganic fluorine compounds

A survey, Progress in Intern. Research on Thermodynamics and Transport Properties,

pp. 8-77 (Am. Soc. Mech. Engrs. and Academic Press Inc., New York. N. Y., 1962)

.

Arnett, R. W., On the bulk density of boiling liquid oxygen (Proc. 1961 Cryogenic Eng.

Conf.), Book, Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 7, Paper F-4, 214-218 (Plenum

Press, Inc., New York, N. Y., 1962)

.

Arni, H. T., Blaine, R. L., Evaluating the freezing-and-thawing durability of concrete by

laboratory tests in the U.S.A., Symp. Durability of Concrete of RILEM, Prague,

Czechoslovakia, pp. 218-231 (July 1961). Arp, V., Wilson, J. H., Winrich, L., Sikora, P., Thermal expansion of some engineering

materials from 20 °K to 293 °K Cryogenics 3, 230-236 (June 1962)

.

Ausloos, P., Intramolecular rearrangements. II. Photolysis and radiolysis of 4-methyl2-hexanone, J. Phys. Chem. 65, No. 9, 1616 (1961). Ausloos, P., Gorden, R., Jr., Hydrogen formation in the gamma radiolysis of ethylene,

J. Chem. Phys. 36, No. 1, 5-9 (Jan. 1962)

.

Ausloos, P., Lias, S., Gas-phase radiolysis of propane, J. Chem. Phys. 36, No. 14. 3163-3170 (June 15, 1962).

Ausloos, P., Rebbert, R. E., Intramolecular rearrangements. III. Formation of 1-methylcyclobutanol in the photolysis of 2-pentanone, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 83, 4897-4899 (1961).

Bailey, D. K., The detection and study of solar cosmic rays by radio techniques, Intern. Conf. Cosmic Rays and the Earth Storm (Pt. I), J. Phys. Soc. Japan 17, Suppl. A-I. 106-112 (1962).

*For completeness, a few references to publications issued previous to July 1961 are included. 196
Bailey. D. K.. Time variations of the energy spectrum of solar cosmic rays in relation to

the' radiation hazard in space, J. Geophys. Res. 67, No. 1, 391-396 (Jan. 1962).

Bailey, D. K., Harrington. J. M., A survey of polar cap absorption events (solar proton

events) in the period 1952 through 1960, Intern. Conf. on Cosmic Rays and the Earth Storm (Pt. II) , J. Phys. Soc. Japan, 17, Suppl. A-II, 334-336 (1962)

Barger. R. L., Kessler, K. G., Kr86 and atomic-beam-emitted Hg19S wavelengths, J. Opt.

Soc. Am. 51, No. 8. 827-S29 (Aug. 1961)

Barghausen, A. F., Peterson, C. F., Path loss measurements versus prediction for long

distance tropospheric scatter circuits, IRE Trans. Commun. Systems. CS—9, No. 4, 439-445 (Dec. 1961).

Barker, V. S., This works for us—approval, books for a science library, Special Libraries 52, No. 8, 471-172 (Oct. 1961)

Barnes. J. A., Allan. D. W.. Wainwright, A. E., The ammonia beam maser as a standard

of frequency, IRE Trans. Instr. 1-11, 26-30 (June 1962)

Barsis, A. P., Kirby, R. S., VHF and UHF signal characteristics observed on a long

knife-edge diffraction path. IRE Natl. Conv. Record, pp. 17-34 (1961).

Barsis, A. P., Norton, K. A., Rice, P. L., Predicting the performance of tropospheric

communication links, sinely and in tandem, IRE Trans. Commun. Systems CS—10, No. 1,2-22 (Mar. 1962).

Bass, A. M.. Mann, D. E.. Absorption spectrum of CF: trapped in an argon matrix, J. Chem. Phys. 36, No. 12, 3501-3502 (June 15. 1962)

Bates. R. G.. Preparation, transfer, and dilution of a 50% sodium hydroxide solution, Chem.-Anal. 50, No. 4, 117-118 (Dec. 1961)

Bates. R. G., Hetzer. H. B., Absorption of carbon dioxide by solutions of 2-amino-2- (hydroxymethyl)-l, 3-propandediol, Anal. Chem. 33, No. 9, 1285 (Aug. 1961).

Bazlev, N. W, Fox. D. W. A procedure for estimating eigenvalues, J. Math. Phys. 3, 469-471 (May-June 1962).

Bazley, N. W.. Fox, D. W., Lower bounds for eigenvalues of Schroedinaer's equation.

Phys. Rev. 124, No. 2, 483-492 (Oct. 1961)

Bean, B. R., Comparison of observed tropospheric refraction with values computed from

the surface refractivity. IRE Trans. Ant. Prop. AP-9, No. 4, 415-416 (July 1961). Bean. B. R., Concerning the bi-exponential nature of the tropospheric radio refractive index, Beitr. Phys. Atmos. 34, No. 1/2, 81-91 ( 1961)

Bean, B. R., The radio refractive index of air, Proc. IRE 50, No. 3, 260-273 (Mar. 1962)

Bean. B. R.. Dutton, E. J., Concerning radiosondes, lag constants, and radio refractive index profiles, J. Geophys. Res. 66, No. 11. 3717-3722 (Nov. 1961)

Bean, B. R., Fehlhaber, L, Grosskopf, J., Die Radiometeorologie und ihre Bedeutung

fur die Ausbreitung der m-. dm- und cm-Wellen auf grosse Entfernungen, Nachr. Z. (NTZ), pp. 9-16 (Jan. 1962) . Bean. B. R., Horn, J. D., On the average atmospheric radio refractive index structure over North America, Beitr. Phys. Atmos. 34, No. 1/2, 92-104 ( 1961 )

Beattv, R. W., Decibels return loss to magnitude of voltage reflection coefficient, Micro- wave Eng. Handb. and Buyers Guide, pp. TD 188-192 (Nov. 1961).

Beatv, E. C, Mobilities of positive ions in argon, Proc. Conf. Ionization Phenomena in Gases. Aug. 28-Sept. 1, 1961, Munich, Germany, p. 183 (North Holland Publ. Co.. Amsterdam, The Netherlands. 1962)

Becker. J. H.. Frederikse, H. P. R., Electrical properties of nonstoichiometric semi- conductors, J. Appl. Phys. Suppl. 33, No. 1, 447-453 (Jan. 1962)

Beers. Y., Treacy, E. B., The hvperfine structure of the rotational spectrum of HDO, J. Chem. Phys. 36, 1473 (Mar. 1962)

Bennett. J. A., Attempts to eliminate fatigue damage by heat treatment, Am. Soc. Metals

Trans. Quart. Tech. Notes 55, No. 2. 362-363 (June 1962)

Bennett, L. H., Streever, R. L., Internal magnetic fields in nickel-rich nickel cobalt alloys,

J. Appl. Phys. Suppl. 33, No. 3. 1093-1094 (Mar. 1962)

Bennett, L. H., Streever, R. L., Nuclear moment of Ni61

, Phys. Rev. Letters 121, No. 6, 2141-2142 (June 15, 1962).

Berger, R. T., The X- or gamma-ray energy absorption or transfer coefficient: tabulations and discussion, Radiation Res. 15, No. 1, 1-29 (July 1961)

Bidelman, W. P., Corliss, C. H., The presence of singly-ionized gallium (Ga n) lines in stellar spectra, Astrophys. J. 135, No. 3, 968-969 ( May 1962)

Birmingham, H., Sixsmith. H., Smith. W. A., The application of gas-lubricated bearings

to a miniature helium expansion turbine, (Proc. 1961 Cryogenic Eng. Conf.), Book, Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 7, Paper A^, 30-42 (Plenum Press, Inc., New

York, N.Y., 1962). Birnbaum, G., Maryott, A. A.. Collision-induced absorption in compressed gases. II. Molecular electric quadrupole moments, J. Chem. Phys. 36, 2032-2036 (Apr. 1962).

197
Blackburn, G. F., Caldwell, F. R., Reference tables for 40% iridium-60% rhodium

versus iridium thermocouples, Book, Temperature, Its Measurement and Control in Science and Industry 3, Pt. 2, 161-175 (Reinhold Publ. Corp., New York, N.Y., 1962).

Blaine, R. L., Proton magnetic resonance in clay minerals, Highway Res. Board Bull. No. 287,44-55 (June 1962).

Bloss, R. L., Trumbo, J. T., Measuring the instability of resistance strain gages at ele- vated temperatures, Instr. Soc. Am. Conf. Paper No. 161-LA-61, 1 (Sept. 1961). Boone, T. H., Smith, J. R., Causes and measurement of walkway slipperiness, Natl. Acad.

Sci.-Natl. Res. Council 899, 1-26 (1961)

.

Borkowski, R. P., Ausloos, P., Intramolecular rearrangements. IV. Photolysis of 2- pentanone-4,5,5-</.-., J. Phys. Chem. 65, No. 12, 2257-2260 (1961)

.

Bowen, R. L., Evaluation of the nature of the surfaces of hard tooth tissues by surface

activity test, Proc. Workshop on Adhesive Restorative Dental Materials (Indiana

Univ./Bloomington, Ind., Sept. 28-29, 1961). Bowen, R. L., Rodriguez, M. S., Tensile strength and modulus of elasticity of tooth

structure and several restorative materials, J. Am. Dental Assoc. 64, No. 3, 379-387

(Mar. 1962).

Boyle, D. R., Ledley, R. S., Multivalued logic devices for simulating threshold neutrons,

Proc. First and Second Annual Symp. Switching Circuit Theory and Logical Design

1, 77-82 (Sept. 1961). Branscomb, L. M., Photodetachment, Book, Atomic and Molecular Processes, ed. D. R.

Bates, pp. 100-138 (Academic Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962)

.

Branscomb, L. M., The program at the National Bureau of Standards, Book, Optical

Spectroscopic Measurements of High Temperatures, ed. P. J. Dickerman, p. 235

(Univ. of Chicago Press, Chicago, 111., 1961). Branscomb, L. M., The radiative formation and destruction of negative ions, Proc. Fifth

Intern. Conf. Ionization Phenomena in Gases, Munich, Germany I, 1-18 (North Hol- land Publ. Co., Amsterdam, The Netherlands. 1961)

.

Brauer, G. M., Polarography, Book, Analytical Chemistry of Polymers, ed. G. M. Kline,

Pt. II, Ch. 11, 405-485 (Interscience Publ. Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962)

.

Brauer, G. M., Horowitz, E., Systematic procedures, Book, Analytical Chemistry of Polymers, ed. G. M. Kline, Pt. Ill, Ch. 1, 1-140 (Interscience Publ. Inc., New York,

N.Y., 1962).

Brauer, G. M., Newman, S. B., Color tests, Book, Analytical Chemistry of Polymers,

ed. G. M. Kline, Pt. Ill, Ch. 2, 141-259 (Interscience Publ. Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962). Brennan. J. A., Wilson, W. A., Radebaugh, R., Birmingham, B. W., Testing of ball bear- ings with five different separator materials at 9200 RPM in liquid nitrogen ( Proc. 1961 Cryogenic Eng. Conf.), Book, Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 7, Paper G-2, 262-272 (Plenum Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962). Brenner, A., Deposition of metals from the vapour phase and similarity of the process

to electrodeposition, Trans. Inst. Metal Finishing 38, No. 4, 123-130 (Aug. 1961). Broadhurst, M. G., The extrapolation of the orthorhombic N-paraffin melting properties

to very long chain lengths, J. Chem. Phys. 36, No. 10, 2578 (May 15, 1962). Broadhurst, M. G., Theoretical dielectric behavior of an ethyl stearate-heneicocane mixture, J. Chem. Phys. 33, No. 1, 221-256 (July 1960).

Broida, H. P., A study of electronically excited hydroxyl radicals in the H+0:S atomic

flame, J. Chem. Phys. 36, No. 2, 444-448 (Jan. 1962)

.

Broida, H. P., Tanaka, I., Double probe measurements of ionization in active nitrogen,

J. Chem. Phys. 36, No. 1, 236-238 (Jan. 1962)

.

Brown, E. H., On the thermodynamic properties of fluids, Suppl. Bull. Inst. Intern, du

Froid, Commission 1, Eindhoven 1960, Annexe 1960-1, 169-178 (1960)

.

Brown, R. R., Campbell, W. H., An auroral zone electron precipitation event and its relationship to a magnetic bay, J. Geophys. Res. 67, No. 4, 1357-1366 (Apr. 1962). Bruck, S. D., Extension of the Flory-Rehner theory of swelling to an anisotropic system,

J. Polymer Sci. 55, 29-31 (Dec, 1961). Bryson, J. O., Mathey, R. G., Surface condition effect on bond strength of steel beams

embedded in concrete, J. Am. Concrete Inst. 59, No. 3, 397-405 (Mar. 1962). Bryson, J. O., Watstein, D., Comparison of four different methods of determining drying

shrinkage of concrete masonry units, J. Am. Concrete Inst. 58, No. 2, 163-183 (Aug.

1961).

Caldwell, F. R., Thermocouple materials, Book, Temperature, Its Measurement and

Control in Science and Industry 3, Pt. 2, 81-134 (Reinhold Publ. Corp., New York,

N.Y., 1962).

Calvert, W., Cohen, R., The interpretation and synthesis of certain spread-F configurations appearing on equatorial ionograms, J. Geophys. Res. 66, No. 10, 3125-3140 (Oct. 1961). Campbell, W. H., Magnetic field micropulsations and electron bremsstrahlung, J. Geophys Res. 66, No. 10, 3599-3600 (Oct. 1961)

.

198
Campbell, W. H., Some auroral zone disturbances at times of magnetic micropulsation

storms, J. Phys., Soc. Japan 17, Suppl. A-l, 112-116 (Jan. 1962). Campbell. ^\ . H., Matsushita, S., Auroral-zone geomagnetic micropulsations with period

of 5 to 30 seconds, J. Geophys. Res. 67, No. 2, 555-573 (Feb. 1962)

Candela. G. A., Mundy, R. E., Absolute magnetic susceptibilities by Thorpe-Senftle

method, Rev. Sci. Instru. Note 32, No. 9, 1056-1057 (Sept. 1961)

Cannon, E. W., The reflection of logistics in electronic computer design (Proc. Logistics Research Conf., George Washington Univ., Wash., D.C.), Naval Res. Quart. 7, No. 4, 365-371 (Dec. 1960).

Carleton, N. P., Megill, L. R., Electron energy distribution in slightly ionized air under

the influence of electric and magnetic fields, Phys. Rev. 126, No. 6, 2089-2099 (June

15, 1962). Carpenter, F. G., Use of gas phase chromatography for rapid determination of carbonate

at low levels, Anal. Chem. 34. 66 (Jan. 1962)

Carrington, T., Fluorescence and rotational relaxation of OH radicals in flames, Eighth

Symp. (Intern.) on Combustion, pp. 257-262 (The Williams and Wilkins Co., Balti- more, Md., 1960).

Carrington, T., Fluorescence in comets as a Markov process, Astrophys. J. 135, No. 3, 883-891 (May 1962).

Carrington, T., Transition probabilities in multilevel systems: Calculation from impulsive and steady-state experiments, J. Chem. Phys. 35, No. 3, 807-816 (Sept. 1961)

Carwile, N. L., Meyerson, M. R., Rosenberg, S. J., Apparatus for controlled slack quenching, Mater. Res. Std. 1, No. 7, 532-636 (July 1961 )

Cassel, J. M., Chromatography, Book, Analytical Chemistry of Polymers, ed. G. M. Kline,

Pt. II, Ch. 10, 359-404 ( Interscience Publ. Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962).

Cataland, G., Edlow, M. H., Plumb, H. H., Liquid helium vapor pressure regulator, Rev. Sci. Instr. 32, No. 8, 980-982 (Aug. 1961)

Chapman, S., Sun storms and the earth: The aurora polaris and the space around the

earth, Am. Scientist 49, No. 3, 249-284 (Sept. 1961)

Chapman, S., The international geophysical year world magnetic survey, ICSU Rev. 3. 77-80 (1961).

Chelton, D. B., Mann, D. B., Birmingham, B. W., An intermediate size automatically

controlled hydrogen refrigeration system, Suppl. Bull. Inst. Intern, du Froid, Commission 1, Eindhoven 1960, Annexe 1960-1, 73-81 ( 1960)

Chivers, H. J. A., A statistical study of ionospheric drifts measured by the radio star

scintillation technique, J. Atmospheric Terrest. Phys. 21, 221-224 (1961). Chrzanowski, P., Greene, G., Lemmon, K. T., Young, J. M., Traveling pressure waves as- sociated with geomagnetic activity, J. Geophys. Res. 66, No. 11, 3727-3733 (Nov.

1961) . Chrzanowski, P., Young, J. M., Greene, G., Lemmon, K. T., Infrasonic pressure waves

associated with magnetic storms, J. Phys. Soc. Japan 17, Suppl. A-II, 9-13 (1962).

Cline, D., Kropschot, R. H., An electrically controlled guarded flat plate calorimeter

(Proc. 1961 Cryogenic Eng. Conf.), Book, Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 7, Paper L-5, 534-538 ( Plenum Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962)

Cline, D., Kropschot, R. H., The thermal properties of powder insulators in the temperature range 300°-4°K, (Proc. Conf. Radiative Transfer from Solid Materials, Boston, Mass., Dec. 12-13, 1960), Book, Radiative Transfer from Solid Materials, ed. H. H.

Blau, Jr., and H. Fischer, Sec. I, pp. 61-81 (Macmillan and Co., New York, N.Y., 1962) . Cline, D., Kropschot, R. H., Arp, V., Wilson, J. H., The resistive transition in Nb3 Sn

I Proc. Intern. Conf. High Magnetic Fields), Book, High Magnetic Fields, pp. 580-583

(Mass. Inst. Technol. Press and John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962).

Clinton, W. L., New potential energy function. I. Empirical, J. Chem. Phys. 36, No. 2, 555-556 (Jan. 1962).

Clinton, W. L., New potential energy function. II. Theoretical, J. Chem. Phys. 36,

No. 2, 556-557 (Jan. 1962). Cohen, R., Bowles, K. L., Calvert, W., On the nature of "equatorial slant sporadic E,"

J. Geophys. Res. 67, No. 3, 965-972 (Mar. 1962)

Connor, W. S., Severo, N., Distribution of total service time for a fixed observation

interval, J. Am. Statist. Assoc. 57, 376-386 (June (1962)

Cook, R. K., Sound absorption by areas of finite size, Proc. Third Intern. Congress on

Acoustics II, 883-885 (Elsevier Publ. Co., Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 1961). Cook, R. K., Strange sounds in the atmosphere, Part I, Sound—Its Use and Control 1, No. 2, 12-16 (Mar.-Apr. 1962). Cook, R. K., Young, J. M., Strange sounds in the atmosphere, Part II, Sound—Its Use

and Control 1, No. 3, 25-33 (May-June 1962)

Cooper, J. W., Martin. J. B., Electron photodetachment from ions and elastic collision cross sections for O, C, CI and F, Phys. Rev. 126, No. 4, 1482-1488 (May 1962).

199
Corliss, E. L. R., Smith, E. L., Magruder, J. 0., Hearing by bone conduction, Proc. Third Intern. Congress on Acoustics I, 53-55 (Elsevier Publ. Co., Amsterdam, The

Netherlands, 1961).

Costrell. L., Scattered radiation from large cobalt-60 calibrating sources. Health Phys.

J. 8, No. 3, 261-272 (June 1962).

Costrell, L., Brueckmann, R. E., Charge-storage techniques for pulse-height analysis, Nuclear Electronics (Intern. Atomic Energy Agency ) II, 29-39 (1962). Couch, D. E., Preparation of and electroplating on uranium, Plating 49, No. 4, 363-367

(Apr. 1962).

Cullen, W. C, Wind resistance of asphalt shingle roofing, Natl. Acad. Sci.-Natl. Res. Council, pp. 33-42 (1961). Culshaw, W., Millimeter wave techniques, Book, Advances in Electronics and Electron Physics XV, 197-263 (Academic Press, Inc., New York, N. Y., 1961).

Curtis, A. J., Dielectric loss in "non-polar" polymers, J. Chem. Phys. 36, No. 12, 3500

(June 15, 1962).

Curtis, A. J., Dielectric properties of solid polymers, SPE Trans. 2, No. 1, 82-85 (Jan. 1962)

.

Dahl, S., Colorimetric determination of 5,6-dichloro-2-benzoxazolinone in leathers, J. Am. Leather Chemists Assoc. 56, No. 1, 15-25 (Jan. 1962)

.

Dahl, S., Kaplan, A. M., 5,6-dichloro-2-benzoxazolinone as a leather fungicide, J. Am.

Leather Chemists Assoc. 56, No. 12, 686-698 (Dec. 1961)

.

Danos, M., Photonuclear physics, University of Maryland Tech. Report 221 (Univ. of Maryland, College Park, Md., July 1961)

.

Davies, K., Correction to "Doppler studies of the ionosphere with vertical incidence," Proc. IRE 50, No. 6, 94 (June 1962)

.

Davies, K., Doppler studies of the ionosphere with vertical incidence, Proc. IRE 50,

No. 1,94 (Jan. 1962).

Davies, K., Ionospheric effects associated with the solar flare of September 28, 1961 Nature (letter) 193, No. 4817, 736-764 (Feb. 24, 1962)

.

Davies, K., Propagation, ionosphere, Encyclopedia of Electronics, pp. 631-633 (Rheinhold Publ. Corp., New York, N.Y., 1961)

.

Davies, K., Knecht, R. W., Possible solar flare effects in the F region of the ionosphere, Nature 192, No. 4800,347-348 (Oct. 1961).

Davies, K., Knecht, R. W., Solar flare effects in the F region of the ionosphere, Nature 190, No. 4778, 797-798 (May 1961)

.

Davies, K., Saha, A. K., Study of "valley problem" with a ray tracing program, Electron Density Profiles, pp. 162-166 (1962)

.

Davies, K., Watts, J. M., Zacharison, D., A study of F2 layer effects as with a Doppler

technique, J. Geophys. Res. 67, No. 2, 601-609 ( Feb. 1962)

.

Davis, P. J., Rabinowitz, P., Advances in orthonormalizing computation, Advan. in Computers II, 55-133 (1961).

Davis, P. J., Rabinowitz, P., Some geometrical theorems for abscissas and weights of Gauss type, J. Math. Anal, and Appl. 2, No. 3, 428^37 (June 1961)

.

DeFore, M. R., Corah, H. J., A test method for air-entrainment of standard Ottawa

sand, ASTM Bull, 248, 48-56 (TP162-166) (Sept. 1960)

.

Deitz, V. R., Carpenter, F. G., The rate of physical adsorption at low surface coverage, Advan. Chem. Series 33, 146 (1961)

.

Delavignette, P., Kirkpatrick, H. B., Amelinckx, S., Dislocations and stacking faults in aluminum nitride, J. Appl. Phys. 32, No. 6, 1098-1100 (June 1961)

.

DeVoe, J. R., Radioactive contamination of materials used in scientific research, Natl. Acad. Sci.-Natl. Res. Council Nuclear Sci. Series No. 34 (1961)

.

DeVoe, J. R., Nass, H. W., Meinke, W. W., Radiochemical separations of cadmium by

amalgam exchange, Anal. Chem. 33, 1713 (1961)

.

Diamond, J. J., Efimenko, J., Hampson, R. F., Walker, R. F., Rate of vaporization of refractory substances (Proc. Fourth Intern. Symp. on the Reactivity of Solids, Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 1960), Book, Reactivity of Solids, ed. J. H. De Boer,

et al., pp. 725-734 (Elsevier Publ. Co., Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 1960).

Digges, T, G., Research on light metals in the Metallurgy Division, National Bureau of Standards (Symp. Light Metal Industry, Jamshedpur, India), Indian Construction News, p. 68 (Aug. 1961).

Dize, J. R., The cement reference laboratory (1929-1959), Am. Soc. Testing Materials

Proc. 59, 369 (1959). Doherty, R. H., Hefley, G., Linfield, R. F., Timing potentials of Loran-C, Proc. IRE 49,

No. 11, 1659-1673 (Nov. 1961)

.

Drayer, D. E., Timmerhaus, K. D., An experimental investigation of the individual boil- ing and condensing heat transfer coefficients for hydrogen (Proc. 1961 Cryogenic

Eng. Conf.), Book, Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 7, Paper J-6, 401-412 (Plenum Press, Inc., New York, N. Y., 1962)

.

200
Drazin, M. P., Haynsworth, E. V., Criteria for the reality of matrix eigenvalues, Z. Math.

78, 449-452 (Mar. 1962).

Dressier. K., Ultraviolet absorption spectra of ammonia in solid argon at 4.2 °K, J. Chem. Phys. 35, No. 1, 165-169 (July 1961 )

Duecker, H. C, Haller, W., Determination of the disassociation equilibria of water by

a conductance method, J. Phys. Chem. 66, No. 2, 225-229 (Feb. 1962)

Duncan, R. A., Universal-time control of the Arctic and Antarctic F region, J. Geophys.

Res. 67, No. 5, 1823-1830 (May 1962)

Dunn. G. H.. Anisotropics in angular distributions of molecular dissociation products,

Phys. Rev. Letters 8, 62-64 (Jan. 15, 1962)

Ehrlich, M., McLaughlin, W. L., Photographic response to successive exposures of dif- ferent types of radiation, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 51, No. 11, 1172-1181 (Nov. 1961).

Eicke, W. &., Jr., The "vicious cycle" in secondary batteries—a mathematical approach,

J. Electrochem. Soc. 109, No. 5, 364-368 (May 1962)

Eisenhart, C, Precision and accuracy—experiment design aspects, Conf. Applications

of Statistical Methods in the Chemical Industry, Feb. 4, 1961 (Sponsored by Am.

Soc. for Quality Control. Metropolitan Section, Seaton Hall University, South Orange,

N.J.hp. 1 (1961).

Eisentein, J. C, Analysis of the absorption spectrum of YbCl!-6H2 0, J. Chem. Phys. 35,

No. 6, 2097-2100 (Dec. 1961)

Eisenstein, J. C, Erratum: Magnetic properties and optical absorption spectrum of KReCk J. Chem. Phys. 35, No. 6, 2246 (Dec. 1961)

Elbourn, R. D., Ware, W. H., The evolution of concepts and languages of computing,

Proc. IRE 50, No. 5, 1059-1066 (May 1962)

Engel, O. G., Liquid drop collisions, Symp. Erosion and Cavitation, Am. Soc. Testing

Materials Spec. Tech. Publ. 307, 3-16 (1961)

Estin, A. J., High mode tunable cavity for microwave-gas interactions, Rev. Sci. Instr. 33, No. 3, 369-371 ( Mar. 1962)

Eubanks. A. G., Moore, D. G., Pennington, W. A., Effect of surface roughness on oxidation rate of iron, J. Electrochem. Soc. 109, No. 5, 382-389 (May 1962 )

Fang, P. H., The relaxation times of some paramagnetic dispersions, Physica 27, No. 7, 681 (1961). Fang. P. H. Aurivillius, B., Ferroelectricity in the compound Ba2Bi4Ti5 0i8, Phys. Rev. 126, No. 3, 893 (May 1962). Fang, P. H., Fatuzzo, E., Switching properties in ferroelectrics of the family

Bi,Ba m - 2Tim .1 03(m+2) , J. Phys. Soc. Japan 17, 238 (1962). Fang, P. H., Robbins, C. R., Aurivillius, B., Ferroelectricity in the compound Bi4Ti30i2, Phys. Rev. 126, No. 3, 892 (May 1962)

Fano, U., Effects of configuration interaction on intensities and phase shifts, Phys. Rev. 124, No. 6, 1866-1878 (Dec. 1961). Fano, U., Quantum theory of interference effects in the mixing of light from phaseindependent sources, Am. J. Phys. 29, No. 8, 539-545 (Aug. 1961)

Fano, U., Real representations of coordinate rotations, J. Math. Phys. 1, No. 5,417-423

(Sept.-Oct. 1960).

Faris, J. J., Richardson. J. M., Excess noise in microwave detector diodes, IRE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech. MTT-9, No. 4, 312-314 (July 1961 )

Fey, R. L., Milton, J. B., Morgan, A. H., Remote phase control of station WWV, Nature 193, No. 4820, 1063-1064 (Mar. 17, 1962)

Finegold, H., Signs of nuclear resonance coupling constants in saturated aliphatic sys- tems, Proc. Chem. Soc. (London, England) , 6, 213-214 (June 1962)

Florin. R. E., Brown, D. W., Wall, L. A., Electron spin resonance studies of gammairradiated small molecules at 4 °K and 77 °K, Proc. Fifth Intern, Symp. Free Radicals Paper No. 17, 1-17 (Almquist and Wiksell, Stockholm, Sweden, July 6-7, 1961).

Florin, R. E., Wall, L. A., Radiochemical analysis, Book, Analytical Chemistry of Polymers, ed. G. M. Kline, Pt. II, Ch. 4, 349-395 (Interscience Publ. Inc., New York,

N.Y., 1962).

Forziati, A. F., Fluorescence, Book, Analytical Chemistry of Polymers, ed. G. M. Kline,

Pt. II, Ch. 9, 335-357 (Interscience Publ. Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962)

Forziati, A. F., Optical methods. Book, Analytical Chemistry of Polymers, ed. G. M.

Kline, Pt. n, Ch. 3, 109-157 (Interscience Publ. Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962). Frederick, N. V., A simple calibration technique for vibrating sample and coil magnetometers, Proc. IRE 49. 1449 (Sept. 1961)

Frederikse, H. P. R., Recent studies on rutile (Ti02 ), J. Appl. Phys. Suppl. 32, No. 10, 2211-2215 (Oct. 1961).

Frederikse, H. P. R., Holser, W. R., Becker, J. H., Electronic conduction in rutile (Ti02 )

,

Proc. Intern. Conf. Semiconductor Physics, Prague, Czeckoslovakia, 1960, pp. 868-871

(Publ. House of the Czeckoslovakia Academy of Sciences, 1960)

Frush, H. L., Isbell, H. S., a-L-galactose, Book, Methods of Carbohydrate Chemistry I, 127-130 (Academic Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962)

201
Fuller, E. G. Hayward, E., The nuclear photoeffect in holmium and erbium, Nucl. Phys. 30,613-635 (Mar. 1962).

Gallet, R. M., Exosphere—Apercu sur le milieu et les phenomenes de basses energies (a lecture series, Paris, Dec. 1959, 2 volumes in French), Vol. I, 144 pages; Vol. II, 84

pages, Note Tech. No. PS 4102 (Centre Natl. Etudes Telecommunications, Paris, France, February 1961).

Gallet, R. M., Radio observations of Jupiter II, Book, Planets and Satellites, III, 500- 534 of The Solar Systems Series, ed. G. P. Kuiper (University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 111., 1961).

Garstang, R. H., Transition probabilities for permitted and forbidden lines of Si x, Fe

xiv and Fe x, Extrait des astrophysique 25, No. 2, 109-117 (Mar.-Apr. 1962).

Gates, D. M., Atmospheric research, Americana Annual 1962, pp. 59-60 (Americana

Corp., Chicago, 111., 1962).

Gates, D. M., Spectroscopic observations of the stratosphere and mesosphere, Instr. Soc. Am. J. Conf. Preprint No. 2-NY-60 (Sept. 1960)

.

Gates, D. M., Winter thermal radiation studies in Yellowstone Park, Science 134, No. 3471,32-35 (July 7, 1961).

Geller, S. B., Mantek, P. A., Boyle, D. R., A general junction-transistor equivalent cir- cuit for use in signal switching analysis, IRE Trans. Electro. Computers EC—10, No. 4,670-679 (Dec. 1961). George, D. A., Butzlaff, H. R., Mandel, J., Tensile shear strength of adhesive bonded

metals as a function of the rate of loading, Symp. Adhesion and Adhesives, Am. Soc. Testing Materials Spec. Tech. Publ. 271, 47-53 (1961)

.

Ginnings, D. C, Powell comparator method for determining thermal conductivities, Progress in Intern. Res. on Thermodynamics and Transport Properties, pp. 8-77 (Am.

Soc. Mech. Engrs. and Academic Press, Inc., New York, N. Y., 1962).

Giron, I., Ogburn, F., Some observations of copper deposits on single crystals of copper,

J. Electrochem. Soc. 108, No. 9, 842-846 (Sept. 1961)

.

Glasgow, A. R., Some physical properties of monochloro-, dichloro-, and monobromacetics at 1 atmosphere. Bull. soc. chim. Beiges 70, 599-622 (1961)

.

Glasgow, A. R., Timmermans, J., Polymorphism in monobromacetic acid and the dia- gram of state of dichlorocetic acid at elevated pressures, Bull. soc. chim. Beiges 70, 623-641 (1961). Gniewek, J. J., Powell, R. L., Temperature dependence of magnetic losses (Proc. 1961 Cryogenic Eng. Conf.), Book, Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 7, Paper H-l, 303-

310 ( Plenum Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962 )

.

Goldberg, K., A comment on Ryser's "normal and integral implies incidence" theorem, Am. Math. Mo. 68, No. 8, 770-771 (Oct. 1961)

.

Goodwin, R. D., Diller, D. E., Roder, H. M., Weber, L. A., The densities of saturated

liquid hydrogen, Cryogenics, 2, 81-83 (Dec. 1961). Gordon, C. L., Mercury, Book, Comprehensive Analytical Chemistry, Ch. 2C, 409-422

( Elsevier Publ. Co., Princeton, N.J.. 1962)

.

Gornick, F., Mandelkern, L., Effect of noncrystallizable components on the crystallization kinetics of polymers, J. Appl. Phys. 33, No. 3, 907-913 (Mar. 1962)

.

Greenough, M. L., New uses of microfilm with electronic scanners, a progress report on FOSDIC III, Proc. Eighth Annual Meeting National Microfilm Association, Wash.

D.C., Apr. 2-4, 1959, p. 278 (Annapolis, Md., 1959).

Griffing, V., Ruffa, A. R., Quantum mechanical study of the hydrogen bimolecular ex- change reaction, J. Chem. Phys. 36, No. 5, 1389-1394 (Mar. 1962)

.

Griffing, V., Schell, N., Interaction energy of an alkali metal with a rare gas, J. Chem.

Phys. 36, No. 6, 1453-1458 (Mar. 1962).

Gross, D., Amster, A. B., Thermal explosions: adiabatic self-heating of explosives and

propellants, Eighth Symp. (Intern.) on Combustion, pp. 728-734 (The Williams and

Wilkins Co., Baltimore. Md., 1962)

.

Gross, D., Loftus, J. J., Surface flammability of fire-retardant and conventional paint assemblies, Fire Res. Abstr. and Rev. 3, No. 3, 151-158 (Natl. Acad. Sci.-Natl. Res. Council, 1961).

Guildner, L. A., Gas thermometry. Dictionary of Physics, 3, 405-406 (Pergamon Press.

Inc., New York, N.Y., 1961). Guntner, C. J., Reed, R. P., Martensitic transformation products and mechanical properties of austenitic stainless steels at low temperatures (Proc. 1961 Cryogenic Eng. Conf.)

.

Book, Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 7, Paper K-9. 500-502 (Plenum Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962)

.

Haller, W., Fibrous silica, Nature 191, No. 4789, 662-663 (Aug. 12, 1961). Harmony, M. D., Myers, R. J., Schoen, L. J., Lide, D. R., Jr., Mann, D. E., Infrared spectrum and structure of the NF: radical, J. Chem. Phys. 35, No. 3, 1129-1130 (Sept. 1961).

202
Harrison, W. N., Image gloss test: apparatus and procedure, Proc. PEI Forum 23,

154-163 (Nov. 1961).

Harrison, W. N., Richmond, J. C, Plyler, E. K., Stair, R., Skramstad, H. K., Standardization of thermal emittance measurements, Wright Air Devel. Ctr. Tech. Rept. Pt. II, 1-21 (Feb. 1961).

Harrison, W. N., Richmond, J. C, Skramstad, H. K., Standardization of thermal emit- tance measurements, Wright Air Devel. Ctr. Tech. Rept. Pt. Ill, 1-33 (Mar. 1962) . Hartman, B.. Decker, M. T., V. Mutual interference between surfaces and satellite communication systems. Book. Frequency Allocations for Space Communications, Ch. 5, 111-157 (Report of the Joint Tech. Adv. Comm. of IRE-EIA to the Federal Communications Commission. Mar. 1961 )

Hatch, M. R.. Jacobs, R. B., Prediction of pressure drop in two-phase single-component

fluid flow, A. I. Ch. E. J. 8, No. 1, 18-25 ( Mar. 1962)

Haves, W. D.. Jr.. Tighe, N. J., Kirkpatrick, H. B., Preservation of edge detail in metal- lography, Metal Progr. 81, No. 3, 112 (Mar. 1962)

Hayward. R. W.. On the determination of disintegration rates by the coincidence method

using hish efficiency detectors. Intern. J. Appl. Radiation Isotopes 12, 148-150 (Dec. 1961). Hayward, R. W., Hoppes, D. D.. Relativistic matrix elements and the velocity dependence of nuclear potentials, Rutherford Centennial Jubilee, Manchester, England, pp. 725-728 'Sept. 1961). Hellmann. M., Wall, L. A.. End-group analysis, Book. Analytical Chemistry of Polymers,

ed. G. M. Kline. Pt. II. Ch. 5. 397-419 (Interscience Publ. Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962)

Herbstreit, J. W., The ninth plenary assembly of the CCIR, Proc. IRE 48, 45 (Jan. 1960)

Herron. J. T., Rate of the reaction NO+N, J. Chem. Phys. 35, No. 3, 1138-1139 (Sept. 1961). Herron. J. T., Dibeler, V. H., Mass spectrometric study of the thermal dissociation of NJ\, J. Chem. Phys. 35, No. 2, 747-748 (Aug. 1961)

Hertelendy. P., Displacement and strain energy distribution in a longitudinally vibrat- ing cylindrical rod with a viscoelastic coating, J. Appl. Mech. Trans. ASME 29, Series

E, No. 1, 47-52 ( Mar. 1962) ; J. Appl. Mech. 61-WA-30 (1962)

Hetzer, H. B., Bates, R. G.. Dissociation constant of 2-ammonium-2-methyl-1.3-propanediol in water from 0 to 50° and related thermodynamic quantities, J. Phys. Chem. 66,

No. 2.308-311 (Feb. 1962).

Herzfeld. C. M., Meijer. P. H. E., Group theory and crystal field theory, Book, Solid State Physics 12, 1-91 (Academic Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1961 ). Hirsh, A. J.. Knecht. R. W.. On the mean temporal variations of electron density at a

fixed height in the F region, J. Geophys. Res. 67, No. 2, 595-600 (Feb. 1962). Hobbs, R. B., The joint board on science education. Capital Chemist 11, No. 10, 221-225

(1961). Hobbs, T. G., Tongs used in testing for radioactive contamination. Health Phys. 6, No. 3^, 224a-224b, 225 (Oct. 1961)

Hockman, A.. Physical properties of 113 domestic marbles, Architectural Record 131,

No. 4, 192-194 (Apr. 1962). Hoekstra, H. R., Parker, H. S., Binary oxide systems. Book, UO: , Properties and Nuclear

Applications, Ch. 6, Sec. 6, 271-304 (U.S. Government Printing Office, Wash.. D.C., Aug. 1961 )

Holshouser, W. L., Utech, H. P., Effect of oleophobic films on fatigue crack propagation, Am. Soc. Testing Materials Proc. 61, 749 (1961)

Hoover, T. B., Hutchison, A. W., Conductance of solutions of water, acetic anhydride, and acetyl chloride in acetic acid, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 83, No. 16, 3400-3405 (1961). Hoppes, D. D., The angular distribution of beta particles from oriented cerium-141

nuclei, Proc. Seventh Intern. Conf. Low Temperature Physics, University of Toronto, Canada. Aug. 1960, p. 186 (University of Toronto Press, Toronto, Canada, 1960).

Horl, E. M., Suddeth, J. A.. Characteristic electron energy loss measurements at low

temperature. J. Appl. Phys. 32, No. 12, 2521-2525 (Dec. 1961)

Howard, R. E., Manning. J. R., Theory of thermal diffusion in dilute alloys, J. Chem.

Phys. 36, No. 4, 910-916 (Feb. 1962)

Hudson, R. P., Cryogenics and nuclear physics, Science 134, No. 3492, 1733-1736 (Dec.

1, 1961). Hudson, R. P., Low temperature thermometry, Book. Experimental Cryophysics, Ch. 9, 214-253 (Butterworth and Co., London, England, 1961)

Hudson. R. P., Mangum, B. W., Spin lattice relaxation in two rare earth double nitrates,

II Nuovo Cimento 23, Serie X, 1133-1135 ( Mar. 1962 )

Hughes, E. E., Purification and vapor pressure of pure nitric oxide, J. Chem. Phys. netterto editor) 35, No. 4, 1531-1532 (Oct. 1961).

Ingalls, R. B., Wall, L. A., Electron spin resonance spectra of free radical intermediates formed by reaction of polystyrene with atoms of hydrogen and deuterium, J. Chem.

Phys. 35, No. 1, 370-371 (July 1961)

203
Ingalls, R. B., Wall, L. A., ESR observations of the rates of formation and reaction of

free radicals produced by hydrogen atom bombardment of polystyrene, Fifth Intern. Symp. Free Radicals Paper No. 25, 1-8 (Almquist and Wiksell, Stockholm, Sweden,

July 6-7, 1961).

Isbell, H. S., D-gulose, Book, Methods of Carbohydrate Chemistry I, 135-136 (Academic

Press, Inc., New York, N. Y., 1962 )

.

Isbell, H. S., Frush, H. L., a-D-mannose from ivory-nut meal. Book, Methods of Carbohydrate Chemistry I, 145-147 (Academic Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962).

Isbell, H. S., Frush, H. L., Isotopic methods of analysis, Book, Methods of Carbohydrate

Chemistry I, 409-419 (Academic Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962)

.

Isbell, H. S., Frush, H. L., Sniegoski, L. T., Utilization of tritium and carbon-14 in studies

of isotope effects. Book, Tritium in the Physical and Biological Sciences II, 93-101

(International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, Austria, 1962)

.

Isbell, H. S., Holt, N. B., Frush, H. L., a-D-glucose-l-C14

, Book, Methods of Carbohydrate

Chemistry I, 276-280 (Academic Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962)

.

Jackson, J. L., Levine, D. B., Piccirelli, R. A., Plasma with net charge, Phys. Fluids 5, No. 2, 250-251 (Feb. 1962). Jackson, W. M., McNesby, J. R., Photolysis of acetone-rfo in the presence of propane2,2-d'. Decomposition of the re-propyl radical, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 83, 4891-4896

(1961). Jackson, W. M., McNesby, J. R., Thermal isomerization of isopropyl-1, 1,1-ds radicals, J. Chem. Phys. 36, No. 9. 2272-2275 (May 1, 1962).

Jacobs, R. B., The efficiency of an ideal refrigerator (Proc. 1961 Cryogenic Eng. Conf.), Book, Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 7, Paper L-ll, 567-571 (Plenum Press,

Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962).

Jefferies, J. T., Pecker, C. W., Thomas, R. N., The structure of regions of coronal-line emission, Astrophys. J. 135, No. 2, 653-655 (Mar. 1962)

.

Jefferies, J. T., Orrall, F. Q., On the interpretation of prominence spectra. IV. The

Balmer and Paschen continua in a quiet prominence, Astrophys. J. 134, No. 3, 747

(Nov. 1961).

Jefferies, J. T., Orrall, F. Q., On the interpretation of prominence spectra. V. The

emission lines in quiescent prominences, Astrophys. J. 135, No. 1, 109-121 (Jan. 1962).

Jen, M., Lide, D. R., Jr., The molecular structure of chloroform, J. Chem. Phys. 36, No.

9, 2525 (May 1962). Jensen, M. W., Measurement characteristics of farm milk tanks. Scale J. pp. 4-5, 8-9

(Oct. 1961).

Jensen, M. W., Measurement characteristics of the farm milk tank. Milk and Food

Technol. 25, No. 4, 112-115 (Apr. 1962).

Jensen, M. W., Stainless steel for standard weights, Metric Measures 5, No. 3, 29 (May

1962).

Jessup, R. S., Stanley, C. L., Heats and volumes of mixing in several 0» hydrocarbon sys- tems, J. Chem. Eng. Data 6, No. 3, 368-371 (July 1961).

Johler, J. R., Propagation of the low-frequency radio signal, Proc. IRE 50, No. 4, 404-

427 (Apr. 1962).

Johler, J. R., Lilley, C. M., Ground conductivity determinations at low radiofrequencies

by an analysis of the sferic signatures of thunderstorms, J. Geophys. Res. 66, No. 10, 3233-3244 (Oct. 1961). Johnson, C. R., Rosenberg, S. J., Constitution diagram for 16% Cr-2% Ni stainless steel, Trans .Quart. Am. Soc. Metals 55, No. 2, 277-286 (June 1962).

Jones, D. L., Strong blast waves in spherical cylindrical, and plane shocks, Phys. Fluids

4, No. 9, 1183-1184 (Sept. 1961).

Jones, E., Edelman, S., Sizemore, K. S., Calibration of vibration pickups at large amplitudes, J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 33, No. 11, 1462-1466 (Nov. 1961).

Jones, E., Edelman, S., Sizemore, K. S., Calibration of vibration pickups at large amplitudes, J. Acoust. Soc. Am. Errata 34, No. 3, 355 (Mar. 1962)

.

Jones, S. A., The National Bureau of Standards Library, D. C. Libraries 32, 7-10 (Jan.

1961.) Jones, W. B., Gallet, R. M., The representation of diurnal and geographic variations of ionospheric data by numerical methods, Telecommunication J. 29, No. 5, 129-149 May 1962). Judd, D. B., Blue-glass filters to approximate the blackbody at 6,500 °K, Farbe 10, No.

1-4, 31 (1961). Judd, D. B., Maxwell and modern colorimetry, J. Photographic Sci. 9, No. 6, 341-352

(Nov.-Dec. 1961). Judd, D. B., Chamberlin, G. J., Haupt, G. W., The ideal Lovibond color system, J. Opt.

Soc. Am. 52, No. 7, 813-819 (July 1962)

.

204
Kahn, A. H., Oscillatory phenomena (Proc. Conf. High Magnetic Field, Mass. Inst. Tech., Cambridge, Mass., Nov. 1^1, 1961), Book, High Magnetic Fields, pp. 480-488

(Mass. Inst. Technol. Press, Cambridge, Mass., and John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New

York, N.Y., 1962)

Kanagy, J. R., Development directions to keep leather apace, Leather and Shoes 142,

34-35 (Aug. 12, 1961). Kanagy, J. R., Improvement of some of the properties of sole leathers by impregnation

with polymers, J. Am. Leather Chemists Assoc. 56, No. 7, 322-342 (July 1961). Kaplan, M. F.. Crack propagation and the fracture of concrete, J. Am. Concrete Inst. 58,

No. 5, 591-609 (Nov. 1961).

Karlin, J. E., Alexander. S. N., Communication between man and machine, Proc. IRE 50,

No. 5, 1124-1128 (May 1962).

Kelly, K. L., Some problems of color identification, J. Am. Inst. Architects 37, No. 3, 80-82 (Mar. 1962).

Kessler, K. G., Barger, R. L., Schweitzer, W. G., Mercury atomic beam for metrology,

Natl. Phys. Lab. Teddington, Symp. No. 11, pp. 67-91 (Her Majesty's Stationery

Office, London, England, 1960)

Kiess, N. H., Broida, H. P., Perturbations and rotational intensities observed in CN

bands emitted by reactions of organic molecules with nitrogen atoms, J. Mol. Spectry.

7, No. 3, 194-208 (Sept. 1961)

Kilday, M. V., Prosen, E. J., Heat of formation of the most stable form of metaboric

acid, HB02 (cl), J. Am. Chem. Soc. (commun. to editor) 82, 550 (1960).

Kirkpatrick, H. B., Amelinckx, S., Device for chemically thinning crystals for transmission electron microscopy, Rev. Sci. Instr. 33, No. 4, 488-489 (Apr. 1962)

Kissinger, H. E., Newman, S. B., Differential thermal analysis, Book, Analytical Chemistry of Polymers, ed. G. M. Kline, Pt. II. Ch. 4, 159-179 (Interscience Publ. Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962)

Klebanoff, P. S., Tidstrom, K. D., Sargent, L. M., The three dimensional nature of boundary-layer instability, J. Fluid Mech. 12, Pt. I, 1-34 (Jan. 1962)

Klein, R., Leder, L., Field emission from niobium in the normal and superconducing

states. Phys. Rev. 124, No. 4, 1050-1052 (Nov. 1961).

Klein, R., Leder. L., Temperature dependence of electron emission in the field emission

region, Phys. Rev. 124, No. 4, 1046-1049 (Nov. 1961).

Kline, G. M., Analytical chemistry of polymers. Part II. Analysis of molecular struc- ture and chemical groups, Book, 619 pages. Part III. Identification procedures and

chemical analysis. Book, 566 pages. Vol. XII of High Polymer Series (Interscience Publ. Inc.. New York, N.Y., 1962)

Kline, G. M., Plastics, Encyclopedia Americana, 1962 ed., XXII, 221-229 (1962);

Americana Annual 1962, p. 603 (Americana Corp., Chicago, 111., 1962)

Kline, G. M., Standards for plastics in the U.S.A., Proc. Thirteenth Intern. Plastics Congress, Turin, Italy, pp. 27-33 (Sept. 28-30, 1961)

Knecht, R. W., Davies, K., Possible solar flare effects in the F region of the ionosphere, Nature 192, No. 4800, 347-348 (Oct. 1961). Knecht, R. W., Davies, K., Supporting evidence for solar flare effects in the F region

of the ionosphere, Nature 192, No. 4800, 347-348 (Oct. 1961). Knecht, R. W., Macdonald, N., A statistical study of lower atmospheric ionospheric

coupling, J. Geophys. Res. 66, No. 10, 3187-3190 (Oct. 1961)

Knecht, R. W., Russell, S., Pulsed radio soundings of the topside of the ionosphere in the presence of spread F, J. Geophys. Res. 67, No. 3, 1178-1182 (Mar. 1962). Knecht, R. W., VanZandt, T.. Russell, S., First pulsed radio soundings of the topside

of the ionosphere, J. Geophys. Res. 66, No. 9, 3078-3082 (Sept. 1961)

Knudsen, F. P., Effect of porosity on Young's modulus of alumina, J. Am. Ceram. Soc.

^ 45, No. 2, 94-95 (Feb. 1962)

Koidan, W., References to contemporary papers on acoustics, J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 33, No. 5,705-716 (May 1961). Kostkowski, H. J., Bass, A. M., Direct measurement of line intensities and widths in the first overtone band of CO, J. Quant. Spectry. Radiative Transfer 1, 177-184

(1962). Krasnansky, V. J., Achhammer, B. G., Parker, M. S., Effect of gamma radiation on

chemical structure of plastics, SPE Trans. 1, 133-138 (July 1961)

Krishnamachari, S. L. N. G., Broida, H. P., Effect of molecular oxygen on the emission

spectra of atomic oxygen-acetylene flames, J. Chem. Phys. 34, 1709-1711 (1961). Krishnamachari, S. L. N. G., Nicholls, R. W., Broida, H. P., Emission spectra of

solids condensed at very low temperatures from the electrical discharge products of nitrogen and carbon monoxide or acetylene, Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. LIV, 61-68

(1961). Kropschot, R. H., Arp, V., Superconducting magnets, Cryogenics 2, No. 1, 1-15 (Sept. 1961).

205
Kumpula, J. W., Present status of panoramic roentgenography, J. Am. Dental Assoc. 63,

No. 8, 194-200 (Aug. 1961). Kurkjian, B., Zelen, M., A calculus for factorial arrangements, Ann. Math. Statist. 33, 600-619 (June 1962). Lamb, V. A., Sligh, J. L., Coatings for refractory metals, formed by anodic treatment and by vapor deposition, Wright Air Devel. Ctr. Tech. Report 61-64, pp. 1-20

(Sept. 1961).

Lashof, T. W., APPA-TAPPI reference material program. I. Interlaboratory investigation of TAPPI standard T 414 m-49, internal tearing resistance of paper, TAPPI 45,

No. 8, 656 (1962). Laug, O. B., A complementary symmetry emitter-follower, Electro-Technol. 68, No. 6, 132-134 (Dec. 1961). Laug, O. B., Pulse voltage comparator measures height of positive or negative pulses, Electronics 34, 70-71 (Sept. 8, 1961).

Lauritzen, J. I., Jr., Hoffman, J. D., Formation of polymer crystals with folded chains from dilute solutions, J. Chem. Phys. 31, No. 6, 1680-1681 (Dec. 1959). Lawrence, R. S., Jespersen, J. L., Refraction effects of large-scale ionospheric ir- regularities observed at Boulder, Colorado (Proc. Second Intern. Space Science Symp., Florence, Italy, Apr. 10-14, 1961), Book, Space Research II, 277-284

(North Holland Publ. Co., Amsterdam, The Netherlands, Apr. 1961). Lawrence, R. S., Posakony, D. J., A digital ray-tracing program for ionosphere research

(Proc. Second Intern. Space Science Symp., Florence, Italy, Apr. 10-14, 1961), Book,

Space Research II, 258-276 (North Holland Publ. Co., Amsterdam, The Netherlands, Apr. 1961). Leaderman, H., Large longitudinal retarded elastic deformation of rubberlike network

polymers, J. Polymer Sci. 59, No. 168, S42 (June 1962)

.

Lehman, S. Y., Exact and approximate distributions for the Wilcoxon statistic with ties, J. Am. Stat. Assoc. 56, 293-298 (June 1961)

.

Ledley, R. S., Boolean matrix equations in digital circuit design, IRE Trans. Electron. Computers EC-8, No. 2, 131-139 (June 1959)

.

Ledley, R. S., The absolute simplest form in digital circuit design, Book, Digital Computers and Control Engineering, 835 pages (McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc., New York,

N.Y., 1960).

Ledley, R. S., Wilson, J. B., Algorithm and rapid binary division, IRE Trans. Electron. Computers EC-10, No. 4, 662-670 (Dec. 1961)

.

Leiner, A. L., Weinberger, A., Loberman, H., Coleman, C. D., Using digital computers

in the design and maintenance of new computers, IRE Trans. Electron. Computers

EC-10, No. 4, 680-690 (Dec. 1961)

.

Leiner, A. L., Youden, W. W., A system for generating "pronounceable" names using

a computer, J. Assoc. Computing Mach. 8, No. 1, 97-103 (Jan. 1961)

.

Leslie, R. T., Kuehner, E. C, Distillation analysis, Anal. Chem. Suppl. 34, No. 5, 50R56R (Apr. 1962).

Leussing, D. L., Harris, J., Wood, P. W., Effects of electrolytes on the solution chromotropism of bis-(meso-2,3-diaminobutane) Ni (n) ions, J. Phys. Chem. 66, 427 (1962).

Levin, B. M., Severo, N. C, Applications of statistics in post office automation, Am.

Statist. 15, No. 4, 14-18 (Oct. 1961)

.

Levin, B. M., Stark, M. C, Tosini, P. C, Post Office mechanization, Elec. Eng. 80, No. 2, 105-110 (Feb. 1961).

Levin, E. M., Roth, R. S., Martin, J. B., Polymorphism of AB03 type rare earth borates, Am. Mineralogist 46, 1030-1055 (Sept. 1961)

.

Lide, D. R., Jr., A survey of carbon-carbon bond lengths, Tetrahedron 17, 125-134

(1962).

Lide, D. R., Jr., Vibration-rotation interactions in cyanamide; the question of planarity

of amides, J. Mol. Spectry. 8, No. 2, 142-152 (Feb. 1962)

.

Lide, D. R„ Jr., Christensen, D., Molecular structure of propylene, J. Chem. Phys. 35,

No. 4, 1374-1378 ( Oct. 1961 )

.

Lifson, S., Jackson, J. L., On the self-diffusion of ions in polyelectrolyte solution, J. Chem.

Phys. 36, No. 9, 2410-2414 (May 1962)

.

Likins, R. C, Posner, A. S., Paretzkin, B., Frost, A. P., Effect of crystal growth on

the comparative fixation of Sr89 and Ca45 by calcified tissues, J. Biol. Chem. 236, No.

10, 2804-2806 (Oct. 1961).

Lincoln, J. V., Geomagnetic and solar data, J. Geophys. Res. 67, No. 5, 2035 (May

1962).

Lincoln, J. V., Shapley, A. H., IGY calendar record, Ann. Intern. Geophys. Year XVI,

Pt. 1, 1-157 (1962).

Linnig, F. J., Chemical analysis of alum-coagulated SBR synthetic rubber by a complete

solution procedure, Rubber Age 90, No. 3, 440-444 (Dec. 1961)

.

206
Little, C. G., The atmospheric sciences, 1961-1971, Book, Goals and Plans for Aeronomy

III, Natl. Acad. Sci.-Natl. Res. Council Publ. 946 (1962).

Little, C. G., Lerfald, G. M., Parthasarathy, R., Some observations of 2.89 Mc/s equivalent antenna temperatures at the aurora zone, J. Atmospheric Terrest. Phys. 53, 275-286

(Dec. 1961) ; AGARDograph Radio Wave Absorption in the Ionosphere No. 53 (Per- gamon Press Inc., London, England, 1962)

Little, C. G.. Reid, G. C, Stiltner, E., Merritt, R. P., An experimental investigation of the scintillation of radio stars observed at frequencies of 223 Mc/s and 456 Mc/s

from a location close to the auroral zone, J. Geophys. Res. 67, No. 5, 1763-1784 (May 1962).

Loftus, J. J., Gross, D., Robertson, A. F., Potential heat: a method for measuring the

heat release of materials in building fires, Am. Soc. Testing Materials Proc. 61,

1336-1348 (1961). Logan. H. L., A specimen for use in investigating the stress-corrosion cracking of metals

at elevated temperatures, Mater. Res. Std. 2, No. 2, 98-100 (Feb. 1962). Lopez, J., Carpenter, F. G., Deitz, V. R., Adsorption of nitrogen and argon on

mineralogical graphite and diamond at 77 and 90° K, J. Phys. Chem. 65, No. 7, 1 112—

1119 (July 1961). McCamy, C. S., A nomograph for selecting light balancing filters for camera exposure

of color films, Med. and Biol. Illustration 11, No. 1, 13-15 (London, England, Jan. 1961). McCamy, C. S., Abridged color reproduction, Encyclopedia of Electronics, pp. 844-845

(Reinhold Publ. Corp., New York, N.Y., 1962)

McCamy, C. S., Color filter nomograph, Soc. Photographic Sci. Eng. (Letter) 4, No. 2, 26 (Nov.-Dec. 1961). McCarty, R. D., Stewart, R. B., An equation of state for calculating the thermodynamic

properties of helium at low temperatures (Second Symp. Thermophysical Properties,

Princeton, N.J., Jan. 24—26, 1962), Book, Progress in International Research on Thermodynamic and Transport Properties, pp. 107-117 (Academic Press, Inc., New

York, N.Y., 1962)

McDonald, E. J., Report of referee on sugar and sugar products, J. Offic. Agri. Chem. 44,

No. 2, 329 (1961). Mclntyre, D., Determination of molecular weights and of molecular weight distributions, in unsolved problems in polymer science, ASD Tech. Report 62-283, pp. 71-74

i Mar. 1962). McKinley, J. D., Translational energy accommodation in the nickel-chlorine surface

reaction, J. Phys. Chem. 66, No. 3, 554-555 (Mar. 1962)

McLaughlin, W. L., Radiation beam mapping with photographic film. Radiology 78, No. 1, 119-120 (Jan. 1962). McNesby, J. R., Tanaka, L, Okabe, H., Vacuum ultraviolet photochemistry. III. Pri- mary processes in the vacuum ultraviolet photolysis of water and ammonia, J. Chem.

Phys. 36, No. 3, 605-607 (Feb. 1962)

McNish, A. G., International coordination of measurement, Sci. Math. Weekly 2, No. 3, 28-29, 35 (Sept. 1961). McNish, A. G., Time standards, Instr. Control Systems 33, 1340-1341 (Aug. 1960). McPherson, A. T., Comments on "'plan for the self-qualification of laboratories," Mater.

Res. Std. 1, No. 9, 729-730, 733 (Sept. 1961)

McPherson, A. T., Pan American standards of mutual benefit to Latin America and

the U.S., Foreign Commerce Weekly (International Affairs, U.S. Department of Commerce, Washington, D.C.), p. 1 (Nov. 13, 1961). McPherson, A. T., Self-qualification of laboratories, Instr. Control Systems 34, No. 7, 1265 (July 1961). McPherson, A. T., The synthesis of food, Ind. Res., pp. 20-27 (Nov. 1961). Macurdy, L. B., The calibration at the National Bureau of Standards of mass standards

for ultramicroanalysis, Book, Vacuum Microbalance Techniques, ed. R. F. Walker,

2, 165-175 (Plenum Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962)

Madorsky, S. L., Thermal degradation of organic polymers, SPE J. 17, No. 7, 665-671

(July 1961). Madorsky, S. L., Thermal degradation of polymers at temperatures up to 1200 °C, Soc. Chem. Ind. Mono. No. 13, 60-74 (1961)

Madorsky, S. L., Tungsten helical-spring microbalance, Book, Vacuum Microbalance

Techniques, ed. R. F. Walker, 2, 47-57 (Plenum Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962). Maki, A. G., Infrared spectrum of carbon monoxide as a solid and in solid matrices, J. Chem. Phys. 35, No. 3, 931-935 (Sept. 1961). 207
Maki, A. G., Thermal radiation standards and measurements of the Radiometry Section

at the National Bureau of Standards, (Proc. Conf. Radiative Transfer from Solid

Materials, Boston, Mass., Dec. 12-13, 1960), Book, Radiative Transfer from Solid

Materials, ed. H. H. Blau, Jr., and H. Fischer, Sec. Ill, pp. 135-141 (Macmillan and

Co., New York, N.Y., 1962). Maki, A. G., Gott, T., Vibration-rotation spectra of BrCN, J. Chem. Phys. 35, No. 9, 2282-2285 (1962). Maki, \. G., Plyler, E. K., Formation constant of the 1:1 pyridine-iodine complex,

J. Phys. Chem. 66, 766-767 (1962)

.

Mandel, J., Non-additivity in two-way analysis of variance, J. Am. Statist. Assoc. 56, 878-888 (Dec. 1961)

.

Mandelkern, L., Halpin, J. C, Diorio, A. F., Posner, A. S., Dimensional changes in fibrous macromolecules: the system a-keratin LiBr, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 84, No. 8, 1383-1391 (Apr. 1962). Mandelkern, L., Meyer, W. T., Diorio, A. F.. Effect of monomeric reagents on the melting

(contraction) and recrystallization of fibrous proteins, J. Phys. Chem. 66, No. 2, 375-376 (Feb. 1962). Mandelkern, L., Posner, A. S., Diorio, A. F., Roberts, D. E., Low-angle X-ray diffraction

of crystalline nonoriented polyethylene and its relation to crystallization mechanisms,

J. Appl. Phys. 32, No. 8, 1509-1517 (Aug. 1961). Mandelkern, L., Roberts, D. E., The effect of LiBr on the structural transition of ribonuclease in solution, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 83, 4292-4293 (Oct. 1961)

.

Mann, W. B., Marlow, W. F., Hughes, E. E., The half-life of carbon-14, Intern. J. Appl. Radiation Isotopes 1 1, No. 2, 57-67 (Sept. 1961 )

.

Manning. J. R., Diffusion in a chemical concentration gradient, Phys. Rev. 124, No. 2, 470-482 (Oct. 15, 1961). Manning, J. R., Drift mobility of an ionic impurity in an electric field, Phys. Rev. 125, No. 1, 103-108 (Jan. 1962). Marcus, M., Kahn, N., A note on normal matrices, Can. Math. Bull. 4, 23-27 (1961). Marcus, M., Mine, H., On the relation between the permanent and the determinant,

J. Math. 5, 376-381 (Sept. 1961)

.

Marcus, M., Newman, M., Inequalities for the permanent function. Ann. Math. 75, No.

1, 47-62 (Jan. 1962). Margoshes, M., An introduction to flame photometry and a review of recent studies, Book,

Physical Techniques in Biological Research, ed. W. L. Nastok, 4< Ch. 5, 215-260 (Aca- demic Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962)

.

Margoshes, M., Emission flame photometry, Anal. Chem. Suppl. 34, No. 5, 221R-224R

(Apr. 1962)

.

Marsden, C. P.. Diode source book, Semicond. Prod., pp. 41-117 (Aug. 1961)

.

Marsden, C. P., Electronic development and production in the USSR, Encyclopedia of Russia and the Soviet Union, pp. 158-160 (McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc., New York,

N.Y., 1961). Marsden, C. P., Keery, W. J., Moffitt, J. K., Electron tube interchangeability chart, Elec. Ind. 21, No. 3, 149-151 (Mar. 1962) ; 21, No. 4, 117-119 (Apr. 1962) ; 21, No. 6, C54-C57, C64 (June 1962). Marton, L., Mielczarek, S. R., Schubert, D. C, A method for the study of vector velocity distribution of low density molecular beams. Book. Rarified Gas Dynamics, ed. L. Talbot, pp. 61-65 (Academic Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1961)

.

Marton, L., Mielczarek, S. R., Schubert, D. C, Time-resolved electron optical image of

a pulsed atomic beam in flight. J. Appl. Phys. 33, No. 4. 1613-1614 (Apr. 1962). Marton, L., Simpson, J. A., Fowler, H. A., Swanson, N., Plural scattering of 20-kev

electrons in aluminum, Phys. Rev. 126, No. 1, 182-192 (Apr. 1962). Marton, L., Simpson, J. A., Suddeth, J. A., Leder, L. B., Ultra-high vacuum ultraviolet monochromator (1961 Trans. Eighth Natl. Vacuum Symp.), Book, The Second In- ternational Congress, ed. L. E. Preuss, pp. 633-639 (Pergamon Press, Inc., New York,

N.Y., 1962).

Martz, L., Welded butt joints with fine wires, Rev. Sci. Instr. 32, No. 8, 990-991 (Aug.

1961) . Marvin, R. S., A derivation of the relaxation spectrum representation of mechanical

response function, Repts. on Progr. in Polymer Phys.. Japan 5, 56-58 (1962). Marvin, R. S., The influence of temperature and pressure on rheological properties of polymers, J. Japan Soc. Testing Mater. Rheologv Issue 11, No. 104. 303-307 (May

1962) . Maryott, A. A., Birnbaum, G., Collision-induced microwave absorption in compressed

gases. I. Dependence on density, temperature, and frequency in CO-, J. Chem. Phys.

36, No. 8, 2026-2031 (Apr. 1962)

.

Marzetta, L. A., Use of an operational amplifier with Helmholtz coils for reducing ac induced magnetic fields, Rev. Sci. Instr. 32, No. 11, 1192-1195 (Nov. 1961). 208
Mason. H. L.. A report on U.S. standards activity, Control Eng. 10, No. 8, 67-70 (Oct. 1961). Mason, H. L., Multiple biologic recording for digital analysis, Proc. Interdisciplinary

Clinic on the Instrumentation Requirements for Psychophysiological Research, FIER

Clinic on Psychophysiological Instrumentation, Lafayette Clinic I, 65-67 (May 1961). Mason, H. L., Theory and biomedical applications of analog computers, Proc. National

Institutes of Health Workshop on Biomedical Computing No. 1 (July 1961). Matsushita. S.. Increase of ionization associated with geomagnetic sudden commencements, J. Geophys. Res. (letter to editor) 66, No. 11, 3958-3961 (Nov. 1961). Mauer, F. A., Bolz, L. H., Problems in the temperature calibration of an X-ray dif- fractometer furnace, (Proc. Tenth Annual Conf. Applications in X-ray Analysis, Denver, Colo.. Aug. 7-9, 1961) , Book, Advances in X-ray analysis 5, 229 (Plenum Press,

Inc., New York. N.Y., 1962)

Maximon. L. C, Olsen. H.. Measurement of linear photon polarization by pair production, Phys. Rev. 126, No. 1, 310-319 (Apr. 1962). Meggers, W. F., Corliss, C. H., Scribner, B. F., Relative intensities for the arc spectra

of seventy elements, Spectrochim. Acta 17, No. 11, 1137-1172 (Nov. 1961).

Meeill, L. R.. Droppleman, L.. Study of the effect of large aperture on the performance

of an Ebert spectrometer, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 52, No. 3, 258-261 (Mar. 1962).

Megill, L. R.. Jamnick. P. M., Technique for calculating infrared absorptance by a regular band. J. Opt. Soc. Am. 51, No. 11, 1294-1297 (Nov. 1961). Mendlowitz. H., Simpson. J. A., On the theory of diffraction grating interferometers,

J. Opt. Soc. Am. 52, No. 5, 520-524 (May 1962)

Michaelis, R. E.. Kilday. B. A., Surface preparation of solid metallic samples for X-ray

spectrochemical analysis. Book. Advances in X-ray Analysis 5, 405-411 (Plenum Press,

Inc., New York. N.Y., 1962).

Mikesell. R. P., McClintock, R. M., A method of measuring shear modulus from —424°

to 70° F (Proc. 1961 Cryogenic Eng. Conf.), Book, Advances in Cryogenic Engineering

7, Paper K-ll. 509-513' (Plenum Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962)

Millen, D. J., Topping, G., Lide. D. R., Jr., Microwave spectrum and nonplanarity of cyanamide. J. Mol. Spectry. 8, No. 2, 153-163 (Feb. 1962)

Mockler, R. C, Atomic beam frequencv standards, Adv. Electron, and Electron Phys.

15, 1-71 (1961). Montgomery, G. F., Current-limited rectifiers, Proc. IRE 50, No. 2, 190-193 (Feb. 1962). Montgomery, G. F., Parametric behavior of an ideal two-frequency varactor, Proc. IRE

50, No. 1, 78-80 (Jan. 1962). Montgomery, G. F., Parametric amplification with a low-frequency pump, Proc. IRE 49,

No. 7, 1214-1215 (July 1961). Moore. C. E., Annual report from the National Bureau of Standards, Astron. J. 65, No.

9, 545-546 (Nov. 1960). Moore, C. E., National Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C., and Boulder, Colorado,

Astron. J. 66, No. 10. 639-640 (Sept. 1961)

Moore, C. E., Transactions Joint Commission for Spectroscopy, report on atomic spectra,

J. Opt. Soc. Am. 52, No. 4. 477-478 (Apr. 1962)

Moore, D. G., Eubanks, A. G., Thornton, H. R., Hayes, W. D., Jr., Crigler, A. W., Studies

of the particle-impact process for applying ceramic and cermet coatings, Aero. Res. Laboratory. U.S. Air Force No. ARL 59, pp. 1-52 (Aug. 1961). Morgan, A. H., Andrews, D. H., Methods and techniques of low and very low frequency

monitoring at Boulder Laboratories, Consultative Committee for Definition of the Second Intern. Comm. on Weights and Measures, Apr. 11-12, 1961, pp. 1-10 (June 1961). Motz, J. W., Missoni, G., Compton scattering by K-shell electrons, Phys. Rev. 124, No.

5, 1458-1468 (Dec. 1961). Nason. M. E., Evaluation of the special world interval program during the IGY, J. Geophys. Res. 66, No. 10, 3597-3598 (Oct. 1961). Nason, M. E., Radio propagation quality in the North Atlantic area 1953-1960, AGARdograph, Proc. Sixth AGARD Conf. Ionospheric Res. Comm. Meeting, Rome,

Italy. May 15-18, 1961. Nesh. F., Brown, R. F.. Jr., A study of the chemical and physical properties of magnetic

recording tape, IRE Trans. Audio AU-10, No. 3. 70-71 (May-June 1962).

Nettleton. R. £.. Corrected calculations of sound absorption in non-associated liquids,

J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 34, No. 3, 350 (Mar. 1962)

Nettleton, R. E., Irreversible processes in liquids and the density matrix : monatomic

molecules, Phys. Fluids 5, No. 6, 687-700 (June 1962).

Nettleton, R. E., Molecular collision models and transition probabilities in liquids, J. Chem. Phys. 38, 2226-2227 (Apr. 1962).

Nettleton, R. E., Structural and internal state variables in the description of scalar rate processes in fluids, Phys. Fluids 4, 1488 (1961)

209
Newman M., Congruences for the partition function to composite moduli, Illinois J. Math. 6, No. 1, 59-63 (Mar. 1961)

.

Newman M., Modular forms whose coefficients possess multiplicative properties (II), Ann. Math. 75, 242-250 (Mar. 1962)

.

Newman, S. B., Microscopy, Book, Analytical Chemistry of Polymers, ed. G. M. Kline.

Pt. III. Ch. 3, 261-348 (Interscience Publ. Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962).

Niesen, E., D-C differential current meter, Rev. Sci. Instr. 32, No. 12, 1407-1408

(Dec. 1961).

Nimeroff, I., Rosenblatt, J. R., Dannemiller, M. C, Variability of spectral tristimulus

values, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 52, No. 6, 685-691 (June 1962)

.

Norton, K. A., Radio-wave propagation during World War II, Proc. IRE 50, No. 5, 698-704 (May 1962). Nugent, L. J., Mann, D. E., Lide, D. R., Jr., Microwave structure determinations on

tertiary butyl acetylene and tertiary butyl cyanide, J. Chem. Phys. 36, No. 4, 965-971

(Feb. 1962). Ogburn, F., Plating standards and specifications, Electroplating Engineering Handbook,

ed. K. Graham, 2d ed., Ch. 7, pp. 257-262 (Reinhold Publ. Corp., New York, N.Y., 1962). Ogburn, F.. Morris, M. A., Some observations of metal distribution, Plating 49, No. 1, 72-75 (Jan. 1962). Okabe, H., McNesby, J. R., Vacuum ultraviolet photochemistry. II. Photolysis of ethylene, J. Chem. Phys. 36, No. 3, 601-604 (Feb. 1962).

Olsen, H., Maximon, L. C, Pair production as an analyzer of circular polarization of gamma rays from neutral particle decays, II Nuovo Cimento 24, Series X, 186-189

(Apr. 1962).

Olsen, L. O., Catalytic effects of thermocouple materials, SAE J. Paper No. 524G, 70, No. 5, 94 (May 1962). Oppenheim, I., Friedman ,A. S., Quantum statistical mechanics of isotope effects, J. Chem. Phys. 35, No. 1, 35-40 (July 1961)

.

Paffenbarger, G. C, Research and the saving of teeth, J. Prosthetic Dentistry 12, No.

2, 369-383 (Mar.-Apr. 1962).

Paffenbarger, G. C, Stanford, J. W., Sweeney, W. T., American Dental Association

specifications for dental materials 1962-1963, Am. Dental Assoc., 5th ed., Ill pages

(Chicago, 111., 1962). Parker, R. A., Lorentz corrections in rutile, Phys. Rev. 124, No. 6, 1713-1719 (Dec. 1961).

Parker, R. A., Static dielectric constant of rutile (TiO>), 1.6-1060 °K, Phys. Rev. 124,

No. 6, 1719-1722 (Dec. 1961).

Parker, R. L., Kushner, L. M., Growth rates of zinc crystals from the vapor phase, J. Chem. Phys. 35, No. 4, 1345 (Oct. 1961). Pecker, C, Thomas, R. N., Excitation of the red and green coronal lines, Ann. Astrophys.

25, 100-108 (Mar.-Apr. 1962).

Peiser, H. S., Introduction, Book, Vacuum Microbalance Techniques, ed. R. F. Walker,

2. 1-5 ( Plenum Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962)

.

Perry, W. E., Mann, W. B., International comparisons of radioactivity standards, Proc. Ninth Intern. Congress on Radiology, Munich, Germany, July 1959, 23, VII-30.

VII, 1338-1342 (Urban and Schwarzenberg, Munich, Germany, 1960).

Peterson, A. E., Lightning hazards to mountaineers, Am. Alpine J. 13, No. 1, 143-154 (June 1962).

Pike, J. L., Bagg, T. C, The rapid selector and other NBS document retrieval studies, Proc. National Microfilm Assoc. Annual Meeting, Wash. D.C., Apr. 25-27, 1962, XI, 213-227 (Annapolis, Md., 1962). Pipberger, H. V., Arms, R. J., Stallmann, F. W., Automatic screening of normal and abnormal electrocardiograms by means of a digital electronic computer, Proc. Soc. Experimental Biology and Medicine 106, 130-132 (1961).

Pitteway, M. L. V., Cohen, R., A waveguide interpretation of "temperate-latitude spread F" on equatorial ionograms, J. Geophys. Res. 66, No. 10, 3141-3156 (Oct. 1961).

Plitt, K. F., Toner, S. M., A study of the fluorescence of cellulosic polymers, J. Appl.

Polymer Sci. 5, No. 17, 534-538 (Sept.-Oct. 1961)

.

Plyler, E. K., Recent advances in infrared-spectroscopy, Current Sci. 30, 1-3 (1961).

Plyler, E. K., The scientific contributions of William Weber Coblentz, J. Appl. Spectry. 16, No. 3, 73-77 (1962). Pope, J. H., A correction to the exospheric electron density estimate using the nose

whistlers of March 19, 1959, J. Geophys. Res. 67, No. 1, 412 (Jan. 1962).

Posner, A. S., Mineralized tissues, Book, Phosphorus and Its Compounds, II. Technology, Biological Functions, and Applications, ed. J. R. Van Wazer, Ch. 22, 1429-1459

(Interscience Publ. Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962)

.

210
Posner, A. S., X-ray diffraction. Book, Analytical Chemistry of Polymers, ed. G. M.

Kline. Pt. II, Ch. 2, 79-108 ( Interscience Publ. Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962).

Powell, R. L., Caywood, L. P., Jr., Low temperature characteristics of some commercial

thermocouples (Proc. 1961 Cryogenic Eng. Conf.), Book, Advances in Cryogenic

Engineering 7, Paper L-2, 517-521 (Plenum Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962).

Purcell, J. R., An aluminum magnet cooled with liquid hydrogen (Proc. Intern. Conf. High Magnetic Fields). Book, High Magnetic Fields, pp. 166-169 (Mass. Inst. Technol. Press and John Wiley & Sons, Inc.. New York, N.Y., 1962). Radford. H. E.. Microwave Zeeman effect of free hydroxyl radicals: :IIiy> levels, Phys.

Rev. 126, No. 3, 1035 (1962). Radford, H. E.. Paramagnetic resonance phenomena. Encyclopaedic Dictionary of Physics 5, 293 (Pergamon Press Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962)

.'

Radford. H. E., The microwave Zeeman spectrum of atomic fluorine, Phys. Rev. 123,

153 (1961). Randall, E. B., Jr.. Mandel, J., A statistical comparison of the wearing characteristics

of two types of dollar notes. Mater. Res. Std. 2, No. 1, 17-20 (Jan. 1962)

Rastogi, R. B.. The effect of geomagnetic activity on the F2 region over Central Africa,

J. Geophys. Res. 67, No. 4, 1367-1374 (Apr. 1962)

Reed, R. P., A cryostat for tensile tests in the temperature range 300° to 4 °K (Proc. 1961 Cryogenic Eng. Conf.), Book, Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 7, Paper K-3,

448-454 ( Plenum Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962)

Reese, R. M., Mass spectrometry, Anal. Chem. Suppl. 34, No. 5, 243R-254R (Apr. 1962). Reinhart. F. M., Gerhold. W. F., Stress corrosion of high strength cast aluminum alloys, Corrosion 18, No. 4. 158t (Apr. 1962)

Reinhart, F. W., Evironmental chemistry. Prevention of Deterioration Center Newsletter V, No. 1, 1-2. 4 (Oct. 1961)

Reinhart, F. W., Federal test methods standards, SPE J. 17, 1291-1297 (Dec. 1961).

Reinhart, F. W., Long-term working stress of thermoplastic pipe, SPE J. 17, 751-754

(Aug. 1961).

Reinhart, F. W., Plastics standards in government, Proc. Am. Std. Assoc. Twelfth Natl. Conf. Standards, Houston, Texas, pp. 44-46 (Oct. 1961 ). Reinhart, F. W., Standards for vinyl chloride plastics (Proc. SPE Regional Tech.

Conf., New York, N.Y., Nov. 15, 1961), SPE J. 18, 308-311 (Mar. 1962). Rhodes, I., A new approach to the mechanical syntactic analysis of Russian, Mech. Trans.

6, 33-50 (Nov. 1961). Rhodes, I., The National Bureau of Standards method of syntactic integration, Proc.

Natl. Symp. Machine Translation, University of California, Los Angeles, Calif., pp. 39-

44 (1961).

Rice. J. R., Best approximations and interpolating functions, Trans. Am. Math. Soc. 101,

477-498 (Dec. 1961).

Rice, J. R., Tchebycheff approximations by exponentials, J. Soc. Ind. Appl. Math. 10, No. 1. 149-161 (Mar. 1962).

Rice, J. R., Tchebycheff approximations by functions unisolvent of variable degree, Trans. Am. Math. Soc. 99, 298-302 (1961)

Richardson, J. M., Time and its inverse, Intern. Sci. and Tech. 1, No. 6, 54-61 (June

1962). Richmond, J. C, Physical standards of emittance and reflectance, (Proc. Conf. Radiative Transfer from Solid Materials, Boston, Mass., Dec. 12-13, 1960), Book, Radiative Transfer from Solid Materials, ed. H. H. Blau, Jr., and H. Fischer, Sec. Ill, pp. 142-153 (The Macmillan Co., New York, N.Y., 1962)

Roach. F. E., Midlatitude auroras. (Intern. Conf. Cosmic Rays and the Earth Storm),

J. Phys. Soc. Japan 17, Suppl. A-I 258-259 ( 1962)

Roach. F. E., Recent studies of monochromatic 6300 arcs, Union Geodesique et Geophys.

Intern. No. 33, 102 (Dec. 1960)

Roach, F. E., Megill, L. R., Integrated starlight over the sky, Union Geodesique et Geophys. Intern. No. 33. 92 ( Dec. 1960 )

Robbins, R. F., Weitzel, D. H., Herring, R. N., The application and behavior of elastomers

at cryogenic temperatures (Proc. 1961 Cryogenic Eng. Conf.), Book, Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 7, Paper H-6, 343-352 (Plenum Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962). Robinson, H. E., Note on "radiation imaging technique for thermal conductivity meas- urements above 1,000° C," by P. E. Glaser et al„ Rev. Sci. Instr. 33, No. 3, 392-393

(Mar. 1962).

Rootare, H. M., Deitz, V. R., Carpenter, F. G., Solubility product phenomena in hy- droxyapatite-water systems, J. Colloid Sci. 17, No. 3, 179-206 (Mar. 1962)

Rose, A., Sweeney, R. F., Hoover, T. B., Schrodt, V. N., Exploratory research on demineralization, Book, Saline Water Conversion, Advances in Chemistry Series No. 27, 50-55 (American Chemical Society, Washington, D.C., 1960)

211
Roth, R. S., Phase equilibria research in systems involving rare earth oxides, Book, Rare Earth Research Pt. II, pp. 88-95 (Macmillan and Co., New York, N.Y., 1961). Rouse, G. F., Vacuum system for use with a microbalance, Book, Vacuum Microbalance

Techniques, ed. R. F. Walker, 2, 59-69 (Plenum Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962). Rubin, R. J., Zwanzig, R. W., A lattice with an unusual frequency spectrum, J. Math.

Phys. 2, No. 6, 861-864 ( Nov.-Dec. 1961 )

.

Ruch, R. R., DeVoe, J. R., Meinke, W. W., Radiochemical separations of indium by

amalgam exchange, Talanta 9, 33-38 (1961)

.

Sampson, C. A., Linfield, R. F., Sferic observations of the severe weather on May 19, 1960, J. Geophys. Res. 67, No. 2, 627-635 ( Feb. 1962)

.

Saunders, J. B., Suggested arrangement of mirrors to form multiple reference angles,

J. Opt. Soc. Am. 51, No. 8, 859-862 (Aug. 1961).

Saylor, C. P., Supercooling in the barnyard, Capital Chemist 10, No. 9, 292-293 (Dec. 1960).

Schaffer, R., Isbell, H. S., Branched-chain higher sugars. Book, Methods of Carbohydrate

Chemistry I, 273-275 (Academic Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962)

.

Schaffer, R., Isbell, H. S., D-glucose-6-C14 and L-idose-6-C", Book, Methods of Carbohydrate Chemistry I, 281-285 (Academic Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962).

Schafft, H. A., French, J. C, "Second breakdown" in transistors, IRE Trans. Electron Devices ED-9, No. 2, 129-136 (July 1962)

.

Scharf, K., Lee, R. M., Investigation of the spectrophotometric method of measuring

the Ferric ion yield in the ferrous sulfate dosimeter, Radiation Res. 16, No. 2, 115-124 (Feb. 1962).

Scheer, M. D., Fine, J., Deactivation of Hg(6T1 ) by CO and N2 , J. Chem. Phys. 36,

No. 5, 1264-1267 (Mar. 1962).

Scheer, M. D., Fine, J., Entropies, heats of sublimation, and dissociation energies of the cesium halides, J. Chem. Phys. 36, No. 6, 1647-1653 (Mar. 1962).

Scheer, M. D., McNesby, J., Klein. R., Vacuum photolysis of solid ethane at 77° K, J. Chem. Phys. 36, No. 12, 3504-3505 (June 15, 1962)

.

Schmidt, V. A., Edelman, S., Smith, E. R., Pierce, E. T., Modulated photoelectric measurement of vibration, J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 34, No. 4, 455-458 (Apr. 1962). Schoen, L., Broida, H. P., Glass Dewars for optical and other studies at low temperatures, Rev. Sci. Instr. 33, No. 4, 470-473 (Apr. 1962)

.

Schroeder, R. A., Weir, C. E., Lippincott, E. R., Lattice frequencies and rotational barriers for inorganic carbonates and nitrates, J. Chem. Phys. 36, No. 10, 2803-2804 (May 1962).

Scott, A. H., Insulation resistance measurements, Proc. Fourth Electrical Insulation

Conf., Materials and Application, Wash. D.C., pp. 115-117 (Feb. 19-22, 1962).

Scott, A. H., The standards challenge, Insulation 8, No. 2, 48-50 (Feb. 1962).

Scott, L. E., Chelton, D. B., Brennan, J. A., Dry gas operation of ball bearings at cryogenic temperatures (Proc. 1961 Cryogenic Eng. Conf.), Book, Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 7, Paper G—3, 273-276 (Plenum Press Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962).

Scribner, B. F., Review of fundamental developments in analysis: emission spectrometry, Anal. Chem. 34, No. 5, 200R-209R (1962)

.

Scribner, B. F., Symposium on spectroscopic excitation, Am. Soc. Testing" Materials

Spec. Tech. Publ. 259, 1 (Oct. 1960)

.

Seman, M. L., Branscomb, L. M., Structure and photodetachment spectrum of the atomic carbon negative ion, Phys. Rev. 125, No. 5, 1602-1608 (Mar. 1962)

.

Shafer. M. R., Performance characteristics of turbine flowmeters, Trans. ASME J. of Basic Engr. Paper No. 61-WA-25, pp. 1-8 (June 1961)

.

Shapley, A. H., Report of the Geophysical Monograph Board, Trans. Am. Geophvs.

Union 43, 61-62 (Mar. 1962)

.

Shapley, A. H., Lincoln, J. V., International Geophysical calendar for 1962, J. Radio

Res. (Japan) 8, 387-389 (Sept. 1961) ; Inter. Sci. Radio Union Info. Bull. 129, 16-23

(Nov.-Dec. 1961) ; IUGG Chronicle 40, 313-315 (Dec. 1961) ; IGY Bull. 54, 9-11

(Dec. 1961) ; Science 134, 1982-1984 (Dec. 15, 1961) ; J. Geophys. Res. 67, 388-390

(Jan. 1962); Nature 193, 8-9 (Jan. 6, 1962); J. Atmospheric Terrest. Phys. 24,

67-69 (Jan. 1962) ; COSPAR Info. Bull. 8, 33-36 (Feb. 1962).

Shields, W. R., Murphy, T. J., Garner, E. L., Dibeler, V. H., Absolute isotopic abun- dance ratio and the atomic weight of chlorine, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 84, 1510-1522 (1962)

.

Shiffman, C. A., Microsize magnetic field probes with axial symmetry. Rev. Sci. Instr. 33, No. 2, 206-207 (Feb. 1962)

.

Shin, H., Departure from the steady state in two-intermediate enzyme reactions, Trans. Faraday Soc. 58, Pt. 7, No. 475, 1439-1450 (July 1962)

.

Shisha, O., Walsh, J. L., The zeros of infrapolynomials with some prescribed coefficients,

J. Anal. Math. 9, 1 11-160 ( 1961 )

.

Shoub, H., Early history of fire endurance testing in the United States, Am. Soc. Testing

Materials Spec. Tech. Publ. 301, 1-9 (Oct. 1961)

.

212
Shuler, K. E.. Anderson, K., Weiss, G. H., Studies in non-equilibrium rate processes. V. The relaxation of moments derived from a master equation, J. Math. Phys. 3, No. 3, 550-556 (May-June 1962).

Shuler, K. E., Zwanzig, R. W., Quantum-mechanical calculation of harmonic oscillator transition probabilities in a one-dimensional impulsive collision, J. Chem. Phys. 33,

No. 6, 1778-1784 (Dec. 1960)

Siddiqui, M. M., Approximations to the moments of the sample median, Ann. Math.

Statist. 33, No. 1, 157-168 (Mar. 1962)

Siddiqui, M. M., Games associated with a renewal process, Ann. Math. Statist. 33,

697-701 (June 1962).

Sieglaff, C. L., Mazur, J.. Electrophoretic mobilities and surface adsorption in the polystyrene latex-aliphatic soap system, J. Colloid Sci. 17, No. 1, 66-85 (Jan. 1962)

Simpson, J. A., Design of retarding field energy analyzers, Rev. Sci. Instr. 32, No. 12, 1283-1293 (Dec. 1961). Simpson. J. A., Marton, L., Improved electron filter lens, Rev. Sci. Instr. 32, No. 7, 802-803 (July 1961).

Sixsmith, H.. Electromagnetic bearing, Rev. Sci. Instr. 32, 1196-1197 (Nov. 1961).

Slutz, R. J., The shape of the geomagnetic field boundary under uniform external pressure, J. Geophys. Res. 67, No. 2, 505-513 (Feb. 1962)

Smith, D. K., Majumdar, A. J., Ordway, F., Re-examination of the polymorphism of dicalcium silicate, J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 44, No. 8, 405-411 (Aug. 1961).

Smith, J. C., Characterization of textile yarns for use under ballistic impact conditions, Proc. Symp. Personnel Armor, U.S. Naval Res. Laboratory I, 1-21 (Oct. 4-5, 1961).

Smith. J. C, Blandford, J. M., Shouse, P. J., Towne, K. M., Stress-strain relationships in varns subjected to rapid impact loading. 9. Effect of yarn structure, Textile Res. J. 32, No. 6, 472-480 (June 1962).

Smith. J. C., Blandford, J. M., Towne, K. M., Stress-strain relationships in yarns sub- jected to rapid impact loading. 8. Shockwaves, limiting breaking velocities, and criti- cal velocities, Textile Res. J. 32, No. 1, 67-76 (Jan. 1962)

Smith, J. C, Shouse, P. J., Blandford, J. M., Towne, K. M., Stress-strain relationships in yarns subjected to rapid impact loading. 7. Stress-strain curves and breaking energy

data for textile yarns, Textile Res. J. 31, No. 8, 721-734 (Aug. 1961) . Snyder, C. F., Frush, H. L., Isbell, H. S., Thompson, A., Wolfrom, M. L., Optical rotation. Book, Methods of Carbohydrate Chemistry I, 524-534 (Academic Press, Inc., New- York, N.Y., 1962).

Spinner. S., Tefft, W. E., A method for determining mechanical resonance frequencies and for calculating elastic moduli from these frequencies, Am. Soc. Testing Materials

Proc. 61, 1221-1238 (1961). Spokas, O. E., Danos, M., Electron resonance magnetometer for alternating magnetic

fields, Rev. Sci. Instr. 33, No. 6, 613-617 (June 1962)

Stansbury, C, General description of D-C digital voltmeters, AIEE Trans. Pt. I. Commun.

and Electronics 80, No. 57, 465-470 (Nov. 1961).

Stavroudis, O. N., Ray-tracing formulas for uniaxial crystals, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 52, No. 2, 187-191 (Feb. 1962). Stephens, R. E., Magnifications of a telescope, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 51, No. 7, 803-804

(July 1961).

Stern. K. H., Liesegang rings, Encyclopedic Dictionary of Physics IV, 276 (Pergamon

^ Press, Inc., New York, NY., 1961)

Stevens, M. E., Abstract shape recognition by machine, Computers—Key to Total Systems

Control—Proc. Eastern Joint Computer Conf. 20, No. 1, 332-351 (Dec. 1961).

Stevens, M. E., Availability of machine-usable natural language material, Proc. Third

Inst, on Information, Storage, and Retrieval, American University, Washington, D.C., 1,58-75 (Feb. 1961).

Stief, L. J., Ausloos, P., Radiolysis of ethane-l,l,l-d3 , J. Chem. Phys. 36, No. 11, 2904

(June 1, 1962).

Stiehler, R. D.. Behavior and evaluation of rubber, Tech. Memo Am. Concrete and Pipe

Assoc., 11 pages (Oct. 1, 1961)

Stiehler, R. D., Roth, R. L., Comparison of standard and microtests for international rubber hardness, Mater. Res. Std. 2, No. 5, 388-391 (May 1962). Stimson, H. F., Celsius vs centigrade: the nomenclature of the temperature scale of

science, Science 136, No. 3512, 254-255 (Apr. 1962)

Sutton, L. E., Stavroudis, O. N., Fitting refractive index data by least squares, J. Opt.

Soc. Am. 51, No. 8, 901-905 (Aug. 1961)

Swarzendruber, L. J., Single-trace sweep adapter for transistor-curve tracers, Rev. Sci. Instr. 33, No. 5, 560-562 (Aug. 1961)

213
Sweeney, W. T., Burns, C. L., Effect of mercury-alloy ratio on the physical properties

of amalgams, J. Am. Dental Assoc. 63, No. 9, 374-381 (Sept. 1961). Tanaka, I., Carrington, T., Broida, H. P., Photon-dissociation of water: initial non- equilibrium populations of rotational states of 0H( 2 2

+ ), J. Chem. Phys. 35, No. 2,< 750-751 (Aug. 1961). Tanaka, I., McNesby, J. R., Photosensitized reaction between hydrogen ( 2 p) atoms and1 molecular nitrogen, J. Chem. Phys. 36, 3170 (June 15, 1962).

Taylor, D. F., Perkins, R. R., Kumpula, J. W., Characteristics of some turbine handpieces, J. Am. Dental Assoc. 64, No. 6, 794-805 (June 1962)

.

Taylor, L. S., Radiation hazards in realistic perspective, Phys. Today 15, 32-38 (June

1962)

.

Taylor, L. S., Radiological Society of North America Honoring Dr. Gioacchino Failla, Radiology 78, No. 4, 515-517 (Apr. 1962)

.

Tchen, C. M., Kinetic equation for plasmas with collective and collisional correlations, Proc. Fifth Intern. Conf. Ionization Phenomena in Gases, Munich, Germany, pp. 825-

841 (North Holland Publ. Co., Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 1961)

.

Teele, R. P., The international standard of light, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 52, No. 7, 826 (July 1962). Thomas, A., Chemical reactions at very low temperatures. A rotating cryostat for mix- ' ing reactants at 4.2 °K, Trans. Faraday Soc. 57, Pt. 10, No. 446, 1679-1685 (Oct. 1961). Thomas, R. N., Zirker, J. B., Departure from the Saha equation for ionized helium. II. Atmospheric thicknesses too small to satisfy detailed balance in the resonance lines, Astrophys. J. 134,740-746 (Nov. 1961). Thompson, M. C, Jr., Phase-modulated calibrator for testing phase meters, Rev. Sci. Instr. 33, 563-564 (May 1962).

Tidwell, E. D., Plyler, E. K., Infrared spectrum of dideuteroacetylene (C2 D2 ), J. Opt.

Soc. Am. 52, No. 6, 656-664 (June 1962)

.

Tipson, R. S., Sun-time replaced by atomic clocks, Capital Chemist 11, 255 (Nov.

1961). Tipson, R. S., Isbell, H. S., D-talose, Book, Methods of Carbohydrate Chemistry I, 157-159 (Academic Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962)

.

Tohmatsu, T., Roach, F. E., The morphology of mid-latitude 6300 angstrom arcs, J. Geophys. Res. 67, No. 5, 1817-1821 (May 1962)

.

Toner, S. D., Plitt, K. F., Spectrophotofluorometric studies of degraded cotton cellulose, TAPPI 45, No. 8, 681 (1962).

Trees, R. E., Repulsion of energy levels in complex atomic spectra, Phys. Rev. 123,

No. 4, 1293-1300 (Aug. 15, 1961).

Trees, R. E., Jorgensen, C. K., Parameters a and (3 in the spectra of the iron group, Phys. Rev. 123, No. 4, 1278-1280 (Aug. 15, 1961). Tryon, M., Horowitz, E., Infrared spectrophotometry, Book, Analytical Chemistry of Polymers, ed. G. M. Kline, Pt. II, Ch. 8, 291-333 (Interscience Publ. Inc., New York,

N.Y., 1962)

.

Tryon, M., Horowitz, E., Ultraviolet spectrophotometry, Book, Analytical Chemistry of Polymers, ed. G. M. Kline, Pt. II, Ch. 7, 269-289 (Interscience Publ. Inc.. New York,

N.Y., 1962).

Tsai, D. H., Cassidy, E. C, Dynamic behavior of a simple pneumatic pressure reducer,

J. Basic Eng. Series D, 83, No. 2, 253-264 (June 1961)

.

Tsai, D. H., Masi, J. F., Editors, Proc. Second Intern. Symp. Thermodynamic and

Transport Properties (Am. Soc. Mech. Engr. and Academic Press Inc., New York,

N.Y., 1962). Urban, W. D., Hahn, W. R., Jr., Skramstad, H. K., A combined analog-digital differ- ential analyzer (CADDA), Proc. Combined Analog Digital Computer Systems Symp.,

Philadelphia, Pa., Dec. 1960, 2d item (1960).

Vestal, M. L., Rosenstock, H. M., Oscillator models in unimolecular reactions, J. Chem.

Phys. 35, No. 6, 2008-2016 (Dec. 1961)

.

Vetter, M. J., Thompson, M. C, Jr., Absolute microwave refractometer, Rev. Sci. Instr. 33, 656-660 (June 1962).

Victor, A. C, Effect of particle size on low-temperature heat capacities, J. Chem. Phys.

36, No. 10, 2812-2813 (May 15, 1962).

Victor, A. C, The heat capacity of diamond at high temperatures, J. Chem. Phys. 36,

No. 7, 1903-1911 (Apr. 1962).

Vinti, J. P., Formulae for an accurate intermediary orbit of an artificial satellite, Astron. J. 66, No. 9. 514-516 (Nov. 1961)

.

Wachtman, J. B., Jr., Tefft, W. E., Lam, D. G., Jr., Young's modulus of single crystal corundum from 77 °K to 850 °K, Book, Mechanical Properties of Engineering

Ceramics, pp. 221-223 (Interscience Publ. Inc., New York, N.Y., 1961). 214
Wacks, M. E., Kraus, M., Franck-Condon factors and the shape of ionization efficiency curves, J. Chem. Phys. 35, No. 5, 1902-1903 (Nov. 1961)

Wait. J. R., Average decay laws of VLF fields, Proc. IRE 50, No. 1, 53-56 (Jan. 1962). Wait, J. R., Comments on K. Vozoff's paper "Calibration of pulsation detector coils,"

J. Geophys. Res. 66, No. 10, 3603 (Oct. 1961). Wait, J. R., Comments on paper by W. D. Westfall "Prediction of VLF diurnal phase

changes and solar flare effect," J. Geophys. Res. 67, No. 2, 916-917 (Feb. 1962). Wait, J. R., Expected influence of a localized change of ionosphere height on VLF

propagation, J. Geophys. Res. 66, No. 10, 3119-3123 (Oct. 1961)

Wait, J. R., On the impedance of long wire suspended over the ground, Proc. IRE 49,

No. 10, 1576 (Oct. 1961).

Wait. J. R.. On the possibility of rejecting certain modes in VLF propagation. Proc. IRE (Letter) 49, No. 9, 1429-1430 (Sept. 1961).

Wait. J. R.. The propagation of electromagnetic waves along the earth's surface, Book,

Electromagnetic Waves, ed. R. E. Langer, pp. 243-290 (The University of Wisconsin Press, Madison, Wise, 1962)

Wait, J. R., Conda, A. M., Resonance characteristics of a corrugated cylinder excited by a magnetic dipole, IRE Trans. Ant. Prop. AP-9, No. 4, 330-333 (July 1961). Walker, R. F., Editor, Book, Vacuum Microbalance Techniques 2, 179 pages, Proc.

Conf., National Bureau of Standards, Apr. 20-21, 1961 (Plenum Press, Inc., New

York, N.Y., 1962).

Wall. L. A., Effect of branching on the thermal decomposition of polymers, Soc. Chem.

Ind. Mono. No. 13, 146-162 (Page Bros. Ltd., Norwich, England, 1961)

Wall, L. A., Mass spectrometry, Book, Analytical Chemistry of Polymers, ed. G. M.

Kline, Pt. II, Ch. 6, 249-268 ( Interscience Publ. Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962). Wall. L. A., Polymer degradation (by heat, oxidation, and radiation), in unsolved problems in polymer science, ASD Report 62-283, pp. 32-36 (Mar. 1962)

Wall, L. A., Pyrolysis, Book, Analytical Chemistry of Polymers, ed. G. M. Kline, Pt.

II, Ch. 5, 181-248 (Interscience Publ. Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962)

Wall, L. A., Antonucci, J. M., Straus, S., Tryon, M., Degradation of poly- (2,3,4,5,6- pentafluorostyrene) Soc. Chem. Ind. Mono. No. 13, 295-302 (Page Bros. Ltd., Norwich,

England, 1961).

Wall, L. A., Florin, R. E., Magnetic resonance spectroscopy, Book, Analytical Chemistry of Polymers, ed. G. M. Kline, Pt. II, Ch. 12, 487-559 (Interscience Publ., Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962)

Warwick, C. S., National Bureau of Standards list of IGY flares with normalized values

of importance and area, IGY Solar Activity Report Series 17 (Intern. Geophys. Year, World Data Center A. Solar Activity, High Altitude Observatory, University of Colorado, Boulder. Colo., May 1, 1962)

Warwick, C. S., Propagation of solar particles and the interplanetary magnetic field, J. Geophys. Res. 67, No. 4, 1333-1346 (Apr. 1962)

Warwick, C. S., Athay, R. G., Indices of solar activity, Advances in Geophys. 8,

1-2, 83 (Academic Press, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1961)

Warwick, C. S., Haurwitz, M. W., A study of solar activity associated with polar-cap

absorption, J. Geophys. Res. 67, No. 4, 1317-1332 Apr. 1962)

Warwick, C. S., Haurwitz, M. W., Hoff, C. E., Investigation and elimination of systematic errors in measures of solar flares, Astron. J. 67, 123 ( 1962). Warwick, C. S., Lincoln, J. V., Relation of solar active regions at general meridian

passage to ionospheric disturbance, AGARDograph, Proc. Sixth AGARD Conf. Ionospheric Res. Comm. Meeting, Rome, Italy, May 15-18, 1961. Warwick, C. S., Wood, M., A study of solar activity associated with polar cap

absorption (abstract), Polar Cap Absorption Conf., Kiruna, Sweden, Aug. 8-11,

1960. Arkiv Geofysik 3, No. 21, 457 (1962)

Waterhouse, R. V., Precision of reverberation chamber measurements of sound absorption coefficients, Proc. Third Intern. Congress on Acoustics II, 886-889 ( Elsevier Publ. Co., Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 1961)

Watson, T. W., Robinson, H. E., Thermal conductivity of some commercial iron-nickel

alloys, Trans. Am. Soc. Mech. Engr. J. Series C, Heat Transfer 83, No. 4, 403-408

(Nov. 1961). Weber, L. A., Diller, D. E., Roder, H. M., Goodwin, R. D., The vapour pressure of 20 °K

equilibrium hydrogen, Cryogenics 3, 236-238 (June 1962). Wegstein, J. H., Youden, W. W., A status report on ALGOL 60, Datamation 7, 24-26

(Sept. 1961). Wegstein, J. H., Youden. W. W-, A string language for symbol manipulation based on ALGOL 60, Commun. Assoc. Computing Mach. 45, No. 1, 54-61 (Jan. 1962).

Weinstock. J., On the binary collision expansion of the classical TV-body Green's function, Phys. Rev. 126, No. 1, 341 (Apr. 1962)

Weir, C. E.. Spinner. S., Effects of ultrahigh pressures on glass, J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 45, No. 4, 196 (Apr. 1962). 215
Weir, C. E., Van Valkenburg, A., Lippincott, E., Optical studies at high pressures using diamond anvils. Book, Modern Very High Pressures Techniques, ed. R. H. Wentorf, Jr., pp. 51-69 (Butterworth & Co., London, England, 1962). Weissberg, S. G., Rothman, S., Wales, M., Molecular weights and sizes, Book, Analytical

Chemistry of Polymers, ed. G. M. Kline, Pt. II, Ch. 1, 1-77 (Interscience Publ. Inc., New York, N.Y., 1962)

.

Wharton, M. K., Forziati, F. H., Identification of fiber blends by infrared spectroscopy, Am. Dyestuffs Reptr. 50, No. 14, 33-36 (July 10, 1961)

.

Wiese, W. L., Paquette, D. R., Solarski, J. E., Experimental study of the stark broadening of the Balmer line Hy, Proc. Fifth Intern. Conf. Ionization Phenomena in Gases, Munich, Germany, pp. 907-912 (North Holland Publ. Co., Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 1961). Wiese, W. L., Shumaker, J. B., Jr., Measurement of the transition probability of the 0 i multiple! at 6157A, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 51, No. 9, 937-942 (Sept. 1961). Wiggins, T. A., Plyler, E. K., Tidwell, E. D., Infrared spectrum of acetylene, J. Opt.

Soc. Am. 51, No. 11, 1219-1225 (Nov. 1961). Wilson, W. K., Chemical research at the universities in the Washington area, Capital Chemist 12, No. 3, 103, 105, 108 (Apr. 1962)

.

Wilson, W. K., Position titles of chemists, Capital Chemist 10, 145 (May 1960).

Woelfel, J. B., Paffenbarger, G. C, Stability of plastic impression trays, J. Am. Dental

Assoc. 63, No. 5, 705-706 (Nov. 1961)

.

Wood, L. A., Roth, F. L., Creep of pure-gum rubber vulcanizates from indentation-lime measurements. Fourth Rubber Tech. Conf., London, England, 10 pages (1962). Wood, M. B., Slow drift solar radio bursts: harmonic frequency ratios, solar longitude

dependence, and frequency draft rates, Australian J. Phys. 14, No. 2, 234-241 (June

1961). Wright, J. R., Campbell, P. G., Determination of oxidation rates of air-blown asphalts

by infrared spectroscopy, J. Appl. Chem. 12, 256-266 (June 1962)

.

Wyckoff, J. M., High-energy X-ray spectrometer using large anticoincidence sodium

iodide crystals, Proc. Total Absorption Gamma-Ray Spectrometry Symp., Gatlinburg,

Tenn., May 10, 1960, pp. 201-210 (1960)

.

Wyman, L. L., Moore, G. A., Impurity effects in high purity metal, (Symp. Major Effects of Minor Constituents on the Properties of Materials. Sixty-Fourth Annual Meeting

ASTM, Atlantic City, N. J., June 26. 1961), Am. Soc. Testing Materials Spec. Tech.

Publ. No. 304—ASTM Materials Sci. Series 2, 3-16 (June 26, 1961)

.

Wvman, L. L., Penrod, P. E., For a unified grain-size standard, Mater. Res. Std. 1, No. 8,638 (Aug. 1961). Wyly, R. S., How to determine stack load limits. Contractor, pp. 19-20 (Aug. 15, 1961). Wyly, R. S., New plumbing stack data disclosed, Contractor, p. 17 (Aug. 1, 1961). Yahia, J., Frederikse, H. P. R., Electrical conduction in p-type titanium sesquioxide,

Phys. Rev. 123, No. 4, 1257-1261 (Aug. 1961)

.

Youden. W. J., Accuracy of analytical procedures, J. Assoc. Offic. Agri. Chem. 45, No. 1, 169-173 (Feb. 1962). Youden, W. J., Elementary statistical design, Conf. Applications of Statistical Methods

in the Chemical Industry, Feb. 4, 1961 (Sponsored by Am. Soc. for Quality Control, Metropolitan Section, Seaton Hall University, South Orange, N.J.), p. 43 (1961). Youden, W. J., Experimental design and ASTM committees, Mater. Res. Std. 1, 862-867

(Nov. 1961). Youden, W. J., How to evaluate accuracy of analytical procedures, Fourth Annual National Plant Food Industry Conf. Chemical Control Problems, pp. 36-74 (Mar. 1962). Youden, W. J., Interpreting preliminary measurements, Mater. Res. Std. 1, No. 12, 987, 991 (Dec. 1961). Youden, W. J., Partial confounding in fractional replication, Technometrics 3, No. 3, 353-358 (Aug. 1961). Youden, W. J., Physical measurements and experiment design, Le plan d'exper. Centre

Natl. Recherche Sci., Paris, France, p. 110 (Aug.-Sept. 1961)

.

Youden, W. J., Statistical problems arising in the establishment of physical standards, Proc. Fourth Berkeley Symp. Mathematical Statistics and Problems III, 321-335

(1961). Youden, W. J., Systematic errors, Ordnance XLVI, No. 248, 299-301 (Sept.-Oct. 1961). Youden, W. J., Systematic errors in physical constants, Phys. Today 14, No. 9, 32-42

(Sept. 1961) ; Technometrics 4, 111-123 (Feb. 1962)

.

Youden, W. J., What is the best value? J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 51, No. 6, 95-97 (Oct. 1961)

.

Young, J. P., Salmon, H. I., Circumferentially uniform electroplating of tube bores. Plating 48, No. 7, 783, 787-788 (July 1961)

.

Zimmerer, R. W., Anderson, M. V., Strine, G. L., Berrs, Y., Millimeter wavelength

resonant structures, IRE Trans. Microwave Theory and Tech. Natl. Symp. Program

and Digest, pp. 1-3 (1962). 216
Zwanzig, R. W., Memory effects in irreversible thermodynamics, Phys. Rev. 124, No. 4, 983-992 (Nov. 15. 1961). PATENTS

The following U.S. patents have been granted to NBS inventors; assigned (or

licensed as indicated) to the United States of America, as represented by the Secretary of the department noted in parentheses:

Allred, Charles M., and Hudson, Paul A., No. 2,991,430, July 4, 1961. Automatic R-F

level control. (Commerce.)

Barbrow, Louis E., and Wyly, Robert S., No. 3,009,751, November 21, 1961. Externally

illuminated exit indicator for an enclosure. (Commerce.)

Brenner, Abner, and Sherfey, Joseph M., No. 3,019,174, January 30, 1962. Process for electrowinning titanium from lower valent titanium alkali chlorides. (Army.)

Carter. Thomas J., No. 3,028,755. April 10. 1962. Apparatus for water penetration test- ing of sole leather. (Commerce.)

Chelton, Dudley B., No. 3,034,319, May 15, 1962. High-efficiency fluid transfer line coupling. ( Commerce.)

Cleek, Given W., and Hamilton, Edgar H., No. 3,022,182, February 20, 1962. Infrared

transmitting glasses. (Navy.)

Davis, Benjamin L., and Nyberg, Wilbur C, No. 3,019,150, January 30, 1962. Tape

capacitor. (Navy.)

Davis, Merlin, No. 3,030.806, April 24, 1962. Seebeck-Peltier flowmeter. (Commerce.)

Duncan, Richard L., Miller, David J., Caldwell, Frank R., Ruegg, Fillmer W. and Fiock, Ernest F., No. 3,016.704. January 16, 1962. Apparatus for introducing a reactive chemical into the pilot zone of a combustion chamber. (Navy.)

Engen, Glenn F., No. 2,997,652. August 22, 1961. Self-balancing D.C. bolometer bridge.

(Commerce.)

Hakkarinen, William. No. 3.020.963, February 13, 1962. Cup anemometer. (Navy.)

Hudson, Paul A., and Allred, Charles M., No. 2,995,708, August 8, 1961. Dry static calorimeter for RF power measurement. (Commerce.)

Lederer, Paul S., No. 3,034.332, May 15, 1962. Step function pressure calibrator. (Navy.)

Loebenstein, William V., No. 3,009,121, November 14, 1961. Adjustable frequency re- jection filter. ( License.) McClintock, Ralph M., No. 3,005,332, October 24, 1961. Strain gage calibration device. (Commerce.)

Macpherson, Alan C, No. 3,030,577, April 17, 1962. Apparatus for calibrating micro- wave reflectivity coefficient standards. (Commerce.)

Montgomery, George Franklin, No. 2,995,712, August 8, 1961. High-input-impedance

transistor amplifier. (Commerce.)

Montgomery, George Franklin, No. 3,032,611, May 1, 1962. Combined frequency-phase modulation telegraph system. ( License.) Moon, Charles, and Driscoll, Raymond L., No. 3,012,502, December 12, 1961. Depth

regulating device for subfloating bodies. ( License.) Paquette, Donald R., No. 3,031.617, April 24, 1962. Linear capacitive probe detecting

device. (Commerce.)

Petree, Ben, No. 3,033,985, May 8, 1962. Radiation calorimeter-dosimeter. (Commerce.)

Plitt, Karl F., No. 3,028,351, April 3, 1962. Pressure sensitive adhesive composition

comprising polyvinylpyrrolidone and polyethylene polyamine article coated there- with and method of making same. (Commerce.)

Reid, Walter E., Jr., No. 3,002,899, October 3, 1961. Adhesion of nickel to chromium.

(Navy.)

Saunders, James B., No. 3,031,914, May 1, 1962. Parallel testing interferometer. (Commerce.)

Saunders, James B., No. 3,034,397, May 15, 1962. Parallel testing interferometer. (Commerce.)

Skramstad, Harold K., Wright, Julius H., and Taback, Leonard, No. 2,998,193, August

29, 1961. Electronic analogue computers for radioactive fallout prediction. (Commerce.) Skramstad, Harold K., Wright, Julius H, and Taback, Leonard, No. 3,012,729, December

12,1961. Function generator for analogue computers. (Commerce.)

Taback, Leonard, No. 3,025,000, March 13, 1962. Function generator for generating a function of two independent variables. (Commerce.)

Witt, Richard P., No. 3.036,222, May 22, 1962. Plug-in packages for electronic circuits. (Commerce.)

Selby, Myron C, Behrent, Lewis F., and Ries, Francis X., No. 3,041,533, June 26, 1962. R-F voltmeter calibration console. (Commerce.)

217

U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1962 O—662336

REPORTING . . . NBS Research and Development

ir Journal of Research of the National Bureau of Standards contains full research papers,

including laboratory data, experimental procedures, and theoretical and mathematical

analyses" Advances in measurement standards and techniques . . . physical constants

.'properties of materials . . . instrumentation . . . radio propagation.

The Journal is published in four separate sections ...

A. Physics and Chemistry-issued six times a year; Annual subscription: Domestic,

$4.00; Foreign, $4.75. B. Mathematics and Mathematical Physics-issued quarterly; Annual subscription:

Domestic, $2.25; Foreign, $2.75.

C. Engineering and Instrumentation—issued quarterly; Annual subscription: Domestic, $2.25; Foreign, $2.75. D. Radio Propagation-issued six times a year; Annual subscription: Domestic,

$4.00; Foreign, $4.75.

National Bureau of Standards Technical News Bu//e*m-illustrated concise articles

on NBS programs in the physical sciences, with emphasis on results of research, are

chosen on the basis of their scientific and technological importance. The Technical New, Bulletin reports advances in measurement standards and techniques, the lates

information on NBS calibration services and Standard Materials, and announces all

publications and patents of staff members. Special events and technical meetings

involving the Bureau are summarized.

Issued monthly.

Annual subscription: Domestic, $1.50; Foreign, $2.25.

if ORDER FROM Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D.C.